Academic New Books Catalogue July-September 2026

ACADEMIC New Books

July - September 2026

BLOOMSBURY OPEN COLLECTIONS?

A progressive open access model for books

BLOOMSBURY OPEN COLLECTIONS is a collective-action approach to funding open access (OA) books. Through this model, we aim to make OA publication available to a wider range of authors by spreading the cost across multiple organisations, while providing additional benefits to participating libraries. By prioritising authors that are often underrepresented in scholarly publishing, including early-career and unaffiliated researchers and those based in/writing about low- and lower-middle- income countries, we hope to engage a more diverse author base, bringing their work to a wider global audience.

THE BOOKS

Following the success of the previous three years, in 2026-27 we will continue to offer three collections of 20 titles each in:

• African Studies & International Development

• Environment & Climate Change

• Gender & Sexuality

BENEFITS TO LIBRARIES

• Contribute to a progressive OA funding model that aims to make 60 research titles available open access immediately on publication at no cost to the authors

• Receive guaranteed perpetual access to the 20 titles in each Open Collection you participate in

• Receive 1 year’s access to ~150 backlist titles in related areas for each Open Collection you participate in

• Be publicly acknowledged on our website

HOW TO PARTICIPATE

For more information and to discuss participating in the 2026-27 programme, contact our Online Sales team:

In the UK, Europe, Middle East, Africa and Asia: OnlineSalesUK@bloomsbury.com

In the Americas: OnlineSalesUS@bloomsbury.com

Australia and New Zealand: OnlineSalesANZ@bloomsbury.com

FIND OUT MORE

bloomsbury.com/bloomsbury-open-collections

Ebooks

ePub and ePDF availability is listed under each book entry.

Review Copies

Email academicreviewus@bloomsbury.com (Americas) academicreviews@bloomsbury.com (UK / Rest of World).

Standing Orders

Many series are available on standing order. Please contact our trade ordering departments (see page 276).

Translation Rights

Available unless otherwise indicated.

Key to Symbols

Online resources available.

COLLECTIONS

Available for institutions to purchase on www.bloomsburycollections.com

Bloomsbury Open Access

OPEN ACCESS

Selected research publications are available on open access. For our policy or to publish OA, see www.bloomsbury.com/openaccess

Proposals

See www.bloomsbury.com/discover/bloomsburyacademic/authors

Pricing and Availability

Whilst we try to ensure that prices, publication dates and other details are correct on going to press, they are subject to change without further notice.

Your Data

For information on how we process your personal data please read our Privacy Policy located at www.bloomsbury.com/privacy-policy

You can unsubscribe or manage your preference at any time via www.bloomsbury.com/newsletter or by emailing us at academic@bloomsbury.com

We want students to make the most of their time at university; to discover opportunities, succeed in their studies – and to enjoy the journey. Our books and resources support students in developing essential skills and empower them to achieve their goals.

Explore the full series at www.bloomsbury.com/pocketstudyskills

2ND EDITION

UK October 2026 US October 2026

128 Pages

PB 9781350603561 £14 99 / $19 95

ePDF 9781350603578

• £13 49 / $17 95

ePub 9781350603585 £13 49 / $17 95

Audio 9781350640016 • £14 00 / $18 00

Bloomsbury Academic

AI for Students

Creative Hacks for Academic Success

Josh Thorpe, Royal Conservatoire of Scotland, UK

This fun, comic-style guide reveals the secrets to smart, safe, and effective AI use in school, college, and university Transform your study habits, rediscover the joy of learning, and recharge your creativity all while keeping your academic integrity intact

You'll learn to:

- Collaborate with AI chatbots: gain practical ‘prompt-engineering’ secrets to work smarter with ChatGPT, Copilot, and similar tools

- Boost performance: do better work without cheating or outsourcing your brain

- Build healthy habits: blend AI with study, reading, writing, planning, and brainstorming, while increasing your autonomy and critical thinking skills

- Stay ahead of the curve: get involved, get confident, and get creative while the tech is still fresh

Perfect for students who want to excel in their studies while enjoying the process, this guide is a must-have for anyone looking to stay competitive and stay sane in today’s tech-driven academic world

4TH EDITION

Bloomsbury Study Skills

• US November 2026

UK November 2026

384 Pages

PB 9781350540026

• £16 99 / $22 95

ePDF 9781350540033 • £15 29 / $20 65

ePub 9781350540040 • £15 29 / $20 65

Bloomsbury Academic

How to Write Your Undergraduate Dissertation

Bryan Greetham, University of Durham, UK, Jennifer Boyle, University of Glasgow, UK & Scott Ramsay, University of Glasgow, UK

This practical guide takes undergraduate students step-by-step through the process of completing a dissertation, from the initial stages of generating original ideas and planning the project through to writing their first draft and critically reviewing their own work

It shows students how to choose the most appropriate methods for collecting and analysing their data and how to then integrate this research into their dissertation Students will learn how to develop consistent and persuasive arguments and write up their research in a clear and concise style

New to this Edition:

- Contains guidance on working effectively with AI tools

- The fourth edition has been restructured to make for a more accessible reading experience

- Features additional pop-out boxes which explain key terms

Bloomsbury Study Skills

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

192 Pages

PB 9781350524644 • £14 99 / $19 95

ePDF 9781350524651 • £13 49 / $17 95

ePub 9781350524668 • £13 49 / $17 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Studying with Dyspraxia

Rosemary Richings

Full of practical guidance, Studying with Dyspraxia helps readers to understand what to expect at university and gives support in adjusting to a more independent lifestyle Crucially, it helps students to implement study strategies that really work

This book gives students the knowledge, tools and confidence to thrive at university Students will gain a more in-depth understanding of what reasonable adjustments could be available to them, and how they can benefit from them They will also learn how to articulate their needs to university professionals and teaching staff A core objective of the book is to help students become effective self-advocates: people who effectively communicate their needs and make decisions based on their needs and interests In addition, the book contains valuable guidance on how to avoid low motor pain when studying The text ends with a chapter on life after university, which is designed to encourage readers to think about their options and to reflect on their challenges and successes It also gives advice on applying for jobs This valuable resource will encourage readers to make choices in their personal and professional lives that positively affect their experiences at university

COLLECTIONS

Critical Africana Studies

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

288 Pages

PB 9798765152751 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798765152713 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798765152737 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798765152720 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

176 Pages • 1 table

PB 9781666958560 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666958546 • £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9781666958553 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781978764286 £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

328 Pages 2 b&w illus & 9 tables

PB 9781666981254 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666981230 £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9798216201250 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781978762909 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Africology and the African Diaspora Agency, Culture, and Change

Edited by Molefi Kete Asante, Temple University

Examining the African Diaspora in Africology, this book explores the fundamental issues involving the dispersion of Africans from antiquity to the current era.

One of the most quoted living Africology scholars in the world, Molefi Kete Asante has partnered with scholars of African and Africana studies to highlight the theoretical underpinnings of the idea of diaspora, unpacking the ways in which the African Diaspora has continued to influence the world today

This volume clarifies the relationship of capoeira to the quilombos of the African Brazilian past by linking the rise of the dance form to the African continent, especially in Angola and Congo It also demonstrates in a strikingly persistent and informative manner the African diaspora among the Siddi and Ceylon African populations By examining the selfidentification of African people in Colombia and the African Diaspora in Europe, the Pacific, and the Americas, this book centers African agency in the Diaspora, highlighting global connections that have received marginal attention

Negotiating Ethnic and Transnational Identities in the African Diaspora

Second-Generation Igbo Americans

Uchenna Onuzulike, Bowie State University

Examines how young adult second-generation Igbo Americans construct their ethnic and transnational identities in a multicultural society

Drawing on interviews, cultural narratives, and thematic analysis, this book foregrounds the voices of SGI individuals as they navigate intergenerational tensions, cultural expectations, code-switching, gender roles, and identity formation It explores identity clashes between Nigerian-born (Igbo) parents and their U S -raised children, revealing generational divergences and emergent commonalities

Uchenna Onuzulike develops an Ethnic Communication Theory (ECT) to show how ethnic identity shapes communication styles within diasporic contexts He unpacks theories of ethnicity, transnationalism, and emotional belonging and discusses the future of the Igbo language and cultural continuity This book contributes to anthropological understandings of African diasporic identity, cultural transmission, and the dynamic interplay between tradition and modernity in immigrant communities

The Military Ecosystem and Entrepreneurship in Nigeria Economic Growth and Security Developments

Edited by Sanya Ojo, Nigerian Defence Academy

Examining entrepreneurship within Nigeria's military ecosystem, this volume shows how this can be leveraged for economic growth

Bringing together diverse perspectives, this book offers a comprehensive examination of the connections between entrepreneurship, the military as an institution, military family members and military-affiliated enterprises in Africa Analysing case studies within the commercial enterprises of the three arms of the Nigerian military: the army, navy and air force, the contributors discuss how religion influences military entrepreneurial pursuits and explore the recent integration of artificial intelligence in Nigeria’s defense networks

By observing the connections between the military ecosystem and the business enterprises of the military, Ojo and the contributors highlight the multiplex of fields that are crucial for understanding the nuances of the military entrepreneurship ecosystem, including the application of military resources in commercial ventures

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

272 Pages • 4 b&w illus, 5 b&w photos, and 1 table

PB 9781666981193 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666981179 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216268307 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978760011 • £81 00 / $108 00 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

182 Pages

HB 9781793655516 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781793655530 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781978773066 • £67 50 / $90 00

ePub 9781793655523 £67 50 / $90 00 Lexington Books

Wildlife and War on the Mozambique-Zimbabwe Border

Colonial Fortress Conservation Since 1950

Richard Mtisi, Luther College

Uncovers the hidden history of conservation, conflict, and resistance on the Mozambique-Zimbabwe border

Drawing on rich oral testimonies and archival records, this book examines the impact of colonial wildlife conservation policies on African societies and borderlands Through this exploration, the author shows how colonial “fortress conservation” policies game reserves, hunting concessions, and land restrictions disrupted rural life, fueled grievances, and shaped popular participation in the wars of liberation

By comparing Portuguese and British approaches across a shared cultural and ecological region, this book challenges conventional colonial divides to reveal how conservation became entangled with nationalism, migration, and survival Extending into the postcolonial era, it also highlights how projects like the Great Limpopo Transfrontier Park carried forward legacies of exclusion under new guises

NEW IN PB

Safe Space Rhetoric and Race in the Academy A Reckoning

James

Gerard Noel, Diablo Valley College, USA

On May 25, 2020, George Floyd was brutally killed at the hands of the police Amplified by Donald Trump’s handling of the incident, Floyd’s death caused what some would term as a “racial reckoning” a reckoning that pervaded different parts of American and even international life As Floyd was killed during an arrest, the matter of public safety did not escape this reckoning, prompting some to call for the defunding of law enforcement and to question what is truly meant by safety in society In Safe Space Rhetoric and Race in the Academy: A Reckoning, James Noel contends that national discussions about safety should not be excluded from conversations about safety in academia Noel examines the presence of safe space rhetoric in academia and illustrates the ways that designating safe spaces can be a panacea for chronic institutional problems groups on campus may face The book unflinchingly interrogates what it means to be safe in academia in the hope to find a starting place for radical possibility

Ethnographer's Toolkit

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

416 Pages • 25 tables

HB 9781538191231 • £110 00 / $150 00

PB 9781538191248 • £36 99 / $50 00

ePDF 9798881862541 • £33 29 / $45 00

ePub 9781538191255 • £33 29 / $45 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

384 Pages • 20 bw

PB 9798765143001 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798765142967 • £75 00 / $100 00

ePDF 9798765142981 • £67 50 / $90 00

ePub 9798765142974 £67 50 / $90 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Designing and Conducting Ethnographic Research

An Introduction

Jean J Schensul & Margaret D LeCompte

Designing and Conducting Ethnographic Research, Third Edition, is a comprehensive introduction to ethnographic methods It opens by defining ethnography and considering ethical challenges in the field before exploring major theories and ways of thinking in ethnographic research The book then offers a general overview of qualitative and quantitative research, including the many different approaches to designing studies, and dives into developing a good research question A discussion of data collection and analysis are then followed by an exploration of how ethnography is used to solve critical social, health, education, and cultural issues as well as emerging trends in ethnography

New to This Edition:

--A new discussion of the decolonization of research and changes in researcher stance sheds light on alternative ethnographic interventions and raises questions of what ethnography could and should be

--New Chapter 10, “Emerging Trends in Ethnography,” covers burgeoning uses of artificial intelligence and other digital technologies as well as Indigenous and art-based research approaches and methods

--A new discussion of what research questions are, how they are formulated at different levels, and how they guide data collection enables beginner researchers to create stronger studies

--An exploration of new ethical challenges in the field, including in digital and online research

Child Marriage

Confronting Customs and Controversy

Jelena Cvorovic, Serbian Academy of Sciences and Arts, Serbia

Discover the social, economic, demographic, and public health impacts that child marriage has within the cultures and countries that practice it

Around the globe, one in five girls under age 18 are married, and this number can double in areas affected by poverty, conflict, and other humanitarian crises Child marriage, especially when accompanied by early and frequent pregnancy, often has sharply negative effects on female health, fertility, and mortality In a wider context, child marriage influences population dynamics, economic development, and many other aspects of the cultures in which it is practiced

Part I of this book features a collection of essays examining the drivers and consequences of modern-day child marriage

Part II profiles 30 cultures that engage in child marriage around the globe, including in countries across Asia, Africa, Europe, and the Americas These case studies allow readers to uncover the similarities and differences in patterns of child marriage across cultures and geographies, providing a more nuanced understanding of this complex and controversial subject

COLLECTIONS

UK May 2027 • US September 2026

368 Pages 5 tables

PB 9781666926743 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666926729 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216268246 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978759428 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Occupied Bodies, Recognition, and Riot

The Transformation of White Male Popular Culture in Philadelphia, 1785-1850

Ric N Caric, Morehead State University

Occupied Bodies, Recognition, and Riot is a study of the transition from traditional popular culture to the first forms of industrial popular culture among the white working population of Philadelphia Building from a focus on ambivalent masculinity, the book argues that traditional culture was animated by apprehensions concerning male bodies and that the anxieties and pain associated with the representation of male bodies drove the dramatic transformation of Philadelphia popular culture after 1825

COLLECTIONS

UK October 2026 US October 2026

232 Pages • 30 colour illus

HB 9781350519404 £20 00 / $27 00

ePDF 9781350519411 • £18 00 / $24 30

ePub 9781350519428 £18 00 / $24 30

Audio 9781350638075 • £16 00 / $21 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Tyrants and Traders

Tintagel, Arthur and the Lost Kings

Ken Dark, University of Cambridge, UK

Discover exciting new research illuminating the most mysterious centuries of British history

How Roman Britain ended is one of the most controversial questions in British history Unique among former Roman citizens in Western Europe, the Britons established long-lived kingdoms, resisting ‘barbarian’ political takeover for centuries Yet so little is known of them from written records that even the names of most of their kings are effectively lost to history

Packed with the latest discoveries and ground-breaking research, Professor Ken Dark brings the fascinating, but mysterious, world of these rulers and their kingdoms to life Archaeological evidence, along with re-analysis of the few existing texts, reveals an unexpectedly sophisticated society, connected to a wider international network of trade and cultural contacts than might until recently have seemed imaginable Ken Dark demonstrates through the latest archaeological discoveries that Tintagel – an eroded coastal stronghold in Cornwall, closely associated with the later legend of King Arthur – was a royal fortress and trading centre of one of the most important British kingdoms of this period

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

288 Pages • 38 bw illus

PB 9781350551077 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350551039 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350551046 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350551053 £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

The Galli Priests of Cybele

Ancient Sexuality and Identity through Global Cultures

Christopher Cavanagh, University of Chester, UK

Presenting a study of the Galli priests of the Roman cult of Cybele, the Great Mother goddess, this book examines the archaeological evidence to give a clearer picture of the priesthood The Galli were priests renowned in Antiquity for their crossdressing, mendicant, ecstatic behaviour and their infamous act of self-castration However, most of our understanding of the Galli comes from an incomplete, fragmentary and scathing literary record This book aims to rectify this imbalance by re-assessing them in light of the material evidence, and by comparing them with subsequent cultural groups

Through the use of three comparative case studies from Polynesia, India and North America, this book analyses the ancient social group with these three modern ‘gender variant’ counterparts to highlight the ‘othered’ identity and experience of the Galli The study reveals shared similarities regarding gendered ‘other ’ attire, religious associations and sexual relationships This approach offers a remarkable insight into the Galli cult, and poses questions on how similar human social groups operate, irrespective of time and place

COLLECTIONS

Asian Arguments

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

200 Pages

HB 9781350568440 • £65 00 / $90 00

PB 9781350568426 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781350568464 • £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9781350568457 • £19 79 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Asian Celebrity and Fandom Studies

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

320 Pages

PB 9781350534544 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350534537 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350534568 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350534551 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

240 Pages 8 b&w illus & 24 tables

PB 9798765156186 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798765156148 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798765156162 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798765156155 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Witness to North Korea

Three Years on the Ground in the DPRK

Jerome Sauvage, Independent Consultant, USA

The People’s Democratic Republic of Korea has become one of the most secretive and isolated societies in the world, with NGOs, UN agencies and even embassies being expelled from the country in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic In Witness to North Korea, Jerome Sauvage presents a unique first-hand account of life in North Korea based on his time as a UN Special Resident coordinator in Pyongyang Recounting his work organising and delivering humanitarian aid, Sauvage reflects on his experience working with North Korean citizens, the successes, the setbacks and the missed opportunities The book books asks the question: how can the world rebuild its relationship with this secretive regime

Transcultural Media Fandom in the Asia Pacific

Edited by Tinting Hu, Xi’an Jiaotong- Liverpool University, China & Dr Fang Wu, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China

From Chinese K-Pop fans on social media, to professional cosplayers in Australia and video game communities that stretch from Hong Kong to Singapore, this book explores the varied world of fan cultures across the Asia Pacific With case studies and chapters written by scholars from across the region, TRANSCULTURAL MEDIA FANDOM IN THE ASIA PACIFIC reimagines the scholarly field of fandom studies that has often been dominated by Western media properties and fan subcultures In this way, the book explores the diverse ways in which commercial global media properties interact with transcultural fan communities in the specific and rapidly changing contexts of Asian society and beyond

The Senate of Pakistan and Regional Representation History, Role and Parliamentary Performance

Dilawar Hussain, National University of Modern Languages

In the first major book on the Senate of Pakistan since its creation in 1973, Dilawar Hussain explores its institutional history, membership, constitutional powers and key functions and how these have changed since the introduction of the Eighteenth Constitutional Amendment in 2010

This book provides empirical flesh to the assumption that, in a federal state, a second chamber is needed to accommodate regional concerns at a federal level The author explores the institutional history of the Pakistani Senate through its composition, constitutional powers, and key functions as a regional chamber and explains the broader institutional environment in which it operates It analyses the impact of the Pakistani Senate as an overseer of federal policies and legislation of the federal government and appraises the parliamentary performance of the senators in advancing concerns of the provinces at the federal level It also argues that the parliamentary nature of the Pakistani federation has strengthened the executive branch in which the Pakistani Senate operates, and has thus undermined its role as a regional chamber The book provides insight into the Senate’s ‘political legitimacy’ and options for its institutional reforms

Understanding Modern Nations

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

424 Pages 25 tables

HB 9781440877568 • £80 00 / $110 00

PB 9798765116289 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781440877575 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9798216172079 • £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Modern Japan

Louis G Perez, Illinois State University, USA & R W Purdy, John Carroll University, USA

Organized by theme, this comprehensive encyclopedia examines all aspects of life in Japan, from geography and government to food and etiquette and much more

Japan, or the "Land of the Rising Sun," is home to more than 126 million people, nearly 10 million of whom live in Tokyo alone How did this tiny island nation become such a powerhouse in the 21st century, and where will it go from here?

Modern Japan examines history and contemporary life through thematic entries organized into chapters covering such topics as geography; history; government and politics; economy; religion and thought; social classes and ethnicity; gender, marriage, and sexuality; education; language; etiquette; literature and drama; art and architecture; music and dance; food; leisure and sports; and media and popular culture

Each chapter contains an overview of the topic and alphabetized entries on examples of each theme

A chronology covers from prehistoric times to the present, and special appendices offer profiles of a typical day in the life of representative members of Japanese society, key facts and figures about Japan, and a holiday chart This volume is ideal for students researching Japan, as well as general readers interested in learning more about the country

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

272 Pages

PB 9781350603837 • £10 99 / $26 95

ePDF 9781350603813 • £9 89 / $24 25

ePub 9781350603820 • £9 89 / $24 25

Bloomsbury Business

The Glass Wall

Success strategies for women at work – and businesses that mean business – 10th anniversary edition

Sue Unerman & Kathryn Jacob

Forget the glass ceiling - there's also a glass wall dividing men and women in the workplace, separating them in terms of career success In this ten-year anniversary edition of the bestselling book, the authors look at what has changed for women in the workplace since 2016 Spoiler alert - not a lot

The Glass Wall is a pragmatic guide to success for women at work In this 10th anniversary edition, the authors examine the latest research and gauge whether things have improved or not for women at work since the #MeToo movement and the global pandemic caused seismic change Every week brings new headlines that cause unease as much as reason to celebrate Harvey Weinstein’s conviction for rape was overturned in a New York court; from a shortlist of three, PWC partners picked the only male candidate to be their UK leader; a 2024 report by the Treasury Committee found that women in the city are still subject to shocking levels of “sexual harassment and bullying” Meanwhile generative AI is sustaining stereotyped images and exacerbating inequity

In terms of real power, both in government and at work, things haven’t changed enough Debates about the pros and cons of remote and hybrid working continue to impact women and their careers More companies offer parental leave to new parents, but most of it is still taken by mothers rather than fathers The new debate around menopause at work is positive, unless it becomes another stick to keep women down

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

248 Pages

HB 9781350597792 • £20 00 / $27 00

ePDF 9781350597778 • £18 00 / $24 30

ePub 9781350597785 • £18 00 / $24 30

Bloomsbury Business

The Refugee Advantage Building enterprise in the face of adversity

Dalton T Sirmans

Over 120 million people are forcibly displaced across the world Among them are over 42 million refugees, people compelled to leave both their homes and their home nations. Whilst commonly misconceived as a burden, refugees are more enterprising than the rest of the population, with statistics showing that 13% of refugees entering the US become entrepreneurs, versus just 9% of native-born Americans The Refugee Advantage reveals how those who have been forced to start again are reshaping the business landscape around the world – for the better

Intent on changing perceptions and redirecting misunderstandings, The Refugee Advantage offers a research-based yet personal insight, challenging misconceptions surrounding refugees by showcasing them as the accomplished business owners and community contributors they truly are

From smart investment to entrepreneurial spirit, Dalton T Sirmans’ guidance empowers business owners, HR professionals and readers alike to make informed decisions around hiring, investing, partnerships and more with increased understanding and awareness

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

272 Pages

HB 9781350598089 • £25 00 / $35 00

ePDF 9781350598065 • £22 50 / $31 50

ePub 9781350598072 • £22 50 / $31 50

Bloomsbury Business

Proximity

How to balance belonging and difference in today’s workplace

B Sebastian Reiche

Rapid advances in technology and digitalization have dramatically closed the boundaries that once separated us. We can join a conference or collaborate across time zones without leaving our homes; conversing with colleagues on the opposite side of the world has never been so easy – so why do we feel so disconnected?

Many leaders and professionals feel ill-equipped to meet the challenges of the new world of work, as they struggle to motivate and engage an ever more diverse and distributed workforce Sebastian Reiche addresses these increasingly common concerns in Proximity, including:

How do we connect with relevant colleagues over distance? How do we deal with disruptions to our ways of working? How should we design work to make it more collaborative, meaningful, and attractive to talent? How do we develop and roll out new work policies across a dispersed organization?

Sebastian Reiche explores how leaders and professionals can achieve proximity – that empowering sense of connection with their job and others – in an increasingly fragmented workforce Proximity also guides leaders and professionals to more effectively bridge divides in distributed and remote teams, and it gives organizations the impetus to empower and align their workforce, redesign work, and connect people across radical change initiatives

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

272 Pages

HB 9781399423236 • £20 00 / $28 00

PB 9781350628311 • £10 99 / $14 95

ePDF 9781399423212 • £18 00 / $25 20

ePub 9781399423229 • £18 00 / $25 20

Audio 9781399423205 • £14 00 / $18 00

Bloomsbury Business

The Stoic Capitalist

Advice for the Exceptionally Ambitious Robert Rosenkranz

'An inspiring story of a life well lived ' MICHAEL R BLOOMBERG, Founder of Bloomberg LP and Bloomberg Philanthropies

The Stoic ideal of a well lived life has been around since 300BC, but what can we learn from it 2,300 years later?

In The Stoic Capitalist, Robert Rosenkranz shows how its teachings can lead to a life of accomplishment, fulfillment, and impact Stoic principles are applied not just to help you cope but to achieve your most ambitious goals He offers an astute combination of philosophical, psychological, and business observations, along with practical advice spanning topics as diverse as finance, investments, negotiation, hiring, time management, art collecting, philanthropy, and longevity He explains how ancient philosophy and its psychological insights can be used to create extraordinary outcomes in your personal and professional life

Each of the short chapters offers ideas you can use to thrive Along the way, you meet a lively global cast of RAND nuclear strategists, pioneering artists, scientist-entrepreneurs racing to extend the human lifespan, and iconic figures in the Wall Street boom years The book offers an insider ’s perspective on the creation of such major developments as private equity, hedge funds, and junk bonds

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

240 Pages

HB 9781350597921 £20 00 / $27 00

ePDF 9781350597907 • £18 00 / $24 30

ePub 9781350597914 £18 00 / $24 30

Bloomsbury Business

AI at Work

How to build a full stack organization

James Poulter

As fears of agentic obsolescence abound, organizations are struggling to implement AI in ways that enhance rather than replace human work This unique book introduces a full-stack approach that balances technological capability with human values, ethics and practical applications.

AI at Work provides a framework that moves beyond scattered AI experiments toward a coherent strategy that will run throughout your entire company It utilizes a full-stack approach to harness AI's benefits while preserving what matters most – a firm’s people, its values and its unique organizational identity

This book fills a critical gap between theoretical AI books and technical implementation guides by offering: A practical framework applicable across industries; equal emphasis on technological capability, ethical considerations and real-world applications; a human-centred approach that addresses concerns about AI replacing workers; and case studies and examples from diverse sectors

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

264 Pages

HB 9781350544307

• £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350544291 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350544314

• £26 09 / $35 95

ePub 9781350544321 £26 09 / $35 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Resolute Leadership

Building Unbreakable Cultures with Principles Tested in Fire

Tom Pandola

This thoughtful and authoritative book demonstrates how the leadership and management principles that safeguarded firefighters under extreme pressure can also drive success in the business world Authored by a seasoned firefighter turned business leader, it is an essential read for anyone navigating professional challenges or leading a team in pursuit of a resilient corporate culture

In the wake of leadership and experience gaps left by the COVID-19 pandemic, many businesses still face the daunting task of rebuilding a thriving culture This fully revised edition offers a proven framework designed to help senior management teams unlock their potential and reshape their organizations for long-term success

Drawing on real firefighting experiences as powerful lessons, it demonstrate how time-tested principles can improve processes, empower employees, and transform business culture With vivid, high-stakes stories, these lessons are brought to life and seamlessly applied to real-world business challenges Packed with practical insights, it equips senior executives with problem-solving vision, effective planning strategies, and the ability to inspire teams to excel

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

232 Pages

HB 9781538179161 • £25 00 / $34 00

PB 9798216463689 £14 99 / $21 95

ePDF 9798216240310 • £22 50 / $30 60

ePub 9781538179178 • £22 50 / $30 60

Audio 9781493085200 • £22 00 / $27 00

Rowman & Littlefield

I'm Speaking

Every Woman's Guide to Finding Your Voice and Using It

Jessica Doyle-Mekkes

Fearlessly

From Publishers Weekly: " ... Doyle-Mekkes fluidly weaves together practical speaking tips and big-picture advice on how to shore up one’s self-esteem The reticent will find much to mull over in this confidence-boosting manual ”

I’m Speaking is every woman’s guide to creating a clear, confident voice that is authentically hers and then using it fearlessly Full of effective, efficient, brain-science-based ways to make positive changes to your voice, in your head and coming out of your mouth, I’m Speaking also teaches the reader how to fearlessly use that voice, personally and professionally: ask for what you want and get what you need, speak up against toxicity, communicate everything better, have the difficult conversations, and cultivate resilience

Imagine a world without the voices of Maya Angelou, Malala Yousafzai, Gloria Steinem, your mother, your best girlfriend, your midwife, your hair stylist Do you know a woman whose voice isn’t essential to her career, her family, the world?

Women’s voices are essential, and they are powerful Every woman can harness that power This is the only book written that gives women the exact tools necessary to solve the common vocal problems they face and literally reprogram their brains and bodies to be more confident when speaking

Contemporary World Issues

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

264 Pages 12 bw illus

HB 9781440877667 • £60 00 / $80 00

PB 9798765121962 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440877674 • £54 00 / $72 00

ePub 9798216170761 • £54 00 / $72 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Advertising in America

A Reference Handbook

Danielle Sarver Coombs, Ravensbourne University London, UK

This book provides an accessible resource for understanding the world behind the advertising jingles and Super Bowl commercials and digital algorithms Advertising has become a ubiquitous force in American life, penetrating almost every aspect of our daily routines Additionally, as technology has evolved throughout American history, so too has advertising proliferated as media has become increasingly sophisticated and ever-present, whether it takes the form of algorithms governing your social media feed, television commercials, paid influencers, or stadiums branded with the names of corporate sponsors/owners

This authoritative one-stop resource provides a rich overview of the evolution and present state of advertising in all its forms, as well as the multitude of connected issues data collection, privacy, consumerism, technology, and others regarding advertising and its role as both a shaper and reflector of American culture It surveys various advertising media, discusses the social and cultural contexts in which it is consumed, and highlights key moments in the history of advertising in the United States In addition, the book is supplemented with carefully curated primary sources, personal essays, a glossary of advertising terms, and other resources to provide readers with a full picture of advertising as both an industry and a shaper of American culture

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Ancient Comedy Companions

UK July 2026

• US July 2026

• 11 bw illus

208 Pages

PB 9781350379107

• £23 99 / $32 95

HB 9781350379060

• £75 00 / $100 00

ePDF 9781350379077

• £67 50 / $90 00

ePub 9781350379084 • £67 50 / $90 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Ancient Comedy Companions

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

160 Pages • 4 bw illus

PB 9781350344099 • £19 99 / $26 95

HB 9781350344051 • £70 00 / $95 00

ePDF 9781350344068 • £63 00 / $85 50

ePub 9781350344075 • £63 00 / $85 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

224 Pages

PB 9781350562523 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350562486 £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350562493 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350562509 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Plautus: Poenulus

Thomas Biggs, University of St Andrews, UK

Plautus’ Poenulus (Little Carthaginian) is a work of staggering literary and historical significance Performed in the long shadow of Rome’s traumatic struggle with Hannibal’s Carthage, this play stages the restoration of a Carthaginian family divided through enslavement Set against the backdrop of a Greece marked by comedic expectations and the geography of contemporary imperial conquest, Poenulus presents a tale of Carthaginian heartbreak and heartache to a post-war Roman audience

This book offers an innovative understanding of Poenulus’ place in Roman history and literary culture, helping readers to appreciate the play itself, the complex nature of Plautine authorship, and the cultures of performance in Republican Rome Most of the book explores the play as a performance, from its unique and strikingly self-aware prologue to the actors' call for applause in the final line The longest chapter examines the play’s afterlives in the Renaissance and early Modern period, including little-known revivals and adaptations in Ferrara, Rome, and Cambridge Over the centuries, people have found in Poenulus a script well suited to active learning in the Latin classroom, a text readymade to support new political ideologies, and a dramatized vision of the world that accorded with processes of racialization in Europe as reengagement with the classical past coincided with the expansion of the slave trade and the objectification of Black Africans That one play has been seen to support and subvert the same outlooks and practices from the third century BCE to the present is a testament to the enduring power of Plautine verse

Terence: Eunuchus

Gesine Manuwald, University College London, UK

Terence s Eunuchus (first shown on stage in the second century BCE) was extremely successful at its first performance and has been influential ever since, having inspired allusions and remakes by writers and artists from the ancient world into the modern period This success may be partly due to the fact that the play has a number of ‘Plautine’ elements, such as effective comedy and dramaturgy At the same time, the piece includes actions that are ethically problematic at least from the point of view of a modern audience, especially the reported rape of a young woman Thus, this drama is an intriguing example of how a comedy can present attractive entertainment and raise serious issues, both of which contribute to the continuing fascination that Terence’s Eunuchus evokes

Gesine Manuwald analyses the Eunuchus in its transmitted form as a piece of Roman Republican dramatic literature, looking at: the playwright’s role within the Roman comic tradition and his engagement with contemporary dramatists; the structure and effectiveness of the plot as well as the characterization of the protagonists and the comedy’s themes; and the extent to which these might have resonated with a contemporary audience On this basis, aspects of the history of the play’s reception can be traced, starting in the ancient world, including the late-antique commentary on the play by Donatus, illustrations in early manuscripts as well as literary and artistic reflections in the early modern and modern periods

Sophoclean Sisters

Reconsidering Antigone and Ismene

Peta Ann Fox, Rhodes University, South Africa

This book offers a re-evaluation of Ismene in Sophocles’ Antigone, challenging the traditional view of her as merely a foil to her sister, Antigone Through a close analysis of key passages, it argues for a more nuanced understanding of Ismene’s character, emotions and motivations, asserting that she is as compelling and fully realised as Antigone This work contributes to ongoing debates about classical texts and their reception, highlighting the need to re-examine canonical works with fresh perspectives

While Antigone has often been celebrated as heroic, Ismene is typically dismissed as timid and conventional This book disrupts such interpretations, examining how the relationship between the sisters reveals deeper complexities Engaging with contemporary interdisciplinary approaches, it explores how historical ideologies have shaped the understanding of Antigone It situates Ismene within broader conversations about agency, individuality and the representation of women in classical literature

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

232 Pages • 9 bw illus

PB 9781350515987

£28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350515949 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350515956

£76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350515963 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

224 Pages • 30 bw illus

PB 9781350438439

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350438392 • £85 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350438408

• £76 50 / $108 00

ePub 9781350438415 £76 50 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

256 Pages 52 bw illus and 8 bw tables

HB 9781350240858 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350240865 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350240872 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350240889 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Appeals to the Supernatural in Ancient Curse Tablets

The Dead and the Divine

Charlotte Spence, University of Exeter, UK

Examining how people understood the role of the dead and the divine in the curse tablets they created, this book provides unparalleled insights into the lives of those often underrepresented in ancient sources. Looking at these small, handwritten inscriptions in Celtic, Coptic, Greek, Latin and Punic allows us to see into the lives and imaginations of the broader population, including women and enslaved peoples, from the sixth century BCE to the seventh century CE

The book primarily focuses on the roles of the restless dead and divine in curse tablets, from actively carrying out a curse (physically or metaphysically), to their use analogically, and their function as intermediaries and witnesses By placing the focus always on the individual, Charlotte Spence enhances our understanding both of the lives of ancient individuals and their conceptions of the dead

The Senses in Ancient Greek Athletics

Exploring the Body, Society and Culture through a Sensory Lens

Edited by Matthew P Evans, University of Warwick, UK

Combining ancient sports research and sensory studies, this volume unveils new insights into the societal and cultural history of Greek athletics From the touch and smell of ancient substances and the taste of the athletic diet, to the sight of muscular bodies and the endurance of extreme temperatures, this book offers a unique glimpse into the vivid sensory world of Greek athletics By examining these sensory experiences, readers will gain profound insights into the connections forged between athletes and their natural surroundings, the influence of imperial power and the significance of athletics within Greek poleis and ancient literature

This collection of thought-provoking chapters explores topics such as the importance of the relationship between Roman emperors and Greek athletics; the use and experience of strigils, oil and dust in athletic contexts; and the transformative power of the sensory experience as featured in classical literature Emperor Julian (331-363 CE) is one such example of this, whose understanding of the senses is grounded in an Iamblichean theory of moral psychology and whose writing touches on the multi-sensory experience of these spectacles This book analyses this perspective, asking to what extent these sense-perceptual experiences made athletic contests a beneficial civic institution

The Body of the Combatant in the Ancient Mediterranean

Edited by Hannah-Marie Chidwick, University of Bristol, UK

This volume explores a broad range of perceptions, receptions and constructions of the soldierly body in the ancient world, putting the notion of embodiment at the forefront of its engagement with ancient warfare The 10 chapters presented here respond directly to the question of how war was embodied in antiquity by drawing on detailed case studies to examine the sensory and bodily experience of combat across wide-ranging time periods and geographies, from classical Greece and Rome to Roman Britain and Persia Together they illustrate how the body in war is a vital universal element that unites these vastly different contexts

Although the centrality of the human body in war-making was recognized in antiquity, a body-centric approach to combat has yet to be widely adopted in modern Classical Studies This collection brings together new research in ancient history, classical literature, material culture, bioarchaeology and art history within a theoretical framework drawn from recent developments in War Studies that places the body front and centre The new perspectives it offers on brutality in battle, the physical expression of warrior identity, and post-combat remembrance and recovery challenge readers to re-assess and expand their existing ideas as part of a broader ongoing ‘call to arms’ to revolutionize the study of ancient warfare in the 21st century

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

320 Pages • 18 bw illus

US September 2026

HB 9781350380646 £100 00 / $135 00

PB 9781350380653 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350380660 £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350380677 • £0 00 / $0 00 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Ancient Environments

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

• 17 bw illus

232 Pages

PB 9781350451919

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350451872

• £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350451889 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350451896 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Ancient Environments

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

256 Pages • 14 bw illus

HB 9781350383616 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350383647 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350383623 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350383630 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Horror in Classical Antiquity and Beyond Body, Affect, Concepts

Edited by Chiara Thumiger, Kiel University, Germany & George Kazantzidis, University of Patras, Greece

This open-access volume is the first to explore systematically and comprehensively the concept and category of ‘horror ’ in antiquity. The contributors retrieve the ancient grammar of horror by paying equal attention to its affective and cognitive dimensions, and by looking at it as an embodied, enactive and full-rounded existential experience They explore how horrifying experiences in antiquity are construed as embodied events while being conceptually rooted in cultural frameworks They also showcase the ways in which the body itself can turn into a source of deep horror, be it in literary or medical texts and traditions in the Greek and Roman world, from the classical period to late antiquity

While maintaining a firm awareness of the fact that ‘horror ’ , a largely post-Romantic concept, is not unproblematic when applied to Graeco-Roman antiquity, this collection of studies shows that our Graeco-Roman past can shed substantial light on the ways in which the horrific is understood today, as a category of art but also of life itself

The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Exzellenzcluster ROOTS, Christian-Albrechts-Universität zu Kiel (Germany)

A Zoobiography of the Ancient Sea Monster

Ryan Denson

Examining a vast corpus of literary references and artistic representations, this volume offers the first comprehensive study of the ketos - the sea monster imagined by the ancient Greeks and Romans.

The chapters examine the three central traditions of thought that existed about this imaginary animal in Graeco-Roman culture The first tradition concerns the ketos as a divinely associated monster: a force aligned with marine gods (chiefly Poseidon) and one which was fought by Heracles and Perseus The second tradition features the ketos in more naturalised contexts, as depicted among ancient geographers and historians, as a type of monster roaming the distant waters of the Atlantic and Indian Oceans The third tradition concerns the fusion of the ketos with Leviathan and the other Old Testament sea monsters in the minds of early Christians Accordingly, this classical sea monster became the image of the creature that swallowed Jonah, and, alternatively, a monster associated with the Devil and cosmological evil

While other monsters of Graeco-Roman mythology, such as the Minotaur and Medusa, are household names in modern popular culture, the ketos has effectively been lost in the modern imagination Yet it was no small part of the Graeco-Roman imagination It was this fantastic sea beast that so haunted ancient mariners, and in turn, which contributed to ancient perceptions of the marine world as a profoundly alien and hostile environment

Greek Literary Topographies in the Roman Imperial World

Edited by Janet Downie, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, USA & Anna Peterson, Penn State University, USA

Focusing on the Greek world during the high Roman Empire between the 1st and 3rd centuries CE, this edited volume examines the representation of space in literary, rhetorical, and mythographic texts of the period Authors under discussion include major figures such as Dio of Prusa, Aelius Aristides, Arrian, Lucian, and Philostratus Texts by Apollodorus, Alciphron, Aelian, Artemidorus, and Pausanias also receive attention, along with the Alexander Romance and Egyptian apocalyptic narratives Attending to the relationship between mobility and cultural rootedness, each chapter examines how Greek writers of the imperial era constructed and represented the multi-temporal landscapes of their contemporary world

This edited volume contributes to a growing interest in the topographical imagination of the ancient Mediterranean The Roman Empire was a world of vast trade networks, cosmopolitan culture, and high elite mobility, making geography an essential component of the language of power and culture Volume contributors present a composite picture of how imperialera Greek writers constructed and curated topographies of the Greek world – urban, rural, cultic, and monumental – to tell new stories about Hellenic space and its place within the broader empire

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Ancient Politics

UK August 2026 • US July 2026

240 Pages

• 3 bw images

PB 9781350358508

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350358461 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350358478

• £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350358485 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Ancient Politics

UK August 2026 • US July 2026

• 3 bw illus

280 Pages

PB 9781350358553

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350358515

• £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350358522

• £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350358539 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Ancient Politics

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

Popular Political Participation From Archaic Greece to the Late Hellenistic Period

The Assemblies of the Greek Cities beyond Athens

Edited by Thierry Oppeneer, Ghent University, Belgium & Arjan Zuiderhoek, Ghent University, Belgium

This volume studies popular assemblies in Greek cities from Homeric to late Hellenistic times Greek poleis were among the most politically inclusive societies in premodern history, primarily because via their public assemblies, most or all adult male citizens beyond the elite could participate in politics In those cities the Greeks called democracies, the assembly even functioned as the chief decision-making institution In this volume, an international team of experts explores assemblies in Greek cities mostly beyond the already well-studied case of Classical Athens, focussing on topics like the origins of assembly politics in Homeric communities, the size of assemblies, assemblies in Classical oligarchic poleis, assemblies in Hellenistic cities (traditionally viewed as no longer fully democratic), and the comparative study of Greek assemblies and participatory institutions in other societies

A companion volume (Popular Political Participation from the Early Roman Empire to Late Antiquity: The Assemblies of the Greek Cities beyond Athens Volume II) explores assemblies in Greek cities under Rome until the late third century CE In both volumes, the emphasis is on the notion that assemblies were an essential contributing factor to the institutional success and longevity of the Greek city Together they suggest that the assembly ought to be a key component of any explanation for the remarkable resilience of the polis as a system of government through more than a millennium of ancient history

240 Pages

PB 9781350473645 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350473607 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350473614

• £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350473621 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Popular Political Participation From the Early Roman Empire to Late Antiquity

The Assemblies of the Greek Cities beyond Athens

Edited by Thierry Oppeneer, Ghent University, Belgium & Arjan Zuiderhoek, Ghent University, Belgium

This volume examines popular assemblies in Greek cities under Roman rule up to the late third century CE Greek poleis were among the most politically inclusive societies in premodern history, primarily because via their public assemblies, most or all adult male citizens beyond the elite could participate in politics In those cities the Greeks called democracies, the assembly even functioned as the chief decision-making institution In this volume, an international team of experts explores the roles of assemblies amid increasing oligarchic pressures and within the framework of an autocratic empire The chapters explore topics such as civic honours, the collaboration between council and assembly, the differing perspectives preserved in our sources, political discourse, and the impact of Roman conquest, governors and law

A companion volume (Popular Political Participation from Archaic Greece to the Late Hellenistic Period: The Assemblies of the Greek Cities beyond Athens Volume I) traces the institution’s development from Homeric Greece to the end of the Hellenistic age Throughout both volumes, the emphasis is on the notion that assemblies were an essential contributing factor to the surprising institutional success and longevity of the Greek city Together they suggest that the assembly ought to be a key component of any explanation for the remarkable resilience of the polis as a system of government through more than a millennium of ancient history

Plato on the Individual, Polis and Political Authority in Republic Stephen O Peprah, University of Cambridge, UK

Offering an in-depth examination of the political philosophy of Plato’s Republic, Stephen O Peprah challenges the prevalent scholarly interpretation that misreads and underestimates Plato’s view of the status and role of nonphilosophical citizens Rather than seeing the ordinary human beings who make up the civic population as servile to the select philosophical elite, the argument is not only that they make an important contribution to the polis based on their moral, epistemic, and somatic competences, but that the political community serves their well-being

Grounded in recent work on Plato’s political philosophy and within Plato’s contractarian commitment (koinonia) in Book II of Republic, this study shows that the individual and the polis have positive, if not equal, standing Each is positively dependent on the other, and political authority of the philosopher-rulers is justified to create enabling conditions to facilitate this mutual interdependence And so, by arguing that Plato’s just society – Kallipolis – evolves from the collaborative efforts of individuals who aim to deal with a common human predicament (insufficiency), Peprah reveals that Platonic political theory is engineered to be a more inclusive system than previously thought This study is an important reassessment that shows the artisans of Republic as possessing individual and political agency

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

296 Pages • 18 bw imgs

PB 9781350531284 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350531246 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350531253 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350531260 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

176 Pages • 32 bw illus

PB 9781350572119

• £9 99 / $12 95

ePDF 9781350572133

• £8 99 / $11 65

ePub 9781350572126 • £8 99 / $11 65

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

288 Pages

HB 9781350358713 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350358751 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350358720 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350358737 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Olympiodorus: On Aristotle Meteorology 2-3

Translated by Chiara

Militello

Olympiodorus the Younger was perhaps the last non-Christian philosopher to teach publicly in Alexandria In this commentary, he studies Aristotle’s views on topics ranging from the nature of the sea to the causes of winds, halo, and rainbow As a Platonist, Olympiodorus occasionally promotes interesting interpretations, for instance attributing to Aristotle the thesis that the sea is the entirety of water, even though Aristotle had stated the opposite

With detailed notes and supporting contextual introduction, plus Greek and English indices, this translation will be of interest to students of ancient Greek sciences in general and Aristotle’s Meteorology in particular

Pocket GCSE Greek Etymological Lexicon

Caroline K Mackenzie, Independent Scholar and Private Tutor, UK

An essential tool for the learning of Classical Greek, based around OCR s GCSE word list (DVL) and that of the ICCG Greek words accompanied by their parts of speech are translated and given a set of derivatives, both the familiar and the fascinating, which act as a helpful aid in memorising vocabulary Space is included for readers to annotate as they learn – and note other derivatives they may come across too!

Lively and accessible, this lexicon will appeal to students, philologists and Hellenophiles An engaging introduction begins the exciting odyssey through 425 word entries, many of which are accompanied by fun, didactic footnotes

The text is imaginatively punctuated with 32 illustrations by Barbarann Lang

NEW

Misinformation, Disinformation, and Propaganda in Greek Historiography

Edited by Thomas Figueira, Rutgers University, USA & Rosaria Vignolo Munson, Swarthmore College, USA

Mindful of the present state of discourse on ancient Greek historiography, this edited volume explores the major themes of pursuing factuality, managing witness/source bias, falling into historical error and creating or confronting propaganda. Even the greatest ancient historians, striving for factuality and truthfulness, must commence from subjectivity Their works, when studied closely, reveal biases and conceptual or ideological distortions – their own and others’ For this reason, Misinformation, Disinformation and Propaganda in Greek Historiography strives to evaluate the issues which stand in the way of factuality in historical texts and records

The contributors, all experts in the field, explore and question the accuracy of the historiography in question; the ancient author ’s fidelity to their sources; and the evidence presented in relation to inherited oral traditions In this way, an ancient author ’s methodology is evaluated in terms of its probability, the awareness of its cultural variation and the influences which we can deduce within the texts This volume presents an important contribution to the study of what constitutes fact and fiction within ancient Greek historiography

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

208 Pages

HB 9781350171633

• £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350456020 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350171640 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350171657 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Standing Among the Spartans

Institutions and Status Within the Spartiate Community

Philip John Victor Davies, University of Nottingham, UK

Conformity, uniformity, institutionality, exceptionality – each of these terms encapsulates an aspect of the common perception of Sparta, both among scholars and in the popular imagination

This volume seeks to interrogate how rightly we may apply these terms to the Spartan citizen community in the classical period (approximately 500-350 BC) and reveals a much greater level of differentiation within this social group than is often assumed

Drawing upon recent scholarship on Sparta, theoretical and methodological discussions from within the wider fields of classical studies and ancient history, and approaches to status and institutions developed in the social sciences, Philip John Victor Davies examines the diverse factors which influenced the standing of individuals within the Spartiate community and assesses how great a role institutions played in determining a Spartiate’s standing and to what extent Sparta was, as ancient accounts would suggest, significantly more institutionalized than other Greek societies Placing Sparta in the context of the renewed interest in institutions and their social significance represented across multiple disciplines by the ‘New Institutionalist turn’, he presents a more dynamic understanding of the internal life of the Spartiate community, with a nuanced appreciation of the dimensions and limits of Sparta’s exceptionality

NEW IN PB

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

280 Pages

HB 9781350471788 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350471825 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350471795 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350471801 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Economics of War in Ancient Greece

Edited by Roel Konijnendijk, University of Oxford, UK & Manu Dal Borgo, University College London, UK

In recent decades the study of the ancient economy and ancient warfare have both been transformed by ground-breaking new studies and methodological approaches Offering a selection of cutting-edge research on the interlocked themes of economics and war, this edited volume explores how armed conflict affected markets and economic opportunities in ancient Greece From the destruction of cities to the emergence of new fiscal institutions, war prompted massive changes to economic conditions throughout the ancient Mediterranean and beyond – some with lasting consequences for the organisation of states and armies

The contributors look beyond the old paradigms of finance and logistics, and broaden the discussion to address themes such as gender, literary culture and the Persian Empire More specifically, they analyse how ancient rulers and states struggled to mobilise resources and what they did to tackle fiscal challenges to wage war more efficiently, thereby demonstrating how matters of war can be an invaluable source of information on the way ancient economies worked and developed As a result, this book shows how the study of economic factors – too often neglected in works on ancient warfare – allows a deeper understanding of military cultures and events in ancient Greece

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Studies in Classical Reception

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

288 Pages • 80 bw illus & 10 colour illus

PB 9781350548480

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350548442

• £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350548459 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350548466 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Studies in Classical Reception

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

232 Pages • 4 bw illus

PB 9781350536050 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350536012 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350536029 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350536036 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

320 Pages

HB 9781350574717 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350574700 £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350574724 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350574731 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Dickens and the Classics

Christian Lehmann, Bard High School Early College, USA

This book examines Charles Dickens’s underappreciated engagement with Classical knowledge and its role in his cultural commentary By treating his novels as collaborations with illustrators, particularly Phiz, it explores how Dickens drew on Ancient Greek and Roman myths, history and art to engage with 19th-century debates Through detailed analysis of both text and illustrations, the book reveals the complexity of Dickens’s Classical references and their significance in shaping broader cultural conversations

Each chapter pairs novels such as David Copperfield, Bleak House and A Tale of Two Cities with Dickens’s journalism, letters and short fiction, supported by analysis of a range of illustrations Christian Lehmann challenges the notion that Victorian Classics were the preserve of an elite, showing instead how Dickens adapted a demotic Classicism rooted in burlesque, satire, architecture and popular culture He argues that Dickens’s Classical allusions, often dismissed as superficial, form an integral part of his literary output These references are examined alongside historical developments in the ideology of scientific racism, evolving views on sexual violence, and critiques of imperialism, demonstrating how Dickens reshaped Classical traditions to reflect and critique the cultural and political dynamics of his era

Metaliterary Katabasis in the Writings of Eavan Boland, Derek Walcott and Gloria Naylor

The Poet and the Underworld

Amaranth Feuth, Leiden University, the Netherlands

Focusing on the ancient motif of the descent into the underworld (katabasis), this book examines how three 20thcentury writers – Eavan Boland, Gloria Naylor and Derek Walcott – articulate their poetics and assert their place within the Western literary canon by means of receptions of this motif from Graeco-Roman literature This study examines three key texts published between 1985 and 1990, exploring how these writers – an Irish poet, an AfricanAmerican novelist and a Caribbean poet – employ the allegorical motif of katabasis as a metaliterary instrument Each text is analysed for its receptions of katabasis and its implications for the literary identities of these three authors

Amaranth Feuth also situates these texts within the broader context of each author ’s oeuvre, providing fresh, in-depth analyses of related texts Utilising the methodological framework of Conceptual Metaphor Theory (CMT) and transgeneric narratology, this study compares the deployment of katabasis across different genres and cultural backgrounds In this way, it demonstrates how Boland, Naylor and Walcott use the katabasis motif to challenge and redefine their roles within Western literature This comparative approach reveals how contemporary literature reimagines classical themes to address and expand literary boundaries, while also offering a nuanced exploration of how these authors situate themselves in the history of Western – and world – literature

A Grecian Lad

A E Housman and the Classics

Jennifer Ingleheart

The first book to bring together A E Housman’s poetry and classical scholarship, revealing the deep connections between the two It offers the first full-length study of his Latin elegy for Moses Jackson, including a new translation and commentary on this homoerotic poem’s links to his wider verse The book also provides an original version and close reading of Praefanda, Housman’s little-read yet notorious scholarly article on sexual themes, written in Latin Further, it examines how Tom Stoppard’s The Invention of Love grapples with the tensions in Housman’s dual careers as poet and professor

Housman has long been seen as a man divided the emotional poet of A Shropshire Lad on one hand, and the austere Latinist on the other While he publicly downplayed the classical influences on his poetry, this book interrogates the subtle but intricate classicism woven throughout his work By reading his verse alongside his scholarship, it uncovers a more integrated and complex figure, shedding new light on both his poetry and academic writings

COLLECTIONS

UK January 2026 US January 2026

256 Pages

PB 9781350473386

£28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350473348 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350473355 £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350473362 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

The Philology of the Future

Essays in Honor of Jim Porter

Edited by Mario Telò, University of California, Berkeley, USA

This book gathers a group of scholars whose work has been influenced by the distinctive dialogue between ancient philosophy (and rhetoric) and critical theory promoted by the scholarship of James I Porter A classicist who has pushed classics beyond itself – beyond its traditional boundaries – Porter has demonstrated that antiquity cannot be studied without participating in what is sometimes dismissively labeled “reception ”

The collection here does not simply celebrate the work of a major figure in the field of classics through a series of Porterian writing experiments, but locates the futures of classics in its predisposition to endless transformation, alteration, reconfiguration, and fugitive or exilic deterritorialization Philology is a practice of philosophy in that contact with the ghosts of antiquity and its diachronic manifestations in modernity confronts the interpreter with opportunities for unlearning as well as learning, unthinking as well as thinking, and for engaging with impossibilities as well as possibilities The essays gathered here, unified by these themes, include contributions on ancient philosophy (Democritus, the sophists, Aristotle, and Lucretius); reflections on the sublime, which Porter has pivotally elucidated; interventions on the theme of philology and exile (in Nietzsche, Marx, Freud, and Derrida); and theoretical musings on the “agony of immanence,” the “biomatic,” the “atmospheric,” and the relationship between immigration and classical reception

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

296 Pages • 15 bw illus

PB 9781350548077 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350548039 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350548046 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350548053 £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Classical Myth and Literature in Parody

Ancient

and Modern

William F Hansen

This book examines the evolution of classical parody, from its origins in ancient Greece and Rome to its resurgence in modern times The book explores two key periods: the first from the sixth century BCE to the second century CE, and the second beginning in the 17th century, continuing today In antiquity, writers like Aristophanes and Lucian parodied their own culture, relying on audiences' deep knowledge of Greek and Roman texts This “insider” parody faded with the rise of Christianity and changes in language

The second era of classical parody emerged during the Renaissance, as classical texts were rediscovered and studied in schools Writers like Charles Cotton in England created “outsider” parody, mocking ancient literature learned in the classroom This book focuses on English-language works, including The Comic Latin Grammar and Victorian burlesque theatre, which drew on classical mythology and history The book also addresses the social and educational changes that shaped classical parody, such as the invention of the printing press and the influence of Renaissance humanism It is the first comprehensive study of anglophone classical parody, revealing how authors through the centuries have reimagined and distorted classical texts for humorous effect

COLLECTIONS

IMAGINES – Classical Receptions in

the Visual and Performing Arts

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

288 Pages • 28 bw illus

PB 9781350565890 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350565852 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350565869 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350565876 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Characters

and Characterization in Mythological Video Games

Alexander Vandewalle, Ghent University, Belgium

The first book-length study on mythology reception in video games, this monograph examines how video games characterize mythological characters from the perspectives of classical reception and game studies Characters are vital to most stories, and many video games They allow us to enter the fiction of a game, and facilitate our embodiment in the game world Over time, what are initially blank slates transform into fictional existents with well-developed personalities and goals In this context, narratology uses the term ‘characterization’ to refer to how character traits are ascribed to the entities we call ‘characters’

After establishing a theoretical framework, this book moves to six case studies that each analyze mythological characters in a particular game: Smite, Assassin’s Creed Odyssey, Immortals Fenyx Rising, God of War, Theseus and Asgard’s Wrath 2 The scope of these studies is diverse, incorporating examples from mainstream, indie and virtual reality gaming While the book’s main focus lies with Greco-Roman mythology, it also includes games with Norse and Egyptian settings, or with playable characters from a wide range of international mythological traditions Through these case studies, Alexander Vandewalle leads his readers to an understanding of different modalities or ‘languages’ of mythology reception in games He argues for a striking diversity in mythological games and their characters, and illuminates how the relationship between games and antiquity is fundamentally one of continuous dialogue and play

COLLECTIONS

IMAGINES – Classical Receptions in

the Visual and Performing Arts

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

• 30 bw illus

272 Pages

HB 9781350468573

• £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350468610

• £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350468580

ePub 9781350468597

Bloomsbury Academic

• £76 50 / $103 50

• £76 50 / $103 50

Representations of Endymion and Selene Dominance, Objectification, and Necrophilia in the Transformations of an Ancient Myth

Anna Chiara Corradino, Tor Vergata University of Rome, Italy

A focused study of an ancient myth and its reception, which provokes new consideration of how myth in general can challenge social norms. Analyzing the visual and literary transformations of the myth of Endymion and Selene, Anna Chiara Corradino argues that this myth becomes a valuable tool for understanding the cultural problematization and censorship of female sexuality, as well as the marginalization of alternative forms of male sexuality The myth's key themes, of dominant femininity, reified masculinity and female necrophilia, are shaped through the centuries from the core story of Selene, the goddess of the Moon, falling in love with a mortal shepherd, Endymion, and granting him eternal sleep so she can kiss him every night

In five core sections focusing on the archaeology of the myth in the ancient world, the art of the Renaissance to Baroque periods, and modern art and film, Corradino traces the way the relationship between the two 'lovers' embodies the taboo topic of the eroticization of the sleeping and/or dead male body, and the suppressed desire of female domination and dominance This research breaks new ground by displaying how these marginal desires have always challenged normativity and have had a profound impact on and through multiple receptions

COLLECTIONS NEW IN PB

IMAGINES – Classical Receptions in the Visual and Performing Arts

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

256 Pages • 30 bw illus

HB 9781350469860 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350469907 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350469877 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350469884 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

IMAGINES – Classical Receptions in the Visual and Performing Arts

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

216 Pages • 20 bw illus

HB 9781350332416

• £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350332454 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350332423 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350332430 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Ancient Sculpture and Twentieth-Century American

Womanhood

Venus Envy Hallie Franks

This book examines the reception of Graeco-Roman sculptures of Venus and their role in the construction of the body aesthetics of the “fit” American woman in the decades around the turn of the 20th century In this historical moment, 19th-century anthropometric methods, the anti-corset dress reform movement and early fitness culture were united in their goal of identifying and producing healthy, procreative female bodies These discourses presented ancient statues of Venus – most frequently, the Venus de Milo – as the supreme visual model of a superior, fit, feminine physique

Venuses had long been symbols of beauty, but the new situation of Venus statues as an aesthetic and moral destination for women set up a slippage between ideal sculpture and living bodies: what did it mean for a woman to embody – or to try to embody – the perfect health and beauty of an ancient statue? How were women expected to translate this model into flesh? What were the political stakes to which this vision of a nation of American Venuses was bound? Who was believed to conform to this ideal, and who was excluded from it? In taking on these questions, Franks engages with physical culture and dress-reform media, modern artwork that adapts Graeco-Roman traditions, anthropological texts, art histories of ancient Greece, film, advertising and medical reporting on women’s health

Classical Receptions and Impact of Xena

Warrior Princess

Edited

by

Amanda Potter,

University of Liverpool, UK & Anise K Strong, Western Michigan University, USA

Presenting a wide range of new scholarly approaches, this is the first volume to critique the highly influential television series Xena: Warrior Princess Based on the online international 2021 conference on Xena: Warrior Princess, this book offers a critical overview of the series' ground-breaking impact and discusses why it has maintained its appeal

Contributors from across the world include perspectives from classical reception studies, queer studies and fan studies to examine the influence of ancient Mediterranean mythology and history in the series and, in turn, how the series shaped the viewer ’s understanding of the classical past Significantly, there are also studies of Xena’s depiction as a barrier-smashing heroine, and an examination of how the series paved the way for portrayals of LGBTQ+ relationships on mainstream television The legacy of the series is seen in how it has continued to shape modern views about classical antiquity and how it laid the groundwork for subsequent series and films representing the ancient world

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

288 Pages

PB 9781350583405

£28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350583375 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350583382 £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350583399 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

272 Pages

HB 9781350357600

PB 9781350357648

• US September 2026

• £85 00 / $115 00

• £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350357617

• £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350357624 £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Akrasia and the Catullan Lover

Resisting Reason in Republican Rome

Leah O’Hearn, Maynooth University, Ireland

Exploring how the Roman poet Catullus portrays erotic desire as a problem of self-control, Leah O’Hearn argues that Catullus presents himself as a lover plagued by akrasia (the failure to act on better judgement) drawing on philosophical models, particularly Aristotle’s, to frame his emotional conflict Offering new insights into Roman masculinity and selfhood in the late Republic, this book follows the full range of Catullus’ collection from the familiar Lesbia poems to the Juventius cycle, friendships, rivalries and mythological narratives

Positioning Catullus within a broader literary engagement with philosophical thought, this book contributes to the growing field of classical emotion studies by tracing how conflicting desires were staged and moralised in Roman poetry In doing so, it reveals how Catullus conflicted speaker resists philosophical ideals of rational self-mastery, offering instead a poetic script for loving too much, regretting it, and doing it again anyway

NEW IN PB

Lucian and the Atticists

Linguistic Satire in the Second Sophistic

David W F Stifler, Independent Scholar, USA

This book focuses on Lucian of Samosata, a Syrian writer of the Greek language in the second century CE, and his engagement with contemporary debates regarding the form and register of language best suited to composing Greek literature in the Roman Empire Many authors of the period practised writing in a revived version of Attic Greek, the dialect used in classical Athenian rhetoric, philosophy and drama of the fifth and fourth centuries BCE However, this book argues that Lucian distinguished himself from other writers, including those who also commented extensively on the linguistic dimensions of classical reception, through his self-aware, humorous approach to sociolinguistics

As Stifler demonstrates, the focal point of much of Lucian’s satire is at the intersection of, on the one hand, vocabulary, syntax and usage, and on the other hand, cultural, racial and political identity In Stifler ’s view, a crucial component of Lucian’s satire is in fact sociolinguistic, constituting a complex but ultimately coherent ideology of Atticism expressed through multiple perspectives, or personae, and comprising a sophisticated commentary on the sociolinguistic imaginaries of Lucian's period The result is Lucian’s approach to integrating and negotiating his authorial persona, as a non-Greek practising Greek sophism, by decoupling linguistic expertise from ethnic identity

Bloomsbury Neo-Latin Series:

Studies in Early Modern Latin

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

224 Pages

PB 9781350330832 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350330795 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350330801 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350330818 • £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Petrarch’s Africa and Its Afterlives

Race, Nation, and Empire

Samuel Agbamu, University of Reading, UK

This open access monograph sheds new light on the epic by focusing on its importance as a vector for ideas about Africa and Africans between the 14th and 20th centuries In Italy and abroad, the 14th-century poet Petrarch’s Italian verse has secured his place in literary history Yet his greatest triumph was to be crowned in Rome in 1341, ostensibly for his then incomplete Latin epic of the Second Punic War, the Africa However, soon after the poem’s posthumous publication, the Africa fell into relative obscurity The afterlives of the epic remain largely unexplored, particularly with regard to Petrarch’s representation of the Second Punic War and the continent on which Scipio Africanus defeated Hannibal: Africa

The book also explores the contribution of the Africa to early modern and modern discourses of religion, nation and empire

Samuel Agbamu uncovers the role of the Africa in the intellectual archaeologies of nation, empire and race in the modern era and its role as a vector in the transmission and transformation of Roman ideas of empire and identity as reflected in accounts of the Punic War This monograph makes its case through fresh close readings of the Africa, using new methodologies based on Premodern Critical Race Studies and Critical Muslim Studies

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Neo-Latin Series: Early Modern Texts and Anthologies

UK July 2026

• US July 2026

240 Pages

• 3 bw images

PB 9781350551121

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350551084 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350551091 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350551107 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Neo-Latin Series: Early Modern Texts and Anthologies

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

272 Pages

PB 9781350588264

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350588226 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350588233 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350588240 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

An Anthology of Neo-Latin Literature Written by Women

Edited by Stephen Harrison, University of Oxford, UK & Gesine Manuwald, University College London, UK

This anthology showcases Neo-Latin texts produced by women across Europe between circa 1400 and 1800, highlighting their contributions in both poetry and prose Each chapter offers excerpts alongside accessible translations, with introductions and notes that contextualise the texts within their authors’ careers and the intellectual climate of their time The selected works reflect a range of genres and themes, providing insights into women’s lives and their participation in literary culture during the early modern period Examples include letters by Battista Malatesta da Montefeltro and poems by Anna Maria van Schurman

Featuring works from various European countries, including Italy, Spain, Portugal, France, Germany, Scandinavia, the Netherlands and Britain, the anthology is organised chronologically, allowing readers to appreciate the evolution of female voices in Neo-Latin literature The texts presented reflect the diversity of women’s literary contributions and demonstrate the importance of considering a broad spectrum of voices in understanding early modern literary culture

William Dillingham's Aegyptus Triumphata

Edited with Introduction, Translation and Commentary Estelle Haan, Queen's University Belfast, UK

William Dillingham’s Aegyptus Triumphata (1680) takes as its subject the plagues of Egypt, the crossing of the Red Sea, and Moses’ consequential hymn of thanksgiving to God (Exodus 7–15) This, the first edition of the poem, introduces it to the scholarly community Balancing accessibility with critical and theoretical rigour, it presents the Latin text and a facing English translation, complemented by an Introduction and Commentary that situate the work in relation to: biblical verse-paraphrase; the biblical epic tradition from the late antique to the early modern periods; Dillingham’s Neo-Latin and vernacular corpus; his role as an anthologist and promoter of Neo-Latin verse; and his appropriation of biblical, classical, and Neo-Latin literature

This accomplished, yet hitherto neglected, poem assumes an interesting place alongside late antique and early modern Latin epics inspired by the Old Testament in general and by Exodus in particular Central to the genre is an intertextual engagement with Virgil’s Aeneid Dillingham’s brief epic Romanizes and creatively embellishes its biblical source through authorial commentary, a recourse to epic simile, and, most notably, an experimental engagement with Virgil s poetic corpus and the biblical text’s quasi-Virgilian afterlives

COLLECTIONS NEW

Bloomsbury Neo-Latin Series: Early Modern Texts and Anthologies

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

240 Pages

HB 9781350261495 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350261501 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350261518 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350261525 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

The Latin Verse of Martin Luther Texts, Translations and Commentary

Carl P E Springer, University of Tennessee, USA

Martin Luther wrote a number of Latin poems, mostly using traditional classical metres, over the course of his career He used them to praise friends, insult adversaries and express his faith in times of distress Up until now, Luther ’s Neo-Latin poetry has largely fallen through the disciplinary cracks Literary scholars have traditionally paid more attention to the Latin verse of more celebrated humanist poets such as Petrarch Students of the Reformation have concentrated far more often on Luther ’s prose and his famous German hymns than on his Latin poems Even scholars who are familiar with Luther ’s Neo-Latin poetry have dismissed it as of only marginal significance

As this book demonstrates, Luther ’s Latin verses are valuable cultural products that amply reward scholarly reconsideration Springer ’s volume is the first to provide English translations of all of them It also includes extensive introductions and lineby-line annotations for each of the poems, situating them within their literary traditions and contemporary contexts As such, it enables readers to see that far from being a reformer who more or less repudiated the Classics, or someone who merely dabbled in them, Luther was a confident, even bold, Latin poet, who was serious about working out his own distinctive synthesis between Christianity and the language and literature of the ancient Romans

UK July 2026 US July 2026

304 Pages • 56 bw illus, 5 tables

HB 9798881803384 £130 00 / $170 00

PB 9798881807474 • £39 99 / $54 95

ePDF 9798765165133 £35 99 / $49 45

ePub 9798881807481 • £35 99 / $49 45

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

198 Pages • 3 BW Illustrations

HB 9781666963496 • £81 00 / $105 00

PB 9798216380658 • £23 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781978788640 • £72 90 / $94 50

ePub 9781666963502 £72 90 / $94 50 Lexington Books

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

248 Pages 15 tables

PB 9798216465355 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666960198 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781978764637 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798216260127 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Consumer Insights Handbook

Using Audience Research to Make Smart Decisions

Danielle Sarver Coombs, Ravensbourne University London, UK

A practical and accessible approach for how to plan for and complete a consumer insights research project from the initial request for proposal (RFP) to the final presentation of findings, this second edition handbook features new real-world examples and techniques and a new chapter on the uses of the latest research technologies and AI

Danielle Sarver Coombs flips the typical model presented in research methods textbooks to emphasize that data should be used to understand people as thoughtful, deliberative audiences As such, consumer insights research should be done with the goal of better understanding target audiences in a meaningful way With this orientation in mind, these insight-driven research projects allow decision makers to tap into consumers’ wants, needs, and desires through messaging and products designed to resonate

Guided by the author ’s own experience in the field as well as guidance from current practitioners on the client, boutique, and agency sides, each chapter includes a guide for how to conduct in-class research, quotes and recommendations from experts in the field, and case studies and real-world examples

NEW IN PB

The Cruel and Reparative Possibilities of Failure

Edited by Jessica M W Kratzer & Desirée D Rowe

The Cruel and Reparative Possibilities of Failure brings together a variety of scholars and research across disciplines, with an emphasis on communication and gender studies, to work toward reimagining the idea of failure Contributors consider failure as both a space for growth and repair and as a space from which hope can emerge The collection is divided into five parts, investigating failure as consumption; failure as media; failure as pedagogy; failure as narrative; and finally, failure as transformation Contributors spanning the fields of communication, gender, sexuality, performance, and media studies each employ unique disciplinary approaches to failure in their explorations of topics including queer counterpublics, corporeal commodification, misinformation, abolitionist principles, abuse and consent culture, and everyday organizing, among others Looking to the future, the book takes these perspectives and experiences a step further to explore the reparative possibilities that may be found in failure

Convenient Discrimination Crips, Queers, and Other Misfits

D Travers Scott

Combining media studies and archival research, this book critically examines historic and contemporary examples of media representations of queerness and disability – often intersecting – to establish and demonstrate a theory of “discriminatory convenience ”

Although social oppression is typically framed in terms of prejudice, hate, and other forms of dislike, D Travers Scott argues for another perspective – inconvenience – by drawing upon histories of industrialization, technology, and modernist ideals of efficiency Focusing on disabled persons and queer persons, but also examining non-Christians and the aged, some people are not always hated, they simply get in the way From Appalachian folk songs to Texas Chain Saw Massacre, Convenient Discrimination uses historic and contemporary media representations to demonstrate and articulate cultural politics of discriminatory convenience Scott analyzes and compares historical and contemporary discourses around health, media, technology, and social movements to present a combination of compelling case studies, bolstered by their autoethnographic accounts as a queer, formerly disabled activist-scholar Ultimately, drawing upon histories of industrialization and technology, and cultural ideologies of efficiency, this book argues for the utility of inconvenience as an analytic

COLLECTIONS

Studies in New Media

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

352 Pages

• 18 bw illus

PB 9798216393382

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666939415

• £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9798216256403

• £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781978770218 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Studies in New Media

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

200 Pages • 6 bw illus & 3 tables

PB 9798216453819 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666959291 • £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9798216264682 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781978760073 • £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

408 Pages 15 bw illus

PB 9798216468028 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666941128 £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9798216257684 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781978769861 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

How Women Conquer the Metaverse

The Next Social Revolution

Phylis West Johnson & Tina Korani

Phylis West Johnson and Tina Korani reveal how women are shaping the forthcoming Metaverse with a unique social perspective that promises to revolutionize society.

Examining women in leadership across the top Metaverse companies through interviews and analysis, Johnson and Korani highlight women’s social contributions to the development of the Metaverse These women, they contend, have fundamentally different conceptions of the Metaverse than those shown in mainstream depictions, foregrounding the potential to make meaningful change through content creation and social ideation over the potential to use it as a path to easy wealth

Although women play a large role in fueling virtual platforms through content creation, their overall decision-making power appears limited in the larger Metaverse, reflecting similar societal tensions to those that women face in reality Ultimately, however, this book embraces the Metaverse as a landscape rich with potential, emphasizing not only women’s responsibility for creating this space but also the benefits to be gained from it as it influences the economic and political futures of humanity

The Spectrum of Virtuality

Space, Presence, and the Non-Human in the Internet

Devin Proctor

Contrary to popular belief, the internet is not making us stupid or lazy or subjecting us to algorithmic domination. Devin Proctor contends that it is instead changing the way we perceive our bodies, our social worlds, and our identities along a spectrum of virtuality

Proctor conceptualizes the internet as a social space, arguing for a return to spatial understandings of the digital The reality of this space, he posits, is co-produced through our interaction with human and non-human agents – bots, AI programs, and algorithms – that exist alongside us in a field of internet presence

From video calls to anonymous chat forums, Proctor traces progressive levels of virtual emplacement to interrogate the embodied forms we take across digital contexts and the ways in which these forms influence communication and identity He draws on years of digital ethnographic fieldwork among the Otherkin community – a group of people who largely socialize online and internally identify as non-human – to complicate conventional notions about our relationships with the virtual, our understandings of the Self, and what it means to be human

Colonially Mediated Spaces and Beings

From Oppression to Liberation

Samira Ibnelkaïd

Navigating with nuance the intricate relationships between mobility, identity, and power structures, Samira Ibnelkaïd presents a novel framework that challenges dominant narratives that frame migration as a crisis and racialized individuals as threats, arguing instead for the importance of translocal networks of belonging and collective emotional, sensory and epistemic intelligence

Colonially Mediated Spaces and Beings focuses on the experiences of high-skilled racialized migrants in Finland – a country ranked as the “happiest in the world” seven years in a row – as a case study to demonstrate how the omnicolonial matrix seeks to alienate migrants from their heritages and force them into oppressive categories of economic utility and racialized stereotypes, hindering their growth Drawing on anticolonial theoretical, historical, methodological and empirical resources, Ibnelkaïd proposes a critical phenomenology of interaction to analyze how oppressed individuals both experience and resist the omnicolonial matrix in their (digitally mediated) everyday social interactions Rather than fully submitting to these oppressive forces, she finds, individuals also challenge the system by enacting sites of resistance and belonging that defy capitalist logics of commodification and exploitation

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

288 Pages • 35 BW Illustrations, 11 Tables

HB 9781666955309 £88 00 / $115 00

PB 9781666955323 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781978787742 £79 20 / $103 50

ePub 9781666955316 • £79 20 / $103 50 Lexington Books

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

224 Pages

PB 9798216470267 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666965032 • £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9798216255949 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781978770324 £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic COLLECTIONS

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

376 Pages 13 b/w photos

HB 9781538177730 • £38 00 / $50 00

PB 9798216464181 £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9798765183083 • £34 20 / $45 00

ePub 9781538177747 • £34 20 / $45 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Social Media Cultures

Dhiraj Murthy

In Social Media Cultures, Dhiraj Murthy provides a theoretically-grounded, historical exploration of the social media landscape Uniquely tracing the evolution of social media – from traditional media like letters, postcards, and the telephone to new media and platforms – Murthy argues that these contemporary phenomena are not divorced from their analog antecedents The historical and theoretical frameworks employed in this book allow readers to better understand the intricacies of nuanced modern dynamics like cancel culture, self-expression, and celebrity influence Focusing on mobility, political discourse, and the power of witnessing from global perspectives, Murthy uses empirical case studies from both the Global South and North to demonstrate the profound impact of social media on culture, politics, and everyday life Ultimately, Murthy encourages readers to reflect on their roles within the broader social media ecosystem and to consider the farreaching consequences of social media engagement on a global scale Scholars of communication, media studies, social media, and sociology will find this book of particular interest

Images of Health in Food Advertising

Misleading Marketing and the Health Belief Model

Debbie Danowski

Debbie Danowski examines the use of health halos as misleading marketing in the advertising and branding of ultra-processed foods, demonstrating the impacts of messaging on consumer behavior and the health belief model

This book traces the history of halos to investigate how elements of advertising such as influencer endorsement, visual symbolism, and key phrases like all natural” are strategically employed to portray food as being healthier than it is

Analyzing a wide range of examples from fruit snacks and candy to diet foods and meat alternatives, Danowski divides different halo techniques into three main categories – the natural and real halo, the nutrition halo, and the identity halo These lenses can be applied to the health belief model to achieve a fuller understanding of the social, narrative, and psychological tactics long leveraged by corporations to perpetuate health myths and influence consumer choice

Your Call Is Very Important to Us

Advertising and the Corporate Theft of Personhood

Richard Hardack

In a unique exploration of how corporations appropriate the rights and identities of people, Richard Hardack unearths the unexpected consequences of corporate America’s quest to dominate every aspect of our culture

In a timely and wide-ranging study, Hardack recontextualizes the inordinate influence of corporations and corporate advertising as a legal, political, psychological, and sociological phenomenon He connects a surprising array of topics, including advertising, pop culture, representations of nature, science fiction, legal history, the history of colonization and slavery, and the longing to transcend individuality, to show how the principles of corporate personhood the idea that corporation are people allow corporations to impersonate and displace actual people Throughout, Hardack also provides a novel reassessment of the pernicious role and effect of advertising in our daily lives

The book makes accessible a complex topic and integrates many pressing issues in the U S , including the privatization of the public sphere; the escalating polarization of wealth and rights; unchecked corporate power, influence and monopoly; and the descent of political debate and policy into the language of advertising, branding, and entertainment Hardack treats the assumptions that foster corporate personhood as both cause and effect of a series of transformations in U S society

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

248 Pages • 3 bw illus

PB 9798216372516

£28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798216372523 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216372547 £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798216372554 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Neoliberalism, Affect and Twenty-First-Century Culture

Edited by Holly Parker, University of Lincoln & Tommaso Villa, University of Lincoln

Neoliberalism, Affect, and Twenty-First-Century Culture draws connections accross contemporary culture, neoliberalism and affect to address representations of the self-management of emotions in the workplace, in the personal sphere and in relation to aesthetic experiences such as sports and the arts

One of the most salient aspects of neoliberalism is the way its pervasiveness extends to the personal sphere, subjecting it to market logics Such omnipresence trains individuals to view themselves as competitive entrepreneurs in all facets of life including private emotions, which become commodities to be administered and owned Thus, this collection addresses representations of the self-management of emotions in the workplace, personal sphere, and in relation to aesthetic experiences Shows like Severance, novels like The Corrections, and exhibitions like MOCAK’s Contemporary Models of Realism vividly illustrate the centrality these points have come to retain in the arts

This collection includes chapters from a broad range of fields to explore the impact of neoliberalism through an unprecedentedly diverse array of artistic media and fields, spanning from children’s literature to graphic novels, from sports fiction to videogames, from cinema to TV to the digital arts, with a particular focus on how aesthetic forms conjure instances of resistance Furthermore, it showcases neoliberal mores in dialogue with several national cultures

COLLECTIONS

Communication Perspectives in

Popular Culture

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

256 Pages • 15 tables

PB 9798216393689 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666976779 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216266006 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978759633 • £81 00 / $108 00 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

192 Pages 18 bw illus

PB 9798216470892 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666978865 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216258803 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978765047 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Superheroes, Communication, and Culture

Popular Culture Perspectives on the Marvel Cinematic Universe

Edited by Adam W Tyma, Matthew R Meier & Dana Schowalter

This edited volume builds on existing superhero and comic studies research by analyzing and emphasizing the interrelation of the texts that comprise the Marvel Cinematic Universe through a combination of communication studies, media studies, and cultural studies approaches

The popularity of the Marvel Cinematic Universe (MCU) has never been stronger This collection brings together scholars from popular culture, communication, and associated disciplines in one space to explore aspects of the MCU that are, sometimes, overlooked The contributors to this volume explore a diverse variety of texts in the MCU, offering critical interrogations including feminist critiques, commentaries on race and stereotyping, and examinations of the political economy of superhero cinema, among other perspectives This collection marks an opening salvo for scholars who view the MCU as fertile ground for finding communication perspectives in popular culture

From the use of various symbols both feared and coveted by many within the MCU worlds to the creation of entire civilizations to act as cultural critique, these chapters ask the reader to take a moment to reflect on and consider what might be uncovered and understood through the criticism of these incredibly popular and relevant pop culture texts

News Desert U

Teri Finneman & Pamela E Walck

What does it mean when the university owns the news?

As hedge funds and corporations dismantle and drain existing media, Teri Finneman and Pamela E Walck demonstrate how news-academic partnerships provide an anecdote by doing the opposite The news desert publications resulting from these collaborations lend support to rural towns, marginalized communities, and others overlooked by mainstream media as they aim to reinvent what journalism can and should be in the hands of the next generation of journalists

Through six case studies across the United States in Nevada, Kansas, Iowa, Ohio, Georgia, and Massachusetts, Finneman and Walck explore the opportunities and challenges that come with running community news outlets from campus Their coverage of these initiatives offers critical insight into how these outlets started and guidance on day-to-day structure, operating challenges, finances, student impact, community reaction, and lessons learned

While these case studies illustrate that there is no single model for success, News Desert U provides an in-depth and groundbreaking analysis of how university faculty and students are stepping up to save local news

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 US July 2026

200 Pages • 10 tables

PB 9798216465218 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666965698 • £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9798216261148 £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781978764026 • £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Studies in Political Communication

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

376 Pages

PB 9798216470939 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666976670 • £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9798216253747 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781978768949 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

240 Pages 4 bw illus

PB 9781666938982 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666938968 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216262558 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978760806 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

News-Academic Partnerships

The Great Experiment Powering Local Journalism's Comeback

Lara Salahi

Drawing on a political economy framework, Salahi examines the power dynamics between media, academia, and the public. She shows how these partnerships emerged as a strategic response to the collapse of community news ecosystems

Grounded in case studies, research, and her own practical experience, Salahi offers a nuanced analysis of how these collaborations work She demonstrates how they supplement dwindling local news coverage, bridge gaps in civic information, andserve as vital training grounds for aspiring journalists At the same time, she does not she away from its challenges Salahi also exposes the economic, technological, and ethical tensions that can challenge the long-term sustainability of these efforts

Ultimately, Salahi argues that news–academic partnerships are more than temporary fixes They are transformative experiments with the potential to revitalize community-centered journalism, strengthen democracy, and empower the next generation of storytellers

Digital Information Technologies and Democratic Discourse

American Public Culture and Political Character

Colleen Elizabeth Kelley & Michael J Miller

Colleen Elizabeth Kelley and Michael J. Miller explore how democracy both functions and falters when media, politics, and rhetorical discourses collide

Democracy thrives on information and public engagement Digital spaces and technologies, while significantly enriching our cyberculture and playing a crucial role in our interconnected global system, have introduced significant threats to our democracy including misinformation, privacy concerns, and public polarization as platforms emerge as increasingly powerful intermediaries Examining discursive manifestations of these problematic intersections during the 2024 presidential election cycle, Kelley and Miller demonstrate the impact of digital media and a digitally disrupted political ecosystem on democracy in the United States

Kelley and Miller provide a salient reminder that political frameworks – especially democracy – are mediated systems constituted and agreed upon through communication behaviors Our political future, they contend, can still be shaped by the people

Rising Against the Tide

Resisting and Repurposing Hegemonic Tools to Promote Environmental Action

Urooj S Raja

Urooj Raja explores how to promote environmental action through the repurposing of six hegemonic forces –anthropocentrism, extractivism, capitalism, legal hegemony, technofixes, and imaginative hegemony – drawing upon and offering practical insights rooted in both everyday actions and contemporary resistance studies

This book delves into the concept of adaptive resilience, through which climate and environmental actors (CEAs) resist or repurpose these hegemonic forces by leveraging a combination of firsthand experiences, knowledge, networks, and skills Raja argues that CEAs lean on adaptive resilience to resist and sometimes repurpose hegemonic forces and tools, which, when left unchallenged, often impede attempts to combat environmental inaction and climate change by design

The author addresses the complexity and contradictions of how CEAs have engaged in contemporary climate action in the face of oppression, cautioning against a reliance on "purity solutions " This book's analysis traverses the environmental action ecosystems, engaging in discussions on traditional modes of activism, such as environmental campaigns, but also touches on novel ways of doing and thinking about environmental activism and action, including how CEAs harness and leverage technology and their imagination to do more for the climate

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

360 Pages • 1 Table

HB 9781666946437 £100 00 / $130 00

PB 9798216381709 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781978778986 £90 00 / $117 00

ePub 9781666946444 • £90 00 / $117 00

Lexington Books

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Studies in Contemporary Rhetoric

UK July 2026 • US June 2026

356 Pages • 19 BW Illustrations

HB 9781666934731 • £100 00 / $130 00

PB 9781666934755 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781978792531 • £90 00 / $117 00

ePub 9781666934748 • £90 00 / $117 00

Lexington Books

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Studies in Contemporary Rhetoric

UK July 2026

• US July 2026

402 Pages • 13 BW Illustrations, 2 Tables

HB 9781666938999 • £104 00 / $135 00

PB 9781666939019 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781978797871 • £93 60 / $121 50

ePub 9781666939002 • £93 60 / $121 50

Lexington Books

Inside Evangelicalism

The Culture of Conservative White Christianity

Mark Ward Sr

In Inside Evangelicalism, Mark Ward Sr combines ethnographic, autoethnographic, and sociolinguistic research to identify and analyze white evangelicals’ distinctive culture and speech code from a perspective rooted deeply in both communication studies and the evangelical community The Bible emerges as evangelicalism’s one dominant symbol that unifies all meaning and divides the world into a cosmic dualism between secular humanism and an all-encompassing “biblical worldview ” The associated language of literalism drives evangelical culture, cognition, and identity, creating a system of ordered social relations enacted through patriarchy, anti-intellectualism, authoritarianism, and white Christian nationalism Ward’s positionality as both an ethnographer of religious communication who has observed white evangelical culture for two decades and a self-identified evangelical for four decades makes him uniquely qualified to cast an insider ’s critical yet balanced eye on conservative white Christian culture Inside Evangelicalism complements existing scholarship within anthropology and sociology where evangelicalism has been studied in conjunction with the rise of the Religious Right while contributing unique insights from religious communication studies The book is also a landmark in its own right, a work that demonstrates the productive complementarity of ethnographic and autoethnographic research and the first study to describe evangelical culture through the ethnography of its communication

NEW IN PB

Ethics in Contact Rhetoric

Communication and the Dance of Bodies and Power

Jon Radwan, Dale Cyphert, Ellen W Gorsevski & Omar Swartz

Ethics in Contact Rhetoric re-orients communication theory by centering touch and de-centering symbolic acts Inspired by MLK’s tradition of nonviolent power, a contact orientation highlights the incarnate and immediate ground of communication ethics Ethical interactions are defined as bio-relational dances arcing steps of nurture, respect, justice, and too often, violence Centering humanity’s physical mutuality is a vital move today Communication is a thoroughly interactive art, but the West’s ancient “instrumental” tradition of rhetoric and its accompanying utilitarian ethic valorize individual agency over joint action This book re-balances rhetorical theory by enabling critique of embodied relational patterns Special emphasis is placed on engaging material injustice and discerning the role of rhetoric in social transformation Critical case studies demonstrate contact rhetoric’s rich heuristic and diverse applications

NEW

Quiet Defiance

The Rhetoric of Silent Protest

Edited by David W Seitz

Quiet Defiance: The Rhetoric of Silent Protest focuses on the rhetorical dimensions and power of silent protest Bridging the gap between the study of protest and the study of rhetorical silence (strategic silence meant to communicate to and influence an audience), this book is the first of its kind to concentrate solely on the phenomenon and tradition of silent protest The contributors to this volume hail from different cultures, disciplines, and fields They examine past and presentday cases of silent protest with different research questions and paradigmatic perspectives in mind and methodological approaches at hand Collectively, however, their original chapters offer a rich, multifaceted understanding of the potentialities, limits, nature, effects, risks, and rewards of silent acts of protest individual or otherwise against oppressive, unjust regimes and systems of power

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

216 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350518292

£55 00 / $75 00

PB 9781350518308 • £17 99 / $24 95

ePDF 9781350518315 £16 19 / $22 45

ePub 9781350518322 • £16 19 / $22 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Writing About Objects

Crafting Nonfiction From Things

Melissa Tombro, FIT, State University of New York, USA

People are obsessed with objects: their monetary value, the memories they hold, the thoughts they inspire, the skills they showcase and what they communicate to others This book guides creative nonfiction writers through crafting prose inspired by the material things in their lives Combining ideas from the fields of creative writing, rhetoric and composition and qualitative inquiry, it investigates how authors have examined the cultural and personal significance of objects and offers new approaches for how developing writers might use personal experience and context to get the most out of object writing

Melissa Tombro brings her experience as a third-generation antiques dealer and Professor of English to explore a broad range of ideas including objects’ cultural and monetary value; family history and nostalgia; public collections and archives; gender and race in relation to objects; inherited objects; garbage and recycled objects; objects and status; generational trends and fads in collecting; and objects in the age of social media Writing About Objects calls upon assignments and prompts to extend writer ’s thinking outside of the self and towards the larger cultural sphere This is not just a how-to guide but an exploration of how people collect, value and engage with the things around them

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

224 Pages • 20 bw illus

PB 9781350476585 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350476578 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350476592 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350476608 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

Creative Activism

An Autoethnographic Approach to Changing the World Jess Moriarty, University of Brighton, UK & Christina Reading, Independent artist, UK

Combining a series of interviews with creatives about how their work presents as activism with collaborative autoethnographic responses from the editors, this book demonstrates the power and evolution of autoethnography, as a form of both art and advocacy With the interviews centring the work of artists, writers, a filmmaker and a printmaker as they challenges issues surrounding the environment, ageing, wellbeing, poverty, diversity and health, Jess Moriarty and Christina Reading put these ideas into a dialogue with a wide-variety of their own critical-creative responses, offering up methods of collaborative autoethnography and models for writers, students and practice-based researchers on how they can develop their own work as activism Working to resist the criticism that autoethnography is inward-looking and narcissistic, Arts-Based Activism and Collaborative Autoethnography weaves together collective voices raised within the arts and activism that are more nuanced and multilayered than single voices alone Engaging, readable and dynamic, this book is a champion of and an essential exploration of autoethnography, qualitative inquiry, social activism, arts-based scholarship and research

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

216 Pages 10 bw illus

HB 9781350470170 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350470217 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350470187 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350470194 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Creative Writing in Post-Secondary Education Practice, Pedagogy, and Research

Lisa Martin, MacEwan University, Canada

A blend of memoir and scholarly review, this book explores the kinds of thinking creative writing as a distinctly practical subject makes possible within post-secondary education Taking the idea that creative writing should be grounded in practice, Lisa Martin explores how the nature of the subject gives permission to think specifically, locally, from one’s own position, and in a necessarily limited way – without having one’s thinking discounted as lacking rigour as a result Modelling the deep and essential connection between practice and research in the field, this book considers post-secondary creative writing in its three key aspects – artistic practice, pedagogical practice, and practice-led research – in order to articulate the distinctive contributions creative writing makes to what “thinking” means (and whose thinking gets included)

Drawing on Martin’s own artistic practice as well as more than a decade of pedagogical experience in creative writing, this book braids together disciplinary history, research-informed autobiographical analysis of artistic practice and pedagogy, and scholarly research in adjacent fields such as creativity studies and educational psychology

UK September 2026 US September 2026

264 Pages • 10 bw illus; 48 bw tables and charts

HB 9798216367666 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798216367659 £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9798216367673 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9798216367680 • £22 49 / $31 45 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Policing Perspectives and Challenges in the Twenty-First Century

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

240 Pages • 5 bw figures

PB 9798216449966 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666960648 • £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9798216255741 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781978770683 • £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

288 Pages 6 bw figures, 12 tables

PB 9798216380580 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798216380542 £80 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216380566 • £72 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798216380559 • £72 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Reducing the Risk of Targeted Gun Violence

Proactive Organization Policies and Practices to Address Emerging Threats

James F Kenny, Fairleigh Dickinson University

The wave of targeted gun violence in America has made it clear that organizations and communities must be prepared to deal with it This book helps organizations develop practices and policies to identify, understand, manage, and prevent dangerous persons from committing acts of extreme violence

Starting from past legislative policies and legal decisions involving gun control, Reducing the Risk of Targeted Gun Violence: Proactive Organization Policies and Practices to Address Emerging Threats identifies the progressive steps an individual takes toward gun violence, and explains how organizations can impede that progress Readers will learn how to detect motivating grievances, understand progressively dangerous behaviors, set up road blocks by limiting vulnerabilities and access, and de-escalate pre-incident indicators and crisis situations This book also provides a blueprint on how to create internal Multidisciplinary Violence Prevention teams to monitor and redirect potential threats

This book serves as a reference for workplace, school, government, and criminal justice professionals faced with issues relating to interpersonal violence, terrorism, and threats of criminal attacks It is also designed for instructor use in Criminal Justice, Criminology, Political Science, Forensic Psychology, Sociology, Homeland Security, and Risk Management courses

Community, Character, and the Governance of the Social Commons

Sanctuaries of Order

Ben Peterson

Ben Peterson explores the erosion of communal self-governance in contemporary American society and its consequences: rising social disorder and increased dependence on formal institutions such as policing and incarceration

Drawing on thinkers such as Elinor and Vincent Ostrom, Russell Kirk, Glenn C Loury, and James Q Wilson, Peterson investigates the concept of the social commons” the shared moral and relational space we inhabit and shape through norms and actions Arguing that restoring the social commons requires informal mechanisms of governance that cultivate virtue and mutual accountability, Peterson critiques both abolitionist and punitive paradigms, advocating instead for a middle path rooted in a character-centered approach to community life He highlights the unique role of religious communities especially Christian congregations as vital sanctuaries of moral order capable of renewing the social fabric and offering hope amid chaos

Listen to the author discuss the book with Dr Glenn Loury on the Glenn Show here: https://tinyurl com/3534j8xh

Public Interest in Criminal Prosecution in the Modern Era A Comparative Analysis

Edited by Rahime Erbas

Contributors from across the globe investigate how criminal justice systems grapple with the tension between procedural fairness, institutional efficiency and the general welfare of the public

Drawing on legal frameworks and practices from around the world, this book explores the structural and philosophical challenges that shape modern criminal courts - asking not only what works, but what ought to work Identifying common patterns and divergent approaches, contributors ultimately offer a holistic perspective on how justice systems can uphold the rule of law while meeting the demands of speed, cost, and caseload management The timely and thought-provoking contributions provide actionable insights for scholars, practitioners and policymakers seeking to reform criminal justice in ways that serve both principle and practicality

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

216 Pages • 15 bw photos

HB 9798216371823 £25 00 / $34 00

ePDF 9798216371830 • £22 50 / $30 60

ePub 9798216371847 £22 50 / $30 60

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

256 Pages • 11 bw photos

HB 9798765189528 • £25 00 / $35 00

ePDF 9798765189511 • £22 50 / $31 50

ePub 9798765189535 • £22 50 / $31 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

240 Pages 9 color photos, plate section; 1 bw photo

HB 9798216372189 £25 00 / $36 00

ePDF 9798216372196 • £22 50 / $32 40

ePub 9798216372202 • £22 50 / $32 40

Bloomsbury Academic

11 Hours on the Ledge

Madness, Mob Mentality, and the Media

Jerry Jamison, Advertising Copywriter

“Look at all those people down there, I can’t disappoint them It’s showtime!” he said before leaping dramatically to his death, much to the delight of a cheering crowd estimated at up to 100,000

11 Hours on the Ledge is the stunning story of John William Warde, a privileged, wealthy, educated young man who inexplicably stepped out onto the 17th-floor ledge of the Hotel Gotham in midtown Manhattan in 1938 and subsequently captivated the entire nation for 11 thrilling hours

Presented in chapters that count down each of the eleven hours of the unfolding drama, the suspense builds as Warde is trying to literally be talked “off the edge” by pastors, priests, psychiatrists, reporters, evangelists, hookers, beat cops, the mayor of New York, the New York Police Commissioner, family members, and a few random hucksters, and interlopers When all these efforts fail, the NYPD attempts a series of comic “rescues” in vain, but to the absolute delight and cheers of the growing crowd below Beginning innocently on a sweltering summer day, the drama builds in intensity with every passing hour until it reaches a peak of hysteria at the eleventh hour

God’s Not Here, Only Devils

Revelations from the Toolbox Killers

Laura Brand, Criminologist

The District Attorney began his opening statement with, “If you don’t know what hell is like, you’re about to find out ”

In 1979, Lawrence Bittaker and Roy Norris went on a rape and killing rampage The pliers, screwdrivers, hammers, sledgehammers, and ice picks they used on their victims became their calling card and moniker: The Toolbox Killers They were soon apprehended and convicted for their atrocities, but for decades, refused to reveal the location of their victims’ bodies More than two decades later, criminologist Laura Brand had the opportunity to interview this sadistic pair probing the depths of their depravity Over this six-year period, Bittaker finally gave Brand the precise locations of two victims’ remains Brand’s investigation tore open sealed police reports, court transcripts, and witness accounts, and unearthed brutal and shocking new findings: undisclosed victims, forgotten evidence, and chilling new insights that resurrected this nightmare God’s Not Here, Only Devils is told through a powerful blend of narratives: the voices of Bittaker himself, his victims, traumatized witnesses, the tenacious lead detective, and the hardened District Attorney This book pulls the reader into a visceral retelling of the horrors that unfolded and the legacy of terror the Toolbox Killers left behind

Strip Club Heiress

The Jet Strip, My Father ’s Conviction, and the Murder of Mac McKenna Laurel Woods, Deputy Manager, Community Organized Relief Effort

When Laurel entered her father ’s strip club at nine years old, she was dazzled by the kaleidoscope of lights, the shimmering silver of the disco ball

After an injury, Laurel’s father, Michael Woods left the California Highway Patrol and took up a new career in high profile adult entertainment, opening the Jet Strip Club and building a successful business with his partner Horace Joseph McKenna Jr (Big Mac) Their success came quickly, changing both of their lives Twelve years, multiple club openings, and millions of dollars later, Mac is found shot to death in his limo outside his ranch and Michael is the prime suspect For ten years, the case goes unsolved, but Michael remained at the top of the list of suspects the whole time, eventually being arrested and convicted for the murder Leaving the strip club empire to Laurel to manage, while fighting for her fathers freedom

In this riveting memoir, Laurel Woods, shares raw memories from her childhood to adulthood exposing how her dad’s work and eventual imprisonment shaped her life in unexpected ways The case has been the subject of countless documentaries and whodunnit splashes on blogs But no one knows the whole story until now

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

480 Pages

HB 9781440879074

PB 9798765124123

US September 2026

£100 00 / $135 00

• £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781440879081 £90 00 / $121 50

ePub 9798216171188 • £90 00 / $121 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Crimes against the State

Sedition, Rebellion, and Treason since America's Founding James A Beckman, University of Central Florida, USA & Eric Merriam, University of Central Florida, USA

This work provides an authoritative survey of America's long and turbulent history of rebellion, sedition, and treason against government authority and institutions

This book is a one-stop resource for understanding acts of rebellion and sedition against government authorities and institutions throughout US history, as well as the motivations driving those actions Care is taken to differentiate between hostile acts and actors that seek to overthrow or otherwise damage the state and/or targeted demographic groups through violence and acts and actors that seek to defy, reform, or improve laws and institutions of the state through nonviolent action

Within these pages, readers will 1) learn how to differentiate between sedition, insurrection, treason, domestic terrorism, espionage, and other acts meant to injure or overthrow the government; 2) gain a deeper understanding of laws, policies, and events that have aroused violent or nonviolent opposition; 3) gain insights into perspectives and motivations of individuals and organizations; and 4) learn about state responses to these challenges and threats, from martial law to criminal prosecutions to new laws and reforms

COLLECTIONS

Contemporary World Issues

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

296 Pages

HB 9781440879623 • £60 00 / $80 00

PB 9798765125595 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440879630 • £54 00 / $72 00

ePub 9798216172451 • £54 00 / $72 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The US Criminal Justice System A Reference Handbook

Sarah Koon-Magnin, Christopher Newport University, USA & Ryan J Williams, University of New England, USA

A RUSA Outstanding Reference Source 2025

This wide-ranging resource provides an authoritative overview of the criminal justice system in America, including its history, legal and philosophical foundations, dimensions of racial and economic inequality, and insights into daily life inside America's complex court and correctional systems.

Explore the origins and evolution of America's criminal justice system, the moral values and legal doctrines that shaped the nation's laws and prisons, and current problems, controversies, and reforms related to criminal justice Profiles of leading figures in the field of criminal justice and social activism, related primary documents, suggestions for further reading and a detailed chronology are also included

OBJECT LESSONS

bloomsbury.com/objectlessons 9798765135556

COLLECTIONS

Object Lessons

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

176 Pages • 18 bw illus

PB 9781501383700 • £9 99 / $14 95

ePDF 9781501383724 • £8 99 / $13 45

ePub 9781501383717 • £8 99 / $13 45

Audio 9798216477440 • £18 00 / $22 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Object Lessons

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

152 Pages • 2 bw illus

PB 9798765135556 • £9 99 / $14 95

ePDF 9798765135549 • £8 99 / $13 45

ePub 9798765135563 • £8 99 / $13 45

Audio 9798216477433 • £18 00 / $22 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Concrete

Stephen Parnell, Newcastle University, UK

Object Lessons is a series of short, beautifully designed books about the hidden lives of ordinary things.

Concrete has an image problem Portrayed as boring, cheap, and thoughtless, it is often considered synonymous with bad architecture For many, concrete is architecture gone wrong – dogmatic, ugly, and as miserably grey as English drizzle

Stephen Parnell’s Concrete is an apologia of concrete, second only to water as the world’s most consumed material From the personal, intimate scale of jewelry to the monumental scale of Brutalist architecture, Parnell explores the personality of concrete and how it is embedded and embodied in everyday and familiar objects He revels in concrete’s ambiguity and contradictory qualities, from its sensitivity to the tiniest imprint to its immense compressive strength in hydroelectric dams, and traces how concrete is both the ultimate unaesthetic material as well as the quintessential building block of modernity

Glasses

Adam Geczy, University of Sydney, Australia

Object Lessons is a series of short, beautifully designed books about the hidden lives of ordinary things

Glasses are among the oldest and most commonplace prosthetics we have invented But what does it mean to wear glasses? There is more to the answer than correcting vision Glasses alter, enhance, and shield the way that we view the world, and the way the world sees us

Everyone has encounters with glasses, passively or actively, from reading glasses to sunglasses At times they are the main identifiers in a face (think John Lennon), and they signify extremes from nerdy and brainy to cool and sleazy They are alternately the most mundane of things on our bodies and potentially the most glamorous

Adam Geczy explores this most pervasive and accessible accessory and shows that it is both a conduit to and a barrier between ourselves and the world outside

COLLECTIONS

Object Lessons

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

160 Pages

PB 9798765121863 • £9 99 / $14 95

ePDF 9798765121887 • £8 99 / $13 45

ePub 9798765121870 • £8 99 / $13 45

Audio 9798216477518 • £18 00 / $22 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Laboratory

Emily York, James Madison University, USA

Object Lessons is a series of short, beautifully designed books about the hidden lives of ordinary things

The laboratory stands as a powerful symbol in the public imagination: it is place for bodily dissections and monstrous creations, technological innovation and corporate secrecy, governments working in the public interest or government out of bounds, scientists as geniuses and saviors and evildoers, learning spaces from the 9th grade biology lab to the San Francisco Exploratorium, and more But what actually happens in a laboratory, why does it have such fraught connections to our hopes and fears, and how does a laboratory relate to the ‘real world’?

Quintessentially associated with the scientific revolution, the laboratory came to be a space to study ‘facts’ as natural phenomena, isolated and separated from emotions and biases Yet the laboratory is also intertwined with the messy ambiguity of the world and embodies the power and privilege of resources, expertise, and innovation

Laboratory examines the contemporary laboratory and its relation to a host of existential concerns about science, technology, and the environment

DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES - THE ARDEN SHAKESPEARE

COLLECTIONS

Arden Shakespeare Insights

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

312 Pages

• 60 colour illustrations

HB 9781350123571

• £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9781350123564 • £19 99 / $40 95

ePDF 9781350123595 • £17 99 / $36 85

ePub 9781350123588 • £17 99 / $36 85

The Arden Shakespeare

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

264 Pages • 2 b/w

PB 9781350553781 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350553705 • £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9781350553750 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781350553736 £72 00 / $99 00

The Arden Shakespeare

COLLECTIONS

Shakespeare and Theory

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

288 Pages

PB 9781350275119 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350275072 • £75 00 / $100 00

ePDF 9781350275096 • £67 50 / $90 00

ePub 9781350275089 • £67 50 / $90 00

The Arden Shakespeare

Shakespeare's Objects

Early Modern Material Culture

Catherine Richardson, University of East Anglia, UK

The world in which Shakespeare lived and wrote was a material one before it was a textual one – made up of people’s interactions with a wide variety of things Shakespeare’s plays were first experienced as a rich mixture of objects, language, spaces and actors’ bodies. This accessible and fascinating book delves into the lives of 33 significant things through full-colour images and an easy-to-read analysis of their significance

Shakespeare’s Objects asks who owned these things and how were they used? It considers the diverse reality of trade, exchange and conquest which meant some individuals in early modern England could encounter carpets from Turkey and China, dyes from the Americas and paper from Venice, alongside woods and fabrics from their local communities

Whether you are an actor thinking about how to use props, a student wanting to understand early modern drama, a theatrical designer considering a period setting, a museum professional wanting to understand the significance of objects in your care, or someone curious about objects from the past which are unfamiliar, you will find something useful in this essential guide to early modern things

Horror on the Early Modern Stage

Nightmare on Thames Street

Edited by Hannah Korell, University of Wisconsin-Platteville, USA & Sheila Coursey, Saint Louis University, USA

Early modern English theatre provides countless examples of the tropes and feelings we associate with the horror genre Depictions of obscenity and violence designed to elicit a mixture of loathing, fear, repugnance, shock, awe, and desire in their audiences abound From the bodily mutilations of Titus Andronicus, to the demonic, ghostly, and psychological terrors of Macbeth and Hamlet, to the sensory shocks of torture and imprisonment within The Duchess of Malfi This collection of essays argues that the horror genre as we know it should be extended back to the 16th century to include classic early modern plays from A Midsummer Night's Dream to The Witch of Edmonton

Contributors plot a new theory of horror through its roots as a conscious and complex generic mode in the late sixteenthand early seventeenth-century Drawing together essays on topics such as bodily torture and experimentation, necrophilia and decomposition, psychological and supernatural torment, scholars critically engage with categories such as tragedy, comedy, parody, and folk horror The volume offers new interpretations of both famous and obscure early modern plays, and places them in conversation with contemporary horror films like Midsommar, The Wicker Man, The Substance, and the works of David Cronenberg, providing a new route into the burgeoning field of early modern horror for scholars and students

Shakespeare and Theories of Political Theology

Sandra Logan, Michigan State University, USA

Sandra Logan’s Shakespeare and Theories of Political Theology provides a clear, nuanced explication of modern theories of political theology and the early modern theories that ground them This accessible overview shows how these theories have contributed to new ways of interpreting Shakespeare’s works Logan demonstrates the centrality of political theology to our understanding of sovereign authority across history, tracing debates about political theology and modern sovereignty through Schmitt, Benjamin, Derrida, and Agamben, alongside its early modern aspects through Luther, Calvin, de Vitoria, Smith, and Bodin

She then turns to Shakespearean scholarship to reveal how scholars have employed those theories to show that Shakespeare himself drew on and critiqued concepts of political theology through his plays, such as sovereign authority and impunity, sovereign/subject relations, questions of obedience and resistance, and conditions of exceptionalism and banishment Plays covered include Hamlet, Macbeth, As You Like It, Measure for Measure, The Tempest, and The Winter ’s Tale Logan also offers a bold new interpretation of Shakespeare’s Richard II that is rooted in political-theological theories of resistance to tyranny and Benjamin’s concept of messianic history Shakespeare and Theories of Political Theology serves as a powerful tool for understanding theories of political theology and richly demonstrates how such theories have been taken up by the field

COLLECTIONS

UK

PB 9781350591424 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350591387 • £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9781350591400 £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781350591394 • £72 00 / $99 00

The Arden Shakespeare

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

336 Pages • 4 bw illus

HB 9781350002845

• £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350529847 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350002869

• £67 50 / $90 00

ePub 9781350002852 £67 50 / $90 00

The Arden Shakespeare

COLLECTIONS

Global Shakespeare Inverted

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

The Chorus in Early Modern English Tragedy

The One and the Many

Silvia Bigliazzi, University of Verona, Italy

Silvia Bigliazzi explores the dynamics between the individual and the collective in 16th century English tragedies in this vibrant study of the chorus in early modern tragedy. Employing a comparative and interdisciplinary approach, Bigliazzi examines the performative, political and cultural implications of chorality in early modern English tragedy over five decades

From the first English language translations of Seneca’s play, Troas, Horace’s Ars Poetica, and the reinvention of the ItaloEuripidean Jocasta to the use of prologue in plays like Romeo and Juliet and Pericles, Bigliazzi traces the appearance and transformation of the ancient Graeco-Roman chorus in early modern English theatre between the late 1590s to the mid1590s Through a reinterpretation of the ancient threnos/kommos and female lament to a regendering of collective or choric mourning in tragedies such as David and Bethsabe, Tamburlaine, Richard III and Romeo and Juliet A nuanced understanding of tragedy and the politics of gendered choral performance emerges through a complex reworking of ancient models, where the essence of tragic drama was rooted in the interplay between the chorus and individual characters From the early Inns of Court drama to Shakespeare, this study reveals a fresh understanding of early modern tragedy as part of a thrilling encounter between the ancient and the new

NEW IN PB

248 Pages

HB 9781350421462 • £80 00 / $110 00

PB 9781350421493 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350421486 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781350421479 • £72 00 / $99 00

The Arden Shakespeare

Shakespeare and Fun

The Birth of Entertainment Value

Donald Hedrick, Kansas State University, USA

In this bold, original study Hedrick proposes an early modern ‘entertainment value’ revolution, to which Shakespeare contributed and in which he played a competitive role As London’s nascent capitalist industry developed and the variety of entertainments proliferated, theatre contributes to the birth of entertainment value and a commercial trajectory toward what Marxist critic Adorno theorizes as ‘fun,’ seen contemporaneously in LasVegasization and the election of Donald Trump to U S Presidency

In this innovative approach to Shakespeare’s plays through their compulsory, competitive relation to other choices from London’s entertainment industry, such as sex work and gaming, Hedrick recovers a coherent internal dynamic of theatre’s ‘pleasure enclosure’ accompanying the revolutionary logic of capital’s new cultural and economic extremes Applying these relations to original, insightful readings of A Midsummer Night’s Dream, The Winter ’s Tale, and The Taming of the Shrew, Hedrick draws from cultural studies, contemporary and personal parallels, wide-ranging historical materials, and political theory These include: the semantic shifts in keywords of pleasure, the practice of betting on actors, the psychology of paying admission before an entertainment, and various ‘reality shows’ such as contests of prose and verse

Global King Lear Crisis, Performance, Adaptation

Edited by William R Rampone, Jr , South Carolina State University, USA & Eric S Mallin, The University of Texas at Austin, USA

Global King Lear provides a kaleidoscopic view of multinational adaptations of King Lear with a focus on productions across Asia and Eastern Europe By approaching Shakespeare’s great tragedy as a global phenomenon its signature themes become context-dependent and culture-specific whilst avoiding simplistic appeals to the play’s universality International scholars of literature and theatre explore those culturally specific interpretations as new plays, films, and critical contributions on their own terms

As a film in Japan, King Lear becomes a meditation on contemporary eldercare and the question of celebrity; on a stage in Hungary the play emerges as a ferocious invective against domestic abuse; in another performance in Hungary the play considers childhood trauma and a crisis in maternal care; and a pan-Asian Lear emerges out of multiple adaptations on stage and screen in India, Japan, and China Taken together these readings are dismantled as merely derivative interpretations and cast instead as theatrical and cinematic engines of transformation Despite the play’s focus on the cultural context of England, this volume highlights King Lear’s position as one of the most popular texts for international directors and playwrights to explore their own nations’ troubles and challenges

DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES - THE ARDEN SHAKESPEARE

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

256 Pages

PB 9781350400696

US September 2026

£28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350400658 • £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9781350400672 £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781350400665 • £72 00 / $99 00

The Arden Shakespeare

COLLECTIONS

Arden Studies in Early Modern Drama

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

304 Pages • 15 bw illus

HB 9781350272392 • £80 00 / $110 00

PB 9781350272446 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350272422 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781350272415 • £72 00 / $99 00

The Arden Shakespeare

Arden Early Modern Drama Guides

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

296 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350439252 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350439290 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350439269 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350439276 • £76 50 / $103 50

The Arden Shakespeare

Popular Romance in Early Modern Amateur and Regional Drama

The Age of Mucedorus

Kim Gilchrist, Cardiff University, UK

As one of the most popular early modern plays, Mucedorus provides new insights into romance narratives and the understudied history of amateur and regional performance. A story of a disguised prince and a rebellious princess surviving various perils in a pastoral forest, Kim Gilchrist highlights how this anonymous play encompasses the common themes through which early modern performance was most widely experienced

He explores the rich landscape of regional performance that existed after the play’s original performance in London playhouses and its later revival by Shakespeare’s King’s Men before the Stuart court As the play was widely performed outside of London by non-professionals, the book draws attention to theatrical culture independent of the capital with distinct dramaturgical characteristics This expands our understanding of the relationships between commercial, literary and elite drama, and wider national traditions of playing Gilchrist corrects the play’s critical neglect by situating its value to early modern performers and audiences The reasons for this neglect focus on the class and gendered aspects of the romance genre, which we learn was vital for so many, even as it endured literary derision

NEW IN PB

Atrocity and Early Modern Drama

Edited by Sarah Johnson, Royal Military College of Canada & Georgina Lucas, Independent scholar

Extreme violence scarred the early modern period Contemporary commentators grappled to find language to categorize the massacres, genocides, assassinations, enslavements, sacks, rapes, riots and regicides that characterized the period Some used ‘outrages’, others ‘cruelties’, but, significantly, the term ‘atrocity’ that we use today gained the most currency

Atrocity and Early Modern Drama intervenes in the broad field of violence and early modern drama by placing acts of atrocity at its centre In doing so, this essay collection offers the first book-length examination of atrocities and early modern English drama The volume considers atrocity in early theatre, its varied representations in contemporary Shakespeare performance, and strategies for teaching early modern atrocity drama Contributors introduce us to atrocity in the works of Shakespeare, John Fletcher, William Rowley, Thomas Dekker and Thomas Middleton across a range of forms including comedy, tragedy, revenge, cinematic adaptation, documentary film and contemporary theatre The collection addresses the intersections of atrocities through class, crime, gender, race and the natural world Together, the chapters interrogate how early modern English drama reflects upon and shapes understandings of the historically contingent, politically loaded and culturally contentious phenomena of atrocity

The Winter's Tale A Critical Reader

Edited by Peter Kirwan, Mary Baldwin University, USA & Todd Borlik, Purdue

University, USA

An international group of scholars reappraise The Winter ’s Tale through a series of research essays covering performance history, critical history, and new interpretations

Navigating the play’s fluctuating genre conventions, onstage spectacle and leaps across time, scholars consider how ecomateriality, radical hospitality, childhood, gender, and critical race studies shape contemporary understandings and staging of a play that defies easy definition

By charting these changing interpretive trends, readers are introduced to a rich body of scholarship which shows how the play can be used to confront the experiences of those marginalized by race, age, gender, and nationality, to place fresh attention on the economic and material structures that define the dramatic plot of the play As The Winter ’s Tale’s depictions of patriarchal violence, vulnerability, economic disparity, border crossings and exploitation continue to draw attention, this guide serves as an invaluable resource for scholars, students and audiences alike Complete with pedagogical tools including resources and strategies for approaching the play in the classroom, this Critical Reader is an essential collection of scholarship on one of Shakespeare’s most audacious experiments

COLLECTIONS

UK June 2026 • US May 2026

352 Pages • 75 bw illus

PB 9781493091324 • £19 99 / $26 95

ePDF 9798765165416 • £17 99 / $24 25

ePub 9781493091331 • £17 99 / $24 25

Bloomsbury Academic

Shakespeare's World

Seeing the Plays through Elizabethan Eyes

Dennis Krausnick, Josh Lubarr & Rebecca Goodheart

It goes nearly without saying that Elizabethan England, the society that produced William Shakespeare, was dramatically different than the modern world of today This is true not only in the most obvious ways language, technology, living standards, politics but in the ideas and beliefs that shaped Elizabethans’ understanding of themselves and the world around them Just as audiences 400 years from now will need guidance to understand concepts like “the American dream” or “wokeness,” so too does an understanding of the Elizabethan worldview illuminate Shakespeare’s plays in new and surprising ways

For decades, Dennis Krausnick (1942-2018), a beloved teacher of classical acting, brought Shakespeare’s world and worldview to life for professional actors as Director of Training at Shakespeare & Company in Lenox, Massachusetts As part of the company’s world-renowned actor-training program its “Month-Long Intensive” Dennis created a full-day immersive experience that helped actors experience, understand, and embody the philosophies and beliefs underlying the Elizabethan world

A fascinating and readable distillation of the insights developed by Dennis Krausnick and Shakespeare & Company, Shakespeare’s World gives performers and directors an engaging tour of the Elizabethan worldview, unpacking such alien concepts as the four elements, the bodily humors, and “the great chain of being ” It includes detailed notes for each Shakespeare play showing how this worldview permeates the text it will enrich the experience of anyone looking to understand and engage with Shakespeare’s writing in a practical, personal, and active way

COLLECTIONS

Performance and Digital Cultures

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

144 Pages • 8 bw illus

PB 9781350557031 • £21 99 / $29 95

HB 9781350556997 • £50 00 / $68 00

ePDF 9781350557017 • £45 00 / $61 20

ePub 9781350557000 • £45 00 / $61 20

Methuen Drama

Surveillance Technologies in Performance and Migration

Sidonie Carey-Green, Royal Central School of Speech and Drama, UK

Reflecting on the violent impact of digital border systems and surveillance practices that dehumanises migrating bodies, this book draws parallels to similar harmful acts of identity marking in relation to performance and migration

Performance practice creates an opportunity for bodies reduced to data at digital border zones to reject the numerical label forced upon them, making a more human and multifaceted counternarrative Leading with the original concept of ‘choreographing evidence’, the book applies Practice as Research methods to performance works created with artist and refugee Tom Tegento: Uninvited (2021) and Contagion (2021) This work disrupts surveillance technologies and their violence towards bodies at borders as well as using them in alternative ways within performance practice It considers how choreography which utilises both overt optical tracking technologies and GPS methods embedded in smart devices can enable othered bodies to redraw borders, reclaim narratives and resituate the self

Alongside this PaR work, the book analyses contemporary performance which uses the body and/or technology to explore narratives of migration It offers examples of UK and European works which critique the way migrating bodies are represented within performance, including Flight Pattern (2019), A Place to Sit (2021), The Walk (Little Amal) (2021) and Now is the Time to Say Nothing (2019) The insights gained offer a richer understanding of the power dynamics at digital borders, how they function, how they can be resisted and how they are felt and lived

COLLECTIONS

Forms of Drama

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

216 Pages • 15 bw illus

PB 9781350526044 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350526006 • £65 00 / $90 00

ePDF 9781350526020 • £58 50 / $81 00

ePub 9781350526013

Methuen Drama

COLLECTIONS

• £58 50 / $81 00

Forms of Drama

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

224 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350296725 • £65 00 / $90 00

PB 9781350296763 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350296749 • £58 50 / $81 00

ePub 9781350296732 • £58 50 / $81 00

Methuen Drama

COLLECTIONS

Methuen Drama Agitations: Text, Politics and Performances

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

240 Pages

HB 9781350445635 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350445673 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350445659 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350445642 • £76 50 / $103 50

Methuen Drama

Kabuki Japan’s Mega-Theater

Laurence R Kominz, Portland State University, USA

This volume provides the reader with a comprehensive overview of the history of kabuki, Japan's 'music-dancedrama'. It traces the development of the form from its ribald, burlesque beginnings in the early 1600s, through to the 21st century experimental fusions with pop culture that are on-going today and examines five popular works drawn from the 18th to the 20th centuries

Along the way, it examines the development of star-driven commercial theater with blockbuster plays; the 250 year running conflict with the ruling samurai regime; the invention of horror theater; and classicization and Western influence in the 19th and 20th centuries

Within this historical framework the author analyses in detail five of the most frequently performed kabuki plays, focusing on play writing and inter-textuality, stage presentation (costuming/direction /acting/stage effects), and audience reception from first performances until today, both in Japan and abroad Drawing on his directorial experience, Kominz explores how fine acting and dance are used alongside exciting staging are used to facilitate intense audience engagement with both the story they are witnessing and the stage actors themselves

NEW IN PB

Nautanki

The Musical Theatre of North India

Devendra Sharma, California State University, USA

Drawing on more than 4 decades of experience working in Nautanki as a writer, director, singer, and actor, Sharma’s book is the first major study to analyse Nautanki not only through its literary bases, but also through live performances, considering it both in a historical vein and as contemporary theatre on the ground

In this book, renowned theatre scholar and 7th-generation Nautanki artist Devendra Sharma examines the theatrical form of Nautanki its history, organisational structure, narratives, poetics, musical structures, artists, and performance spaces which flourished in North India in the 19th and the 20th centuries, and is still popular now In a concise format, Sharma explores how this socially and politically relevant theatre, full of beautiful music, swashbuckling heroes, magic, romance, and contemporary themes, once charmed audiences throughout India’s cities and countryside towns and served as the continuation of elements of ancient Indian theatre This book unravels a critical shift in the history of Indian theatre, the move from unbounded performance spaces to proscenium stages in big cities, and how this changed the meaning of theatre in India It examines how forces of globalization and modernization have profoundly changed India’s theatrical landscape, arguably side-lining one of its most robust theatre forms of the 19th and 20th centuries It also discusses the future of Nautanki, and how it is now being performed globally

Staging Change

Toward a Theatrical Theory of Activist Performance

Victoria L Scrimer, University of Maryland, USA, and the University of Mary Washington, USA

Exploring a wide variety of examples of activist performances, such as David Buckel’s self-immolation, and the January 6th capitol insurrection, this book analyses activist performance through the lens of postdramatic theatre theory

Staging Change poses the provocative question: are activists addicted to drama? Scrimer examines the ways in which the performance and reception of protest is informed by the logic of dramatic theatre, and argues that such performative arrangements are so naturalized that they can limit the ability of activists and their audiences to imagine different ways of precipitating change By combining performance analysis, interviews with artists and activists, and autoethnographic accounts of the author ’s own experiences as an environmental activist, the book illustrates the limitations and alternatives to dramatic representation in activist performance The last decade has seen an increase in political demonstrations worldwide In response, scholars, artists, and activists from diverse disciplines have produced an exciting array of practical and theoretical approaches for talking about and thinking through activism Utilizing these interdisciplinary approaches, Scrimer offers us a theoretical inquiry into the possible applications of Hans-Thies Lehmann’s postdramatic theatre theory in the context of political activism, and subsequently extends an alternative conceptual model for activist performance beyond the dramatic paradigm

UK August 2026 US August 2026

296 Pages

HB 9781350575868

£75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350575851 • £26 99 / $36 95

ePDF 9781350575875 £24 29 / $33 25

ePub 9781350575882 • £24 29 / $33 25

Methuen Drama

American Musicals in Historical Context

From the American Revolution to the 21st Century

Thomas A Greenfield, College of Arts and Sciences, Bellarmine College, USA

American Musicals in Historical Context: From the American Revolution to the 21st Century gives students a fresh look at history-based musicals, helping readers to understand the American story through one of the country's most celebrated art forms: the musical.

This book offers insight into an array of musicals that explore U S history The work provides a synopsis, overview of critical and audience reception, and historical context and analysis for each of 20 musicals selected for the unique and illuminating way they present the American story on the stage From the signing of the Declaration of Independence (1776) through to the movement against the Vietnam War (Hair); the newsboys strike (Newsies) and the first 'populist' President (Bloody Bloody Andrew Jackson), musical theatre has been no stranger to placing historical events on stage

This volume explores musicals that have centered their themes, characters, and plots on some aspect of America's complex and ever-changing history Each helps us rediscover pivotal national crises, key political decisions, defining moral choices, unspeakable and unresolved injustices, important and untold stories, defeats suffered, victories won in the face of monumental adversity, and the sacrifices borne in the process of creating the American narrative, one story at a time

COLLECTIONS

Musical Theatre Critical Companions

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

232 Pages

HB 9781350524354 • £65 00 / $90 00

PB 9781350524347 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781350524378 • £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9781350524361 • £19 79 / $26 95

Methuen Drama

COLLECTIONS

Topics in Musical Theatre

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

128 Pages

PB 9781350514584 • £10 99 / $14 95

ePDF 9781350514607 • £9 89 / $13 45

ePub 9781350514591 • £9 89 / $13 45

Methuen Drama

Andy Blankenbuehler

A Critical Companion

Amanda Jane Olmstead, Carnegie Mellon University, USA

"There are very few times when I really want the audience to look at dance Dance is just meant to be a framing device that matches emotionally what I want the audience to feel " - Andy Blankenbuehler

Three-time Tony Award-winner Andy Blankenbuehler is one of the most recognizable choreographers working on Broadway today Known particularly for his work on the hit musical Hamilton, collaborating once again with Lin-Manuel Miranda following their work on In The Heights, his distinct style and method of working is unique and distinguishable This first critical study of both his style and extraordinary body of work explores everything from his background and training through to his rehearsal process and collaborative style Told chronologically through his major shows, alongside interludes and reflections, this critical companion includes analysis alongside interviews with collaborators and Blankenbuehler himself

As well as guiding readers through specific shows, this book explores Blankenbuehler ’s philosophies with regards to storytelling through the body It argues how his prioritization of the ensemble as crucial to understanding the action within a show consequently positions the ensemble body as an indispensable element through which the audience gains vital (sub)text As a result of this decision his choreography has become distinctly different from his predecessors and peers

Fandom in Musical Theatre

Jessica Hillman-McCord, State University of New York, Fredonia, USA

What does it mean to be a 'fan' of musical theatre? And how does 'fandom' continue to shape the genre?

From listening to Original Cast Albums on repeat in the basement, to camping in line overnight for first row tickets to Rent, to crowdsourcing new musicals and interacting with performers on TikTok, the activities a musical theatre fan engages in have changed significantly over time, but the love and passion at the heart of the experience has remained the same

Fandom in Musical Theatre delves into the universe of musical theatre fandom, investigating its dynamic communities This book traces the historical context of fandom and then examines what it currently means to be a musical theatre fan, as fan culture shifts towards the digital Including case studies on the 'diva worship' of Barbra Streisand, as well as Rent and Hamilton, this accessible introduction presents a multifaceted view of a passionate subculture often overlooked in academic discourse

Published in Methuen Drama's Topics in Musical Theatre series, this book will appeal to anyone interested in exploring the intersections of musical theatre culture, fan engagement and community formation

DRAMA & PERFORMANCE STUDIES

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

128 Pages

HB 9781350578807

£65 00 / $90 00

PB 9781350578791 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781350578814 £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9781350578821 • £19 79 / $26 95

Methuen Drama

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

• 40 bw illus

224 Pages

HB 9781350195202

• £90 00 / $110 00

PB 9781350195240

• £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350195226

• £81 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781350195219 £81 00 / $99 00

Methuen Drama

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

216 Pages

HB 9781350443563

• US September 2026

• £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350443570 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350443587 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350443594 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

The Journey to Associate Director and Choreographer… and Beyond An Industry Guide for Practitioners and Creatives

Richard J Hinds

For every West End and Broadway musical that’s running in London and New York, as well as shows across the world and on tour, a team of associate creatives is behind the scenes keeping them alive But how does someone become this multi-faceted role, and what skills do they need in order to succeed?

Being an Associate Director or Choreographer is an all-encompassing role that requires diplomacy, creativity, organisation, tact and efficiency; this book is the first all-inclusive guide written to help aspiring and practising creatives find their way into this vital part of the theatre industry ecosystem Learn from an industry professional with years of experience in the field, and gain insight into every aspect of the associate role Whether you are a young creative looking to work in the field or a seasoned professional looking to make the transition, this book will be accessible and relevant to all

Addressing the skills necessary to succeed in the role, this book takes you through what it is like ‘on the job’, from the rehearsal room, to opening night and beyond Discover how to make working tables, charts and diagrams to help maintain a show, handle cast changes, work with understudies and swings as well as replicate the work in different circumstances time after time, within a specific professional brief

NEW IN PB

Louise Lecavalier

Dance, Labor, Culture

MJ Thompson, Concordia University, Canada

As principal dancer with Montréal-based company La La La Human Steps, Louise Lecavalier was among the most iconic dancers of her generation: strong, muscled, androgynous, punk Moving with spectacular speed, precision and an athletic physicality, her commitment to dancing would ultimately transform the potential of what bodies within Western concert dance could do

Drawing on extensive oral history accounts and archival material, the book follows Lecavalier ’s impact on the evolving aesthetic of La La La Human Steps, via the development of its early repertoire, and offers the first sustained account of her 1982 solo Non, Non, Non, je ne suis pas Mary Poppins More, it tracks diverse influences and sources for the repertoire, complicating understandings of nationalism in Québec, while marking the significance of the collective in generating new aesthetics What emerges is a portrait of the dancer as artist, icon, labourer and mover of cultural discourse

Featuring an expansive set of photos and ephemera, including performance documentation by photographer/activist Linda Dawn Hammond, production images by choreographer Édouard Lock and street photography by key players in the 1980s Montréal scene, this study offers a critical and celebratory appraisal of Lecavalier ’s unique contribution and the role of the dancer more broadly as a producer of culture

Straight White Men Can’t Dance

American Masculinity in Film and Popular Culture

Addie Tsai, William & Mary, USA

Straight White Men Can’t Dance: American Masculinity in Film and Popular Culture investigates a trope proliferating throughout popular American media over the last half-century: that straight white men can’t dance

Addie Tsai traces this reiterative moving image of vaudevillian buffoonery in film, television, and video from the mid-1980s to present-day During the height of homophobic hysteria in response to the AIDS epidemic, dance began to be used as a marker to scrutinize white men’s position within homosexuality and masculinity Therefore, white men could misperform good dancing to more securely sit within hegemonic masculinity

Tsai establishes how ethnic mimicry within American popular media, even that of white masculinity, is produced and reiterated from the 19th-century theatrical practice of blackface minstrelsy This history resurfaces in one of the exceptions to the trope: when white men use the hip currency of blackness to affirm their (dancing) masculinity through theft and positionality By revealing how dance in American popular media reifies and problematizes gendered and racialized economies, Straight White Men Can’t Dance demonstrates how the image of the buffoonish white male dancer operates as a smokescreen for the more violent manipulative forces of the reigning figure of white supremacy

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026

• US July 2026

• 25 bw illus

256 Pages

HB 9781350236882

• £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350236929 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350236899 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350236905 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

224 Pages • 3 bw illus

HB 9781350371392 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350371439 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350371415 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350371408 • £76 50 / $103 50

Methuen Drama

Text as Dance

Walter Benjamin, Louis Marin and Choreographies of the Baroque

Mark Franko, Temple University, USA

This book offers a groundbreaking investigation into issues of gender, power and the representation of sovereignty in French Baroque court ballet – and in today’s performances that recall them

Mark Franko uses powerful interpretive tools derived from historiography and critical theory, especially the work of GermanJewish philosopher Walter Benjamin, to offer the reader both a historical and a theoretical interpretation of this genre of dance in France (c 1615–1654), as well as its aftermath and legacy today Through doing so, he reaches conclusions about how sovereignty and power were both perceived by viewers at the time and how they were represented through dance, given that it was the noble class who devised and performed court ballets He enquires into the role of choreography and theatricality as potentially critical forces operating at the heart of sovereignty

Franko places the work of Louis Marin on power, representation and movement in French Baroque painting and performance in juxtaposition to that of Benjamin on theater Other historians whose work is prominent in this study are Ernst Kantorowicz, Michel Foucault and José Antonio Maravall

With wide breadth in the work of historians, philosophers, political scientists, critical theorists, musicologists and dance historians, this is the culmination of a career ’s-worth of scholarship and research in the field

Applied Theatre Voice Performance and Social Justice

Edited by Sarah Weston, Queen's University Belfast, UK

Applied Theatre: Voice is a unique exploration of the conceptual and practical understandings of voice in relation to applied theatre

Voice is fundamental to much practice that takes place in applied and community performance and is regularly the go-to word to articulate community involvement and engagement, be that in terms of creativity, or social, cultural and political activity Yet often in these references, the preciseness of what we mean by voice is lost Is voice in applied theatre simply another word for representation, as in ‘finding’ or ‘giving’ voice? Or is voice also referring to the material, sonic and embodied phenomenon of human communication, when we consider the relationship between voice, performance and social justice?

In this book, voice in applied theatre is critically examined in a range of practical case studies, discussing both its symbolic and material function, demonstrating the necessity of considering both when working in applied and community spaces In Part One, voice as a concept is introduced, discussing recent theorizations of voice and why they are significant to applied theatre Part Two introduces the case studies, exploring divergent understandings of why the voice matters in community practice

Plays for Young People

UK March 2026 • US March 2026

128 Pages

PB 9781350632035 • £10 99 / $15 95

ePDF 9781350632042 • £9 89 / $14 35

ePub 9781350632059 • £9 89 / $14 35

Methuen Drama

My Brother's a Genius

Debris Stevenson

Accessible Edition using Helvetica Neue LT Std (light, bold) font with black ink on cream paper

In real life, her actual brother is a genius Title aside, everything in this show is fiction – but that doesn’t mean it isn’t true

Poetry, grime and movement unite in Debris Stevenson’s explosive new play about learning to fall, fail and find our own ways to fly

Daisy and Luke are twins navigating life in a high-rise council estate, where ambition and self-doubt collide Both twins have labels thrust upon them: Daisy the “idiot” and Luke the “genius” But will their bond and shared dream of flying launch them up together or crash them apart?

This edition was published to coincide with the Theatre Centre, Sheffield Theatres and National Youth Theatre co-production in January 2026

Contemporary Dramatists

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

384 Pages

PB 9781350595491 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781350595507 • £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9781350595514 • £19 79 / $26 95

Methuen Drama

Gina Gionfriddo Plays 1

Gina Gionfriddo

“Sick, ugly, and brilliantly funny and wise In Gionfriddo’s plays, as in all great plays, no one is wrong, everyone is right.” The Brooklyn Rail

The first play collection of celebrated American dramatist Gina Gionfriddo, winner of the Susan Smith Blackburn Prize and a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize for Drama Across five plays, her wit, pungent dialogue and sharp contemporary voice explores a wide range of themes about American life: U S Drag; After Ashley; Becky Shaw; Rapture, Blister, Burn and Can You Forgive Her?

Contemporary Dramatists

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

304 Pages

PB 9781350633216 • £24 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781350633223 • £22 49 / $26 95

ePub 9781350633230 • £22 49 / $26 95

Methuen Drama

Peter Quilter Plays 1

End of the Rainbow; Glorious!; Moviestar; Marilyn & Me

Peter Quilter

‘I want these plays to touch people, to have heart. And if you desire that in a comedy, or tragi-comedy, you need to introduce themes that people can respond to – love, relationships, death, heartbreak, failure, ambition, dreams, etc Plus whatever theme I’m writing about, I always want to find the humour in it I’ve never analysed why I want to do that, but I do know that some of the richest and loudest laughs come from the combination of tragedy with comedy ’ - Peter Quilter in Breaking Character

Peter Quilter ’s plays have captivated audiences around the world with their wit, warmth, and emotional depth With productions staged in over 50 countries and translated into dozens of languages, this debut collection brings together a selection of his most celebrated works Best known for End of the Rainbow, which earned Olivier and Toney nominations, Quilter's writing spans comedy, drama, and musical theatre, exploring themes of identity, resilience, and the pursuit of happiness This collection showcases his gift for crafting stories that blend humour with heartache, and glamour with grit

This debut collection includes an introduction from the author

Methuen Drama Play Collections

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

224 Pages

HB 9781350620926 • £70 00 / $95 00

PB 9781350620933 • £22 99 / $30 95

ePDF 9781350620940 • £20 69 / $27 85

ePub 9781350620957 • £20 69 / $27 85

Methuen Drama

The Future is Short Contemporary Short Plays for High School and College Students

Edited by Mitchell Thomas, Westmont College, Santa Barbara, CA

Have you struggled to find short plays that challenge actors and directors for class and production. Do you require plays that are 10 minutes in length for competitions or class work? Are you interested in reading plays from some of the most exciting contemporary American writers?

This anthology solves the above problems for theatre teachers and their students, offering excellent, contemporary material written for high school and college age actors within the last ten years Each play selected features a distinct and unique voice in this eclectic and diverse volume targeted toward college and high school age actors, directors, and audiences In these pages, you’ll find a delightful mix of plays created in the last few years

The 20 plays all feature no more than 5 characters, with a mix of gender roles for actors of different ages Written by some of the most exciting contemporary voices in American theatre, they draw on themes that resonate with young people today and offer challenging roles that push and develop actors and directors Each play is formally inventive and expands the boundaries of traditional drama to offer scope for different styles of performance, meaning there is a range of material to suit different student needs Expertly crafted to run under 15 minutes, these plays offer concrete teaching tools that can be enjoyed by performers of different abilities as well as audiences

Methuen Drama Play Collections

UK September 2026 • US August 2026

520 Pages

HB 9781350514546 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350514539 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350514560 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350514553 • £22 49 / $31 45

Methuen Drama

The Methuen Drama Anthology of Native American Plays Indigenous Spaces

Edited by Courtney Elkin Mohler, Boston College, USA & Christy Stanlake, United States Naval Academy, USA

Leading scholars collect, introduce, and contextualize a diverse array of newly-published contemporary Native American plays.

Featuring works that engage with the major themes, artists, and plays of Native American theatre, Indigenous Spaces places a special emphasis on the aesthetics, cultural meanings, and political goals of the genre as it interacts with the changing needs of Native North American peoples

The first collection of plays from multiple Native American playwrights to be published in over a decade, this anthology presents new plays by key Indigenous theatre-makers across Native North America who are currently writing and producing a range of theatrical works From a reimagining of Peter Pan in Madeline Sayet’s The Neverland, to the true story of a 900mile odyssey in And So We Walked by DeLanna Studi, these plays pay homage to the wide breadth of Native Theatre

Each chapter opens with critical commentary written by the editors, who weave the play’s dramaturgy into broader discussions of Native storytelling and performative movements Individually, these pieces offer exciting opportunities for performance and study; when collected together, the plays elicit an even more nuanced socio-historical, philosophical understanding of Native Theatre across the 21st century The volume directly compliments Methuen Drama's Critical Companion to Native American and First Nations Theatre and Performance: Indigenous Spaces

Modern Plays

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

96 Pages

PB 9781350641891 • £10 99 / $15 95

ePDF 9781350641907 • £9 89 / $14 35

ePub 9781350641914 • £9 89 / $14 35

Methuen Drama

Manic Street Creature

Maimuna Memon

There’s this unspoken thing right? I dunno I guess, this resistance to admitting that someone else’s trauma can be traumatising

Ria is a singer-songwriter She’s talented She’s ambitious And she’s drivenquite literally- all the way from Lancashire to London, to start afresh in Camden Town

Charting the rise and fall of a rollercoaster relationship, Ria is recording her debut album with her band But the more the tracks progress, the more music and memory collide

This soaring piece of gig theatre from Olivier Award winner Maimuna Memon brings a raw and powerful insight into first love, co-dependence and mental health care – but most of all, how music has the power to help us start again

This revised and updated edition was published to coincide with the critically acclaimed, multi award-winning return of Manic Street Creature at Kiln Theatre in March 2026

Top Gs Like Me

Samson Hawkins

Modern Plays

UK April 2026 US April 2026

96 Pages

PB 9781350640344 • £10 99 / $15 95

ePDF 9781350640351 £9 89 / $14 35

ePub 9781350640368 • £9 89 / $14 35

Methuen Drama

I reckon, believe in yourself needs to have some, what d’you call it, caveats attached, you know what I mean? Because if you’re someone who’s like me, like, in general, a bit rubbish, the motto should be, ‘Believe in yourself within reason’

Aidan’s lost His best mate’s starting uni, his mum can’t get out of bed, and his new side hustle has questionable legality Meanwhile, he’s stacking shelves at the supermarket wondering if this is all he’s cut out for He’s got hobbies –hanging out at the skate park and doom scrolling his days away As he’s lapping up the algorithm ‘Hugo Bang’ appears with the promise to help Aidan become the alpha he was born to be Will Hugo Bang help Aidan get his life back on track, or will he lead Aidan to a darker, more dangerous place?

This new play by playwright Samson Hawkins (author of the critically acclaimed Village Idiot) crackles with dry humour and a modern-day wit

This edition was published to coincide with the production at Royal & Derngate, Northampton in February 2026

The Last Picture

Catherine Dyson

Modern Plays

UK March 2026 • US March 2026

80 Pages

PB 9781350623002 • £10 99 / $15 95

ePDF 9781350623019 • £9 89 / $14 35

ePub 9781350623026 • £9 89 / $14 35

Methuen Drama

Because it seems these days

You’re feeling somewhat shaky

You feel the sands shift beneath your feet

And outside your door

A storm rages

The Last Picture is a thought-provoking exploration of empathy, imagination, and collective memory – a play about what connects us across time, place, and experience

On a school trip in 2026, a group of Year 9 students – with Sam, their emotional support dog – are drawn into the story of 1939 Europe As past and present blur, the play asks what it means to care, to remember, and connect across time

This edition was published to coincide with the UK tour of the York Theatre Royal, ETT and An Tobar and Mull Theatre Production in February 2026

Modern Plays

UK January 2026 US January 2026

96 Pages

PB 9781350624832 • £10 99 / $15 95

ePDF 9781350624856 £9 89 / $14 35

ePub 9781350624849 • £9 89 / $14 35

Methuen Drama

The Playboy of the Western World

John Millington Synge

At the edge of the earth, you could be anyone

Pegeen Flaherty’s life is turned upside down when, on a normal day, a young man walks into her pub claiming that he’s killed his father

Instead of being shunned, the killer Christy Mahon becomes a local hero The welcome murderer wins hearts and races as he beds himself into village life That is until a second man unexpectedly arrives on the scene

John Millington Synge’s riveting story of youth and self-discovery has been celebrated for decades This new edition was published to coincide with the National Theatre's 2025 production with a cast that included Nicola Coughlan as Pegeen Flaherty, Éanna Hardwicke as Christy Mahon and Siobhán McSweeney as Widow Quin

Features notes by Christopher Collins, University of Nottingham, UK

Is But Fantasy

Whitney White

Modern Plays

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

320 Pages

PB 9781350639287 • £14 99 / $19 95

ePDF 9781350639300 • £13 49 / $17 95

ePub 9781350639294 • £13 49 / $17 95

Methuen Drama

'Shakespeare’s most iconic characters take the mic, and centre stage, like never before '

Lady Macbeth, Juliet, Emilia, and Richard III step into the spotlight, challenging the stories that shaped them, in this high-voltage fusion of rock, pop, soul, and gospel, created by award-winning artist, writer, and composer Whitney White

With a live band and a stellar ensemble, this is Shakespeare turned all the way up A ground-breaking theatrical event of two high-energy gig-theatre performances that revisit the stories of four of Shakespeare’s most famous characters catalysed by a red-hot soundtrack

All plays are published together in one volume to coincide with the world premiere of both parts at the Royal Shakespeare Company's The Other Place, Stratford-upon-Avon in January 2026

An Ark

Simon Stephens

Don’t panic

Don’t be scared

Modern Plays

UK February 2026 • US February 2026

48 Pages

PB 9781350632431 • £10 99 / $15 95

ePDF 9781350632462 • £9 89 / $14 35

ePub 9781350632455 • £9 89 / $14 35

Methuen Drama

This must feel strange to you

It felt strange to me

From quiet sorrows to breathtaking beauty, the mystery of human experience unfolds before you In An Ark, four guides shepherd you into an understanding of the human condition, encompassing the joy of first love and the inevitability of death

The first play created for mixed reality, this genre-defying collaboration between Tony Award–winning writer Simon Stephens (Vanya, The Curious Incident of the Dog in the Night-Time), critically acclaimed director Sarah Frankcom (UK Theatre Award for Our Town), and mixed reality pioneer Todd Eckert, An Ark explores the elemental meaning of life with the energy and humanity that are the hallmarks of their work

This edition was published to coincide with the world premiere production by Tin Drum at The Shed, New York, featuring the ensemble cast of Ian McKellen, Golda Rosheuvel, Arinzé Kene, and Rosie Sheehy

Modern Plays

UK February 2026 US February 2026

96 Pages

PB 9781350615076

Methuen Drama

Christmas Carol Goes Wrong

Henry Lewis, Henry Shields & Jonathan Sayer A NEW 'GOES WRONG' PLAY FROM MISCHIEF

The Cornley Amateur Drama Society are back with tidings of chaos and joy, ready to tackle Charles Dickens’s classic, A Christmas Carol Do not miss another Christmas catastrophe from Mischief, the multi award-winning company behind The Play That Goes Wrong, Peter Pan Goes Wrong and The Comedy About a Bank Robbery

The Cornley crew battle miscommunication, delays to their set, actors missing in action and a growing feud over who will play the lead It’s sure to be a disastrous take on the much-loved classic Christmas story of Ebenezer Scrooge Will Cornley finally change their ways, or will their misfortunes wreak havoc yet again Enjoy a festive slice of pure escapism at the worst production in Christmas past, present and yet to come!

This edition was published to coincide with the UK Tour and West End run in November 2025

Modern Plays UK April 2026 US April 2026

96 Pages

PB 9781350618763 • £10 99 / $15 95

ePDF 9781350618770 £9 89 / $14 35

ePub 9781350618787 • £9 89 / $14 35

Methuen Drama

Evening All Afternoon

Anna Ziegler

“The thing is, I’m not sure if I dislike people or just dislike that they seem to dislike me ”

Jennifer is about to become Delilah's stepmother She wants so badly to connect, but they couldn't be further apart

In a world that’s shifting under their feet, both women have to summon the quiet courage it takes to open their hearts again

Witty and heartbreakingly human, Evening All Afternoon is a story about things lost and things remembered and how sometimes, in order to live, you have to face what’s no longer there

This edition was published to coincide with the world premiere at London's Donmar Warehouse which starred Anastasia Hille and Erin Kellyman

KENREX

Modern Plays

UK February 2026 • US February 2026

80 Pages

PB 9781350613126 • £10 99 / $15 95

ePDF 9781350613133 • £9 89 / $14 35

ePub 9781350613140 • £9 89 / $14 35 Methuen Drama

Jack Holden & Ed Stambollouian

Nominated for Best New Play at the Olivier Awards 2026

Nominated for Best New Play at the Critics' Circle Theatre Awards 2026

'911, what’s your emergency?’

‘My husband... they shot him... they all did.’

July 10th, 1981, Missouri Smalltown bully, Ken Rex McElroy rules Skidmore with an iron fist His ten-year reign of terror has involved theft, intimidation, assault, abduction and attempted murder but, thanks to his slippery defence attorney and the rusty cogs of the American justice system, Ken has never spent a night behind bars But, when Ken shoots pillar of the community, greengrocer Bo Bowenkamp, and leaves him for dead, the good folk of Skidmore decide that enough is enough If the courts won’t bring Ken to heel, they will

KENREX is the unbelievable true story of a community taking back control part True Crime, part Western, with a foot-stomping live Americana soundtrack

After a premiere at Sheffield Crucible in October 2024, KENREX later transferred to the Southwark Playhouse in February 2025 This updated edition was published to coincide with the 2025/26 London run at The Other Palace

Crown of Blood

Modern Plays

UK April 2026 US March 2026

112 Pages

PB 9781350626874 • £10 99 / $15 95

ePDF 9781350626881 £9 89 / $14 35

ePub 9781350626898 • £9 89 / $14 35

Methuen Drama

A Yoruba Adaptation of Macbeth Oladipo Agboluaje, University of East London, UK

Of what use is a good man without ambition?

Set during the civil wars of 19th-century Yorubaland, Crown of Blood is a powerful retelling of the classic Macbeth, adapted by Oladipo Agboluaje

Crown of Blood follows the story of General Aderemi Fresh from saving the kingdom from invaders, he is promoted to Field Marshall, thus fulfilling the prophecy of the oracle When the oracle says he will become King, Aderemi and his wife Oyebisi go on a bloody mission to ensure he sits on the throne

This edition was published to coincide with the co-production between Utopia Theatre and Sheffield Theatres at the Crucible Theatre in Sheffield and the Belgrade Theatre in Coventry in February 2026

You Got Older

Clare Barron

Modern Plays

UK March 2026 • US March 2026

144 Pages

PB 9781350638747 • £10 99 / $15 95

ePDF 9781350638761 • £9 89 / $14 35

ePub 9781350638754 • £9 89 / $14 35

Methuen Drama

Winner of the 2015 Obie Award for Playwriting, nominee for the 2015 Drama Desk Award for Outstanding New Play, and a finalist for the 2015 Susan Smith Blackburn Prize

After losing both her job and her boyfriend, an unmoored and unsettled Mae returns to her small Washington hometown to take care of her ailing father

When she meets a mysterious stranger, she has the startling realization that maybe the intimacy she’s been craving is easier with the unknown, rather than with her own family

Blending reality and fantasy, You Got Older is Obie Award winner and Pulitzer Prize finalist Clare Barron's tender and darkly comic play about family, illness, and cowboys and how to remain standing when everything you know comes crashing down around you

This revised edition was published to coincide with the off-Broadway revival at the Cherry Lane Theatre directed by Anne Kauffman and starring Alia Shawkat in February 2026

Sweetmeats

Karim Khan

Modern Plays

UK March 2026 US March 2026

112 Pages

PB 9781350603356 • £10 99 / $15 95

ePDF 9781350603370 £9 89 / $14 35

ePub 9781350603363 • £9 89 / $14 35

Methuen Drama

Their souls are on fire because after all these lonely days, they finally found their own

Hema hasn’t indulged in sweet treats for years She wants to be healthier and hopes the Type 2 diabetes course she’s been attending will help

Everything seems on track Then Liaquat shows up Unapologetic and unafraid to break rules, Liaquat influences Hema to enjoy all the world has to offer and, in return, Hema helps Liaquat get his health under control As the unlikely pair grow closer, they face the aching pull of romance they’d long thought they had outgrown

This edition was published to coincide with the world-premiere of the Bush Theatre and Tara Theatre co-production in February 2026

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

416 Pages

HB 9781350544154

£75 00 / $140 00

PB 9781350544147 • £23 99 / $32 95

ePDF 9781350544161 £21 59 / $29 65

ePub 9781350544178 • £21 59 / $29 65

Bloomsbury Academic

The Inclusive Wealth of Nations

Prosperity, Sustainability, and the Future of Economic Progress

Eoin McLaughlin, Heriot-Watt University, UK

This book argues for a reassessment of the way a nation’s wealth is measured that goes beyond the simple measurement of GDP to include on all capital - produced, human, natural and social - that contributes to human well-being and national wealth in the broadest sense. By including natural resources, ecosystems and biodiversity in the measurement of national wealth, inclusive wealth ensures that economic development is sustainable and safeguards future prosperity

The Inclusive Wealth of Nations provides an overview of how economists have viewed economic growth from Adam Smith's early insights to the present It carefully explains how economists responded to increased critiques of economic growth – the Limits to Growth – in the 1970s and how this laid the foundation for how economists think about sustainable development today It analyses why economists argue that inclusive wealth should be the measurement used, and also critically evaluates practical applications of this approach

Written in a lively and accessible way, it helps the reader understand how inclusive wealth provides a way of balancing shortterm economic gains with long-term sustainability

COLLECTIONS

Business Statistics of the United States

UK September 2026 • US August 2026

464 Pages

HB 9798216440925 • £170 00 / $230 00

ePDF 9798216440932 • £153 00 / $207 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Business Statistics of the United States 2026

Patterns of Economic Change

Mary Meghan Ryan

Business Statistics of the United States is a comprehensive and practical collection of data from as early as 1913 that reflects the nation's economic performance It provides several years of annual, quarterly, and monthly data in industrial and demographic detail, including key indicators such as: gross domestic product, personal income, spending, saving, employment, unemployment, the capital stock, and more Of equal importance to the data are the introductory highlights, extensive notes, and figures for each chapter that help users to understand the data, use them appropriately, and, if desired, seek additional information from the source agencies

Business Statistics of the United States provides a rich and deep picture of the American economy and contains approximately 3,500 time series The data are predominantly from federal government sources, including:

Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; Bureau of Economic Analysis; Bureau of Labor Statistics; Census Bureau; Employment and Training Administration; Energy Information Administration; Federal Housing Finance Agency; Department of the Treasury

UK September 2026 US September 2026

400 Pages

HB 9781350442009

£90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350442023 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350442061 £26 09 / $35 95

ePub 9781350442047 • £26 09 / $35 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Foundations of Education

American Schools and the Common Good

Maike Ingrid Philipsen & Hillary Parkhouse

Foundations of Education introduces the major topics and debates in contemporary American education, including teaching as a profession, school governance, social class, gender, and disabilities.

The 2nd edition includes two new chapters on race and ethnicity, and immigration and language, and each of the other chapters have been thoroughly updated to respond to the latest research and events The book introduces ways that preand in-service teachers can address these topics using a foundations approach, that is, to look at the problems from historical, philosophical, and sociological perspectives and bringing together relevant findings from those disciplines to analyze and illuminate educational issues The book includes exercises, discussion questions, international case studies for comparative purposes, and is supported by a companion website with additional reading suggestions, links to relevant websites, videos, and podcasts This is a text that responds to current developments, changes, and trends in teacher education and society more broadly, from discussion of climate change, to culturally responsive pedagogy to critical race theory Foundations of Education will prepare a new generation of educators for a globalized and technology-driven society that needs to be aware of its best educational traditions, its current problems and its future possibilities

COLLECTIONS BOR

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

352 Pages • 3 b/w figures

HB 9798881805364 • £70 00 / $120 00

PB 9798881805371 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9798881867911 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9798881805388 £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Curriculum Leadership

Virtues for a Changing World

Wesley Null

Modern-day curriculum leaders too often receive shallow trainings that promise to “fix” schools, yet ready-made solutions to the complex social and moral challenges that face schools do not exist Curriculum Leadership provides those who lead curriculum discussions with a humanistic foundation that embraces the moral aspect of curriculum Null focuses on ten virtues essential for good curriculum making: humility, courage, compassion, justice, wisdom, practical wisdom, perseverance, faith, hope, and love Each chapter begins with a broad discussion of that virtue before turning to two role models who exemplify that virtue Readers will gain a richer understanding of how these virtues improve our lives individually and collectively Only through the formation of people who possess these virtues can our institutions weather the storm that is upon us

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

160 Pages

HB 9798765151839 • £65 00 / $110 00

PB 9798765151846 £20 00 / $29 95

ePDF 9798765151891 • £18 00 / $26 95

ePub 9798765151860 • £18 00 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Understanding by Design in Higher Education Designing Coursework for Deeper Learning

Jay

McTighe & Amy J Heineke

Understanding by Design® (UbD) is an internationally renowned curriculum development framework that has been used by educators across the world for more than three decades The key ideas of the UbD framework are contained in its title: 1) prioritize the development of in-depth understandings to facilitate transfer for real-world applications; and 2) apply a threestage design process for creating curricula toward those ends

Though most widely used in K-12 schools, UbD can be applied to guide postsecondary faculty in designing courses to deepen students’ understanding and promote transfer in professional settings Given the reality that most higher education faculty have little to no preparation in designing curriculum, the practical three-stage backward design framework can support them in applying their disciplinary expertise to develop coursework for deeper learning and transfer

The goal of this book is to support faculty in thoughtfully designing coursework that prioritizes students’ understanding, incorporates authentic and engaging assessments, and encourages active learning for understanding and transfer beyond the college classroom

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

264 Pages • 25 bw illus

HB 9781350498259 £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350498242 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350498266 £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350498280 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Trauma-Informed Practice in Education

Making Safe Spaces for Learning

Edited

by Mike Carroll, University of Glasgow, UK & Christine

McKee,

University of Glasgow, UK

We often hear that all behaviour is communication, but how do we fully understand what children are telling us when they act in distressed and often challenging ways in our settings? And how do we respond? This book offers a practice-oriented look at current theory around early childhood adversity, attachment, trauma and brain development Traumatic experiences such as abuse, neglect, domestic violence, bereavement, bullying and others can have long-lasting effects on children, making responding to their impact a complex task for education professionals But it is precisely through their enlightened response that healing can begin

This book draws on up-to-date research informing the conceptualisation of trauma and trauma-informed interventions and uses this to establish links to practice, highlighting relationship-based interventions Real world vignettes of trauma-aware schools and professional dialogue with experts in the field allow for a strong focus on practice Each chapter begins with key ideas outlining the content of the chapter, and ends with a summary paragraph to link back to the key ideas Each chapter also provides suggestions for further reading as well as thinking points, in the form of questions for reflection Each of the four parts of the book ends with a chapter providing insights from experts in the field, schools utilising trauma-informed and attachment-aware approaches as well as several Local Authorities seeking to introduce systemic change

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

192 Pages

HB 9781350557727

• £65 00 / $90 00

PB 9781350557710

• £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781350557734 • £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9781350557741 £19 79 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Research and Teaching with Speculative Fiction

Transdisciplinary Readings and Methods

Edited by Sarah E Truman

This wide-ranging and timely collection of essays is ideal for readers who want to incorporate speculative fiction into their teaching and research across disciplines

The terms speculation and speculative fictioning are increasingly used in education and interdisciplinary research methods to describe approaches grounded in asking “what if” questions that can unsettle the assumed certainties of the past, present, and future An Introduction by editor Sarah E Truman and a Preface by Steven Shaviro describe what speculative fiction is and examine its critical implications, offering a theoretical framework for understanding its applications to research and pedagogy The chapters that follow explore these modes of thinking in practice by drawing on speculative fictions to examine disciplinary concerns related to climate justice, disability justice, racial justice, prison abolition, genetics, AI, the future of work, educational technologies, and gender Through reflective narratives and critical analyses, twenty-five international contributors engage literary works by authors such as Octavia Butler, Jorge Luis Borges, Ted Chiang, and N K Jemisin, alongside films and television series including Gattaca, The Matrix, Severance, and Star Trek, connecting these texts to their own research and thinking Each chapter also includes discussion and writing prompts for use in classrooms and research seminars

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

224 Pages 0-30 bw illus

HB 9781350331440 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350331433 £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350331457 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350331464 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Leadership for School Transformation Action, Practices and Context

Miranda Jefferson, Catholic Education Office, Parramatta, Australia & Michael Anderson, University of Sydney, Australia

Drawing on extensive research and their experience of more than 100 partnerships with educational leaders across early childhood, school, and tertiary settings, Jefferson and Anderson present a praxis driven exploration of transformational leadership This book delves into how educators can move beyond conventional approaches to foster sustainable and wise change, rejecting the allure of quick fixes for deeper, more meaningful shifts It explains how creativity, critical reflection, communication, and collaboration (the 4Cs) power transformation, and how values and context serve as essential structural pillars providing ethical direction and ensuring leadership is responsive to each school's unique environment

The book directly addresses the crucial question: "how can leaders become transformative leaders?" It illuminates how the 4Cs foster both courageous individual leadership and leadership-as-practice Readers are provided with a map for developing transformative leadership communities through unique frameworks, practices and calls to action By exploring elements like learning, values, and inquiry, this book offers not only the 'why' but, crucially, the 'how' to lead profound, joyful, and motivational transformation in schools

COLLECTIONS

Keywords in Teacher Education

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

128 Pages

HB 9781350543171 • £50 00 / $68 00

PB 9781350543164 • £16 99 / $19 95

ePDF 9781350543188 • £15 29 / $17 95

ePub 9781350543195 • £15 29 / $17 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Practice

Keywords in Teacher Education

Katherine Schultz, University of Colorado Boulder, USA & Rachel Throop, Columbia University, USA

Heated debates about teaching often occur around the word practice When we consider practice as a keyword, it becomes clear that practice is about much more than what teachers do in the classroom. Discourses of practice are used to spread policy ideas, to claim expertise, to empower or disempower teachers, to discredit or support schools of education, and more

In this book, the authors demonstrate how impoverished notions of practice undermine teachers’ work They ask: How can a historical understanding of practice inform the present, considering the political, social, and economic forces that shape decisions and trends? How can educators act to transform teacher education, centring complex notions of practice that honour teachers work? Demonstrating the import of these questions in our current moment, they offer pathways forward

COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

208 Pages

HB 9781350536333 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350536340 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350536357 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350536364 £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Teacher Agency

An Ecological Approach

Mark Priestley, University of Stirling, UK, Gert Biesta, Maynooth University, Ireland & Sarah Robinson, Aarhus University, Denmark

This second edition of Teacher Agency brings new perspectives on teachers as agents of change and development within their professional ecosystems Centred around an ecological theory of agency, it critically surveys the work that has emerged in this field in the decade since its first edition and how international trends in curriculum policy and teacher development have shaped that landscape

As well as updating the research that formed the core of its original study, this second edition now includes an extensive literature review spanning the theory and conceptualization of teacher agency, and the critical issues that now affect it

Drawing this research together with the authors’ international experiences and perspectives, Teacher Agency grapples with theoretical and practical issues of international significance – how should agency be understood? How does it relate to individual teachers’ capacity? What does this mean for the cultures and structures at the heart of teaching?

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

152 Pages

HB 9798765188941 • £80 00 / $110 00

PB 9798765188958 £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9798216351832 • £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9798765188965 • £19 79 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

From Burnout to Bliss

Fall

Back in Love with Teaching

Kimberley G McDowell

This book tackles the pressing issue of teacher burnout an all-too-common challenge impacting educators nationwide It dives into the root causes and telltale signs of this critical problem, backed by powerful research that highlights just how urgent it is But it doesn’t stop there The book offers practical, actionable strategies aimed at helping teachers reignite their passion for teaching and restore balance in both their professional and personal lives It’s a roadmap to reclaiming joy in the classroom and beyond

UK August 2026 US August 2026

160 Pages • 4 b/w figures

HB 9798216378518 £120 00 / $100 00

PB 9798216378501 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9798216378532 £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9798216378525 • £19 79 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Show Your Work

Teaching Smarter with the Science of Learning

Beth Hawks

Show Your Work: Teaching Smarter with the Science of Learning offers an accessible, teacher-centered approach to evidence-based instruction, written by a veteran educator who taught before, during, and after the pandemic Recognizing that today’s teachers are hungry for practical, research-informed strategies without being told exactly what to do this book bridges the gap between theory and practice with respect and empathy Drawing from years of classroom experience and a deep study of learning science, the author presents high-impact techniques such as retrieval practice, modeling, scaffolding, and more, with real examples from diverse K–12 classrooms Rather than prescribing one-size-fits-all solutions, Show Your Work invites teachers to reflect, adapt, and apply ideas in ways that honor their professional judgment, making it a refreshing and empowering guide for educators in any discipline

BOR

Association of Teacher Educators

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

384 Pages

• 5 b/w figures

HB 9798881807818 • £90 00 / $130 00

PB 9798881807825 • £31 99 / $42 95

ePDF 9798881867614 • £28 79 / $38 65

ePub 9798881807832 • £28 79 / $38 65

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Critical Education

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

344 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350584532 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350584495 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350584501 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350584518 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Developing as a Teacher Educator

A Guide to Establishing Identity, Exploring Pedagogy, and Navigating Policy

Stephanie Dodman, Jennifer Jacobs, Brandon Butler & Jessica Hiltabidel

It is commonly understood that teacher educators help develop teachers It is less commonly understood how teacher educators come to develop as teacher educators themselves Who and what develops the teacher educator? We know that teacher education does not exist apart from the teacher educator, yet too often teacher educator development becomes an afterthought in our teacher education discourse This book examines this key group’s development through historical and contemporary contexts using conceptual, theoretical, and pedagogical considerations

Understanding the complex work associated with the roles and responsibilities of being a teacher educator, the contributors to this text include experts in varying teacher educator development experiences and settings We use the term guide in the title to connote that there is no prescription for learning how to be a teacher educator Rather, we hope this text offers a survey for teacher educators as they journey down the path of teacher educator development as a teacher of and with teachers The text addresses such areas as the history and politics of teacher education, evolving technologies affecting teacher education, teacher educator pedagogies, teacher educator identity re/formation, program design and partnerships, and teacher education leadership The chapters straddle research and practice by being firmly grounded in the extant literature while also incorporating the authors’ experiences in teacher educator development

Freire and Visual Art Education

A Critical Postcolonial Approach

Gisella Vismara

This book develops a new theory and practice of Freirean art literacy based on decolonial principles. It investigates the implementation of Freire’s ideas in the context of middle school visual arts education based on the author's research and experience of teaching in Italy and Europe and drawing on art works and theory from Brazil, Chile and Africa Vismara offers an auto-ethnographic analysis of personal experiences of art teaching, educational tools, workshops, and strategies She proposes an innovative and decolonial approach to school planning that starts from the students’ words and world Artists’ words, youth street culture, imagination, and the iconography of mass images are presented throughout the book as examples of how educators can use visual art to develop the process of Freirean conscientization with their students This book rediscovers and reinvents Freire’s ideas, applying his critical and political approach to visual arts literacy in new theoretical and practical ways

UK August 2026 US August 2026

400 Pages • 64 b/w figures

HB 9781538197530 £55 00 / $120 00

PB 9781538197547 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9798881866259 £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9781538197554 • £19 79 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

BOR

EcoJustice Education for Elementary Classrooms Real-World Lessons for a Sustainable Future

Marissa E Bellino & Greer Burroughs

Burroughs and Bellino provide a practice-based vision to guide teachers in developing informed, concerned, critical thinkers ready to engage in addressing socio-environmental challenges They combine the content and skills learned in elementary social studies and science classrooms with an emphasis on EcoJustice as a model for K–5 classrooms The authors believe educators must prepare young people for the world they are inheriting Teachers will find valuable knowledge, support, examples, and tools in this book to guide them

COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

312 Pages

HB 9798216379362 • £130 00 / $150 00

PB 9798216379379 • £26 99 / $36 95

ePDF 9798216379393 • £24 29 / $33 25

ePub 9798216379386 £24 29 / $33 25

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

288 Pages 10 bw illus

PB 9781350599222 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350599185 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350599192 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350599208 • £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Facilitating Conversations on Race Strategies for Leading Group Discourse

Caprice Hollins & Ilsa Govan

Facilitating Conversations on Race: Strategies for Leading Group Discourse will equip facilitators and organizational leaders with the necessary tools and strategies for dealing with stumbling blocks that often arise when people are brought together to talk about some of the most difficult issues facing our country today racism, power, and privilege Hollins and Govan share stories and strategies they have practiced in their more than forty years of combined experience facilitating, while reminding the reader the power of bringing your authentic self

This comprehensive guide begins with the personal work leaders need to do to build their confidence, identify their style, and recognize their triggers From there readers will learn facilitation foundations, from structuring a workshop using best practices in adult learning, to skillfully interrupting someone, to asking questions that encourage deeper reflection The book supports increasingly advanced skill development, including naming and addressing the dynamics of whiteness as it plays out in a meeting and utilizing multiple strategies for moving through tension

OPEN ACCESS

Critical Approaches to Norwegian Education Decolonization, Empowerment and Inclusion

Paul Thomas, Sonia Munoz Llort & Sissel Egden

This open access book addresses the key educational challenges faced by marginalized communities in Norway, advocating for inclusive and equitable learning environments with a focus on decolonization and empowerment Drawing on case studies and examples from across Norway's diverse cultural landscape, the book highlights the importance of integrating various cultural narratives into education, enhancing students' understanding of their own identities and histories It covers issues and topics including whiteness, Jewish and Muslim education, Norwegian history, climate justice, AI, gender, the manosphere and trumpism, critical pedagogy and mass testing The book offers actionable insights and strategies for researchers, educators and policy makers to implement decolonized and socially just practices in their classrooms and educational systems

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the University of South-Eastern Norway and Oslo Metropolitan University

COLLECTIONS

UK

304

PB 9781350583658 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350583610 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350583627 £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350583634 • £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Froebel in Practice

UK September 2026

176 Pages

HB 9781350529335

PB 9781350529328

• US September 2026

• £45 00 / $61 00

• £14 99 / $19 95

ePDF 9781350529359 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350529342 • £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

UK September 2026 • US August 2026

368 Pages 56 b/w figures, 65 textboxes

HB 9798216375746 • £100 00 / $135 00

PB 9798216375760 £32 99 / $44 95

ePDF 9798216375753 • £29 69 / $40 45

ePub 9798216375777 • £29 69 / $40 45

Bloomsbury Academic

OPEN ACCESS

Radical Educators in Grassroots Contexts

Edited by Mayssoun Sukarieh & Stuart Tannock

This open access book presents a collection of conversations with educators and activists from around the world, who are engaged with practicing and thinking about different forms of radical or alternative education for social change, and who are working in grassroots education spaces, beyond formal schooling and universities This includes educators working in the areas of community, worker, indigenous, environmental, feminist, anti-colonial, agricultural, liberation, theatre and arts education in North America, Latin America, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and South Asia By bringing together these different perspectives, the book helps to broaden our thinking about what radical education could and should look like in the world today The book includes an introductory overview of radical education and education in nonformal, community and grassroots contexts; as well as brief introductions to each conversation that introduces the speaker, their work, organization and context, and situates the speaker within a particular approach to radical education

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by University College London

OPEN ACCESS

Froebel and Social Justice

Rachna Joshi

This open access book introduces the challenging and global themes of social justice connecting them to Froebelian early childhood education today The book offers critical discussions of four key goals of social justice: equity, human rights, diversity and participation, and four freedoms: from want, of worship, of speech and from fear These themes are applied to everyday early childhood practices in addition to providing opportunities for deeper reflection of historical contexts and indigenous practices The chapters take a deep dive into each of these concepts, critically examining whether or not Froebel’s vision was intentional in relation to issues of social justice and the degree to which he articulated his thinking in this respect Examples of babies, young children, families and educators provide a springboard for accessible and holistic social justice practices and include reflective questions, highlighting tensions within practice

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by The Froebel Trust

Bridging Ability, Disability, and Cognitive Growth

Diagnostic Teaching in Special Education and Early Childhood

Myung-Sook Koh

Teachers are rarely given what they truly need: a comprehensive framework for understanding how young learners think, process, and develop and how to support those who struggle Bridging Ability, Disability, and Cognitive Growth addresses this need by placing cognitive development directly in educators' hands through the Unified Development Continuum (UDC) Dr Myung-Sook Koh presents child development as an interconnected hierarchy of cognitive systems rather than a collection of symptom-based profiles Moving from foundational processes sensory integration, attention, and perception through advanced competencies such as abstract reasoning and executive function, and into integrated domains including social-emotional cognition, language, and literacy, the UDC demonstrates how cognitive systems build upon one another to form functional intelligence Each continuum is paired with sequenced, classroom-ready diagnostic instruction, enabling educators to identify cognitive barriers early and respond with targeted, developmentally aligned strategies Essential for early childhood and special education professionals, this book equips pre-service and in-service teachers, learning coaches, and caregivers to shift from static testing toward responsive diagnostic teaching that supports diverse learners

UK July 2026 US July 2026

288 Pages • 2 TEXTBOXES

HB 9798216442615 £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798216442622 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9798216442592 £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9798216442585 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Empowered Together

Evidence-Based Strategies for Partnering with Families in PK–12 Education

Noel Kelty & Anne Tapp Jaksa

This book redefines what it means to engage families in education Drawing on decades of research and practice, this book offers a fresh, equity-centered framework that moves beyond traditional parent involvement toward authentic, reciprocal relationships between families and schools

Each chapter explores a key dimension of partnership from understanding family diversity and co-creating learning plans to using data and technology for equitable collaboration Grounded in cultural humility, empathy, and shared advocacy, Empowered Together provides practical strategies, reflection tools, and real-world case studies that help educators and leaders build trust, dismantle barriers, and transform systems

Written by two experienced educators and researchers, this book equips readers to create school communities where every family feels valued, respected, and empowered to contribute to their child’s learning journey

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

184 Pages • 14 b/w images, 26 textboxes

HB 9798881807375 • £60 00 / $90 00

PB 9798881807382 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9798881867560 • £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9798881807399 £19 79 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Community Literacy in Elementary Classrooms

Creating Culturally Inclusive Literacy-Learning Environments

Jacqueline Witter-Easley

This book builds on the concepts of culturally relevant and responsive teaching by uplifting the role of a school’s community in creating meaningful and empowering literacy learning opportunities for elementary students Practicing teachers and graduate students will gain new insights into the application of culturally responsive pedagogy by focusing on their students’ families and communities Through reflective writing exercises and a variety of practical applications, readers will learn about the importance of creating literacy lessons that center their students’ families, cultures, and local communities

This book is comprehensive in its approach because it provides information on creating community literacy through the following ways: cultivating culturally inclusive children’s literature and community artifacts in classroom libraries, teaching skills in meaningful contexts, integrating the community’s arts across the curriculum, engaging students in civic and social justice learning opportunities, connecting with families and community leaders, providing ideas for inspiring teachers to become engaged in their school’s communities, and connecting the book’s concepts with literacy lesson plans

This book offers important information on how to create meaningful reading lessons that go beyond skill development and immerse students in cultural knowledge and civic engagement

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

248 Pages

HB 9781350573734 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350573727 £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350573741 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350573758 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Sixty-Five Years of British Childhood 1959-2024 Unequal Change

Philip Graham

This book gives a comprehensive account of sixty-five years of British childhood from 1959-2024, a period of immense social, cultural, and political change The chapters survey the significant changes in education, physical and mental health, social care, lifestyle, the role of the family, child protection, Immigration, disability and class, and the covid-19 pandemic These include the move from grammar to comprehensive schools, child mental health crises, the internet, mobile phones and social media, and the changing adult attitudes toward childhood and adolescence The book shows us how and why the lives of children have come about today, and considers the great variation in children’s lives depending on family income and ethnicity, and looks at the need for cooperation between services Graham argues that, in general, there has been an improvement in the richness and quality of children’s lives but there are many who are falling behind The voices of contemporary children and their carers/parents are interwoven throughout the book

UK July 2026 US July 2026

200 Pages • 1 b/w figures

HB 9781475874594 £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781475874600 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9798216450702 £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781475874617 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Beyond Thinking

Cultivating Awareness and Well-Being in Education

Juan-Diego Estrada

Beyond Thinking presents a radical idea: while thinking is the superstar of education, the pervasive crisis of student mental health and chronic teacher stress proves we must learn to go beyond thinking to find well-being and wisdom This book offers an essential roadmap for cultivating mindfulness the awareness that allows us to use our powerful minds as tools without being trapped by unhelpful patterns like the inner critic or the worry spiral Backed by neuroscience and grounded in practical skills, Beyond Thinking shows how education can align with the universal aspiration of well-being It highlights how meaningful transformation in education begins with the adults, leading to a lasting impact on students

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

136 Pages • 12 b/w figures

HB 9798216390077 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9798216390084 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9798216450696 • £16 09 / $26 95

ePub 9798216390107 £16 09 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Remarkable Learning

A Guidebook for Building Creative and Confident Kids

Daniel J Evans

Every student can develop academic self-confidence and emotional well-being, all the while gaining a deep understanding of their purpose and place in the world Remarkable Learning is a guidebook for those who want more for our students than they are experiencing now, and it dares to isolate a few unremarkable moves that can lead to remarkable results This inspiring and practical book:

Identifies the most critical classroom strategies derived from an exhaustive review of educational research Renews our faith in teachers as the lead experts in moving our schools forward

Provides the key actions we must have in place for all students to excel, and for everyone to enjoy school again

COLLECTIONS

Postdevelopmental Approaches to Childhood

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

208 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350405080 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350405127 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350405097 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350405103 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Postdevelopmental Approaches to Digital Arts in Childhood

Edited by Marissa McClure Sweeny, Carlow University, USA & Mona Sakr, Middlesex University, UK

This book deconstructs traditional developmentalist logic around children’s engagement with digital media where the focus is on what the digital ‘does to’ children’s bodies and brains Rather than seeing children as vulnerable and passive recipients, the authors position children as co-creators and digital artists, embracing the richness of children’s digital play

The chapters cover a wide range of topics including indigenous digital art, digital drawing, learning to code, social media and artificial intelligence The authors use a diverse range of theoretical perspectives, including posthumanism, feminist new materialism, social semiotics, socialcultural and multimodal approaches to childhood to generate new ways of seeing the relationship between children and the digital The book includes chapters from academics and practitioners based in Australia, Canada, Sweden, the UK and the USA and a companion website showcasing innovative and interactive material, including visual essays and soundscapes

COLLECTIONS BOR

UK July 2026 US July 2026

240 Pages

HB 9781350503304

£95 00 / $130 00

PB 9781350503311 • £29 99 / $40 95

ePDF 9781350503335 £26 99 / $36 85

ePub 9781350503328 • £26 99 / $36 85

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Guidebooks for Language Teachers

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

320 Pages • 20 bw illus

HB 9781350498730 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350498723 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350498747 • £26 09 / $35 95

ePub 9781350498754 • £26 09 / $35 95

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US August 2026

496 Pages 0 bw illus

HB 9781350548947 • £100 00 / $135 00

PB 9781350548930 £29 99 / $40 95

ePDF 9781350548978 • £26 99 / $36 85

ePub 9781350548961 • £26 99 / $36 85

Bloomsbury Academic

Designing Curriculum for TESOL

Key

Concepts and International Practices

Darío Luis Banegas, University of Edinburgh, UK

This book describes how the teaching of English can be organised by educational systems, institutions (e g , schools, language centres, universities), and teachers Accessibly written, the book combines theory and practice of curriculum development by explaining key concepts through real-life examples from a range of international contexts, including Argentina, Austria, Brazil, Colombia, Ecuador, Japan, Spain, the UK and the USA It includes activities that encourage students to analyse curricula from their own contexts and engage in lively discussions with their peers Mini prerecorded lectures accompany every chapter, in which the author unpacks core concepts and provides further examples from his own experience The book covers essential topics such as curriculum goals and content, as well as critical issues such as social justice and decolonisation It also includes a whole chapter on supporting students who would like to investigate the TESOL curriculum in their dissertation

Applying Cognitive Linguistics in the English Language Classroom

Edited by Benjamin White, Saint Michael's College, USA & Natalia Dolgova, George Washington University,

USA

This book promotes greater interest in cognitive linguistics (CL) among English language teaching (ELT) practitioners, while offering researchers a more direct line toward shaping pedagogy. The book presents a collection of CL-informed ready-to-use pedagogical summaries and activities that teachers without background knowledge in CL can take directly to their classrooms Importantly, the book targets traditionally challenging areas of English instruction Part One addresses vocabulary topics such as idioms, collocations, and phrasal verbs Part Two tackles tricky grammar topics such as prepositions, articles, and modal verbs Part Three takes on discourse and pragmatics topics such as cohesive devices in writing and making requests and refusals in speaking Each chapter tackles a different topic of the English language and includes the following sections: 1) introduction of the challenge(s) with the said English language topic, 2) explanation of the CL approach and how it can mitigate the observed challenge(s), 3) practically-oriented description of the CL-inspired teaching activities, positioned within a specific pedagogical context but easily transferable to other contexts All chapters include insights that are highly practical and easily implemented in different contexts of ELT The ultimate goal of the volume is to motivate teachers to try new pedagogical tools and to influence English language pedagogy through the researchdocumented powers of applied cognitive linguistics

Materials Development for L2 Communicative Ability Theory and Practice

Edited

by

Brian Tomlinson,

Anaheim University, USA & Hitomi Masuhara, University of Liverpool, UK

This book has a clear and constant focus on the ultimate aim of language teaching: helping learners to develop the ability to communicate effectively Drawn from 15 different countries, the authors discuss exactly what effective communication involves and what teachers should aim for when helping learners to develop They then expand into the different ways in which materials can help teachers and learners to achieve this

The chapters are organized into four sections - Proposals for Action, Materials Analysis and Evaluation, Materials Development Projects and Materials Development Research - with each section followed by comments from one of the editors on the commonalities shared by the chapters in the section and the issues that they raise All of the chapters propose ways of developing and using materials to facilitate the development of communicative ability in any language They are written to be accessible to newcomers in the field, and stimulating to experienced teachers, teacher trainers, materials developers and researchers

COLLECTIONS BOR

Advances in Digital Language

Learning and Teaching

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

386 Pages • 60 bw illus

PB 9781350339477 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350339439 • £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9781350339446 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781350339453 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Advances in Digital Language Learning and Teaching

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

256 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350457201 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350457164 • £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9781350457171 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781350457188 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

208 Pages 9 b/w figures

HB 9798216376057 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798216376040 £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9798216376071 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9798216376064 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Cultural Tasks for Digital Language Learning

Edited by Müge Satar, Newcastle University, UK & Paul Seedhouse, Newcastle University, UK

Explaining how the cultural practices of a community can be used as the vehicle for learning its language, this book shows how two apps have been developed to deliver language learning while users are carrying out real-life cultural activities

Many people are motivated to learn foreign languages by their interest in foreign cultures, cuisines and activities such as origami, Hallowe’en pumpkins or cooking a meal from the target culture This book shows how these motivations can be integrated into the way we learn languages using the latest digital technology: the Linguacuisine and ENACT apps

Written by experts in education, educational technology and applied linguistics, the book introduces the concept of the cultural task and provides a model, principles and procedures, enabling professionals in any area – including teachers and community workers – to adapt the apps to their own environment Video tutorials on the accompanying website give users a hands-on introduction to using the apps and authoring their own cultural tasks in their own language for use by others As such, the apps constitute a rich online repository of Open Educational Resources (OERs)

Using Artificial Intelligence in Language Education Principles and Prompting Activities

Wei Cai, University of Calgary, Canada

The book explores principled methodologies for integrating artificial intelligence (AI) into language learning and teaching

It investigates the features of learner-AI interactions, second language (L2) acquisition theories and teaching methodologies, ChatGPT’s role in the development of the four language skills (listening, speaking, reading and writing), ChatGPT’s integration with form-focused, meaning-focused and content-based language learning, and individual differences in AIfacilitated learning The book distinguishes itself by integrating theoretical evidence and practical applications, fostering an in-depth understanding of the application of AI in language education By blending L2 acquisition theories and traditional pedagogy with the transformative capabilities of AI, this book offers a fresh perspective on language instruction While the examples drawn on are from the teaching of Chinese and English as L2, the underlying principles, methodologies, and AI applications are relevant and can be directly applied to learning and teaching other languages

Teaching Across Borders Empowering English Learners

Nesreen El-Baz

While many books on ESL education are heavily theoretical, Teaching Across Borders blends research with personal classroom experience The book not only offers clear, practical strategies but also shares real-world stories of success and struggle, demonstrating how these methods work in action The accessible and encouraging tone resonates with teachers by respecting their professionalism and providing tools they can easily integrate into their teaching practice

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

336 Pages • 20 bw illus

PB 9781350543454 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350543416 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350543423 £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350543430 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

286 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350513839 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350513792 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350513808 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350513815 £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Action Research Communities for Language Teachers

Edited by Angela Gallagher-Brett, University of Stirling, UK & Christine Lechner, Freelance

How can teachers and teacher educators enact positive change in their working environments? How can they develop professional learning communities? How can they support educational policies on intercultural competence, multilingualism and plurilingualism while improving students’ language skills? This inspiring collection gives clear and practical advice on how action research can help achieve all of those goals, from primary through secondary, higher and adult education settings

Action Research Communities for Language Teachers collects practical first-hand accounts of action research projects, with a shared focus on practical, replicable advice and achievable results Readers can use these examples to develop small, evidence-based interventions that address their own common challenges and concerns Spanning fourteen European countries and a similar range of taught languages, these real-life examples of shared problem-solving and collaboration are a crucial contribution to the theory and practice of language teaching and teacher education

OPEN ACCESS

Early Incidental Second Language Acquisition through Cartoons

Rosalia

Di Nisio, Università degli Studi of Udine, Italy

This fascinating open access study explains and describes the process by which young children can acquire a second language incidentally, via joyful and regular exposure to animated cartoons. This multi-year activity can replicate some aspects of the mother-tongue acquisition process, especially when supported by a co-viewing caregiver

Rosalia Di Nisio emphasises two important elements in the acquisition process: the mediation of co-viewing adults as a motivating factor, and the multimodal nature of cartoons as a facilitator of extensive comprehension through sounds and images She gives evidence to this multimodality by first focusing on the ‘dual coding’ interaction between cartoons’ verbal and non-verbal dimensions, then broadening her analysis to a more complex meaning-making discourse Combining cognitive, relational and language perspectives, Di Nisio also demonstrates the near-native language acquisition phases: singing and acting out, which mark the baby’s involvement accompanied by a caregiver; the silent, but fertile phase, during which listening skills reach surprising levels; speech development, which is prompted by opportunities to interact with a native speaker

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com

NEW IN PB

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

200 Pages 10 bw illus

HB 9781350355408 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350355446 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350355415 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350355422 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Fandom Language Learning

A Digital Transformation of Language Education in the AI Age

Jieun Kiaer, University of Oxford, UK & Alfred W T Lo, University of Oxford, UK

Standing at the intersection of fan culture, digital technology, and language learning, this book advocates for a transformative shift in language education in the AI age Introducing the concept of fandom language learning, it illustrates how enthusiasm for specific interests motivates fans to learn languages, resulting in immersive and personalised learning experiences Tracing the evolution of digital platforms shows how this has become possible thanks to their pivotal role in transforming language learning from a solitary, traditional endeavour into a vibrant, community-driven practice

The authors examine the psychological underpinnings of fandom language learning and how emotional engagement and cultural immersion can help to foster motivation They also weigh the impact of social media and AI on language learning, emphasising the potential for these technologies to smooth the way for more interactive, engaging, and effective language education Through a translanguaging approach, they also give new perspectives on the ways in which digital platforms enable learners to transcend linguistic boundaries and how fandom learners can harness multilingual engagement

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Handbooks

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

512 Pages

HB 9781350340329 • £140 00 / $190 00

PB 9781350340367 • £39 99 / $54 95

ePDF 9781350340336 • £126 00 / $171 00

ePub 9781350340343 • £126 00 / $171 00

Bloomsbury Academic

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

152 Pages

• 5 b/w figures

HB 9798216390305

• £80 00 / $110 00

PB 9798216390312 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9798216390329 • £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9798216390299 £19 79 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

The ACE Series on Higher Education

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

224 Pages • 14 b/w images

HB 9798216383024 • £95 00 / $120 00

PB 9798216383031 • £28 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9798216383017 • £26 09 / $26 95

ePub 9798216383048 • £26 09 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

The Bloomsbury Handbook of Language Learning and Technology

Edited by Regine Hampel, Open University, UK & Ursula Stickler, Open University, UK

This handbook draws together international perspectives on technology and its application to language teaching and learning, written and edited by leading scholars in the field It meets the increasing demand for pedagogicallyinformed online language instruction, which is particularly important in the context of the effects that the Covid-19 pandemic has had on the education sector on a global scale, as well as exploring language learning in informal and non-formal contexts With contributions from5 continents and over 20 countries, including Australia, Canada, Cyprus, Denmark, Finland, France, Greece, Ireland, Japan, Spain, Sweden, the Netherlands, the UK and the USA, the book offers a thorough overview of the main influential theories and explores technology tools, approaches to research, and applications to practice Carefully curated, this is an innovative and exciting volume for students, teachers, researchers and lecturers in language education

Navigating the Dissertation Writing Process

Finding Your Path from First Drafts to Submission

Megan L C Krone

Navigating the Dissertation Writing Process: Finding Your Path from First Drafts to Submission is a supportive guide for the unique academic task of writing a doctoral dissertation, a process with its own often unspoken expectations and pressures Dr Krone offers clear, practical strategies for developing productive writing habits, describes common academic writing conventions, and shares step-by-step advice on writing each chapter This book is an encouraging how-to companion to help you move through the stages of writing a dissertation with clarity, confidence, and less stress

Guided by Principle, Driven by Change

Insights on Transformative Leadership from University Presidents Globally

Devorah Lieberman

Presidents of institutions around the globe are facing challenges that have never before been encountered, or experienced, to this magnitude This includes, but is not limited to: managing budgets during times of economic crises; imposed government policies that were nonexistent in prior years, shifting public trust in higher education, introductions of tools (e g , AI) that are altering how institutions teach, how students learn, and the production and application of new knowledge

This book spotlights 13 university leaders from institutions across Australia, Bangladesh, China, Colombia, Ecuador, Georgia, Japan, Mexico, Morocco, South Africa, Spain, the United Kingdom, and the United States These institutions range from small to large, public to private, and nonprofit to for-profit Readers who are current university presidents (or aspiring to be) will (1) read of the authors experiences as president, challenges they faced, introspection about their abilities, and (2) acquire tools they can immediately apply to their own situations/campuses/lives

The Futures Series on Community Colleges

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

256 Pages

• 5 B/W images, 6 textboxes

HB 9798216377986

• £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798216377979 • £23 99 / $37 95

ePDF 9798216377962 • £21 59 / $34 15

ePub 9798216377955 • £21 59 / $34 15

Bloomsbury Academic

UK June 2026 • US April 2026

472 Pages • 5 B/W Figures

HB 9781538197509 • £80 00 / $140 00

PB 9781538197516 • £29 99 / $42 95

Moving a Community College Forward

My Story as an Educator, Researcher, President, and Radical James Jacobs

What makes this book distinctive is the unique perspective of its author James Jacobs spent fifty years at Macomb Community College, starting as a part-time instructor in 1967 and retiring in 2017 as president After being temporarily fired by the college in 1970 for activist activities, Jacobs not only won his job back but began a transformation that led to a national role in developing community college workforce strategies used by many institutions today

His evolution, from student radical to community college leader, happened in parallel with the evolution of community colleges, from local educational afterthoughts to national engines of personal and economic development Since the context for the book is the Detroit region, issues such as racism, city-suburban relations, and changes in the auto industry are also examined

Moving A Community College Forward has relevance for several audiences, including educators, policy experts, community college professionals, citizens of the Detroit region, and anyone who seeks guidance and inspiration from how things have evolved in the past as a way to prepare for and lead change into the future

2ND EDITION

Navigating the Doctoral Journey

A Handbook of Strategies for Success, Second Edition

Amanda J Rockinson, Lucinda S Spaulding & Jill Alexa Perry

Navigating the Doctoral Journey: A Handbook of Strategies for Success, Second Edition provides doctoral students with a practical, cross-disciplinary handbook for successfully navigating the doctoral process from initial program selection to program completion to post-program With a dual focus on professional (EdD, DNP, etc ) and research (PhD) degrees, topics include preparing to enter a doctoral program, understanding the nature and purpose of research, developing social networks, navigating the comprehensive exam and the dissertation process, publishing, and post program blues Insights are provided by authors who are experts in the field and who have worked with doctoral students for many years

ePDF 9798765154953 • £26 99 / $38 65

ePub 9781538197523 £26 99 / $38 65

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

240 Pages 10 bw illus

PB 9781350549289 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350549241 £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350549258 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350549265 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Experiential Student Philanthropy

Investing Time, Talent, and Treasure into the Community

Edited by Shauna Reilly, Northern Kentucky University, USA, Kajsa C Larson, Northern Kentucky University, USA & Megan S Downing, Northern Kentucky University, USA

This volume showcases effective teaching practices and the broader academic benefits of student philanthropy, focussing on the innovative pedagogy of Northern Kentucky University's Mayerson Student Philanthropy, a pioneering initiative that integrates experiential philanthropy across disciplines to enhance student success

In 1999, Northern Kentucky University introduced student experiential philanthropy with the Mayerson Student Philanthropy Project (MSPP) Each MSPP class is given grant money to invest in a local nonprofit with the goal of deepening student learning outcomes through the community engagement initiative Drawing its findings from the program’s success, the book first covers the history and theory of student philanthropy and experiential learning, and subsequent chapters explore funding variations, community and K-12 education partnerships, service combined with philanthropy as well as different course levels (upper and lower division) and course delivery methods (hybrid, in person, online) Each chapter features specific, tangible examples of creative pedagogy to inform and inspire readers to consider in their own research and teaching A conclusion sets out how student philanthropy programs can be implemented at other institutions, touching on the challenges of funding and conflicts of interest, with a case study from another US university

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

272 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350514324

£28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350514287 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350514294 £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350514300 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Music, Hope and Transformation through Higher Education A Psychogeographic Personal Narrative

Craig Hammond, Liverpool John Moores University, UK

This is a creative work of psychogeography, theory and autoethnography, which offers a unique insight into the personal world of music-meaning-making, working-class heritage, and the transformation of identity through a lifelong obsession with aeroplanes and flight. Combined, these aspects articulate a progressive journey of transformation through informal learning and higher education, exploring personal progression through the narrative techniques of lifewriting and innovative theory work

The book provides readers with a sequence of intimate and informative provocations through memory and imagination Shaped around the experience of a car journey (as part of a commute to work), the book invites readers to explore a chaos of memories – provoked by a range of songs encountered as part of a playlist, which emerge as part of a compelling analysis of music, the symbolism of flight, and educative hope Through a combination of storytelling and scholarly analysis, the book utilises cultural theory, process philosophy, and biography and invites readers to adapt and incorporate the concepts and psychogeographic techniques for creative student engagements as part of curricular and assessment practices

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

256 Pages • 15 bw illus

PB 9781350382923 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350382886 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350382893 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350382909 £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Teaching and Learning in Higher Education in Times of Crisis Narratives of Transitions and Transformations

Edited by Tanya Hathaway, Namrata Rao, Liverpool Hope University, UK & Ian M Kinchin, University of Surrey, UK

This edited collection provides personal narratives of the transitions and/or transformations of twelve academics as they encountered and conquered crises to offer a valuable teaching and learning experience to students irrespective of the nature of the crises they may be negotiating

With contributions from Australia, Brazil, China, France, Lebanon, New Zealand, Singapore, South Africa, the UK and the USA, this book is an invaluable resource for academics at a variety of career stages and institutional levels who may be exposed to similar crises Academics will find these narratives useful in negotiating their own internal struggles, as well as the challenges and opportunities they may encounter in facing a crisis In addition, this book offers a fascinating reference point for a wide range of crises impacting teaching and learning across different continents It offers a timely spotlight on contemporary issues of crisis that many higher education institutions around the world have encountered or will encounter It also contributes to the construction of new knowledge in the field of higher education teaching during a crisis, a phenomenon which is becoming increasingly prominent and commonplace

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

352 Pages 10 bw illus

PB 9781350525108 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350525016 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350525023 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350525030 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Trauma-Informed Practice in Higher Education

Edited by R Jason Lynch, Appalachian State University, USA, Emily Berger, Monash University, Australia & Anita Padmanabhanunni, University of the Western Cape, South Africa

Amidst the vibrancy of college life, the unspoken shadow of trauma significantly influences student well-being and success Trauma-Informed Practice in Higher Education is a profound exploration of trauma's intricate interplay with higher education Beyond laying bare the deep-rooted intricacies of trauma, from its physiological underpinnings to its sociocultural implications, the book presents transformative strategies for fostering compassionate, culturally-aware student support services It not only pioneers trauma-informed pedagogical methods but also delves into faculty training, advocating for a comprehensive educational approach grounded in safety and adaptability The discourse culminates in a visionary examination of organizational leadership, emphasizing the ripple effects of trauma within institutions and the pressing need for resilience and stringent assessments A resonant epilogue completes this call to arms, urging colleges to champion a new era marked by empathy, insight, and holistic growth

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 US July 2026

184 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350385139 £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350385177 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350385146 £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350385153 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

274 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350430754

• £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350430785 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350430761 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350430778 £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Critical Practice in Higher Education

Karen Gravett, University of Surrey, UK

What is critical practice; what is critique? And what do these ideas have to do with higher education? This book argues that engaging in critical practice is fundamental to meaningful teaching, learning and research Critical practice is key to understanding societies, technologies, and the power relations that pervade our practice Critical approaches are vital for responding meaningfully to some of the knotty questions that we face in higher education And yet, there is a need to re-examine critical theorising in contemporary times, to address the limitations of current conceptions of criticality, where critique is at risk of becoming stale, redundant, even harmful International in scope, this book engages theory and empirical data from recent research to offer new ways of thinking and doing critical practice Case studies are drawn from teachers and academics working in the UK, Australia, and America, across a breadth of disciplines and learning environments Specifically, the book proposes a move towards a relational critical practice After many years of attention that has been paid to cognitive notions of critical thinking, skills and dispositions –assumed to take place within the boundaries of rational, individual, minds – this book takes us beyond thinking about criticality as an individualised activity Elaborating a critical practice that considers the affective, embodied and relational nature of criticality, this text will explore how we might look more closely at the entanglement of ideas and practice, of mind and body, of thinking, feeling and doing In doing so, this book argues for a celebration of critique, and for the value of a relational critical practice in higher education

NEW IN PB

Higher Education, Community Connections and Collaborations

Edited by Sinéad Gormally, University of Glasgow, UK, Abigail Maguire, Moorlands College, Dorset, UK & Mike Seal, St Mary’s University Twickenham, UK

This book innovatively explores the policy, practice and pedagogy of community engagement in higher education settings It contributes to the evaluation of adaptive practice and responses in addressing inequalities further exposed by the pandemic, and the role of higher education institutions within this By exploring such themes, contributors highlight implications for future practice and suggest areas for further pedagogical development The book also includes perspectives on the patterns of change in higher education asking crucial questions pertaining to its role in regeneration and recovery as it seeks to work for, within, and between communities and constituencies While it foregrounds youth and community work, it makes wider and systemic connections between communities and higher education institutions

Bloomsbury Handbooks

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

384 Pages • 25 bw illus

HB 9781350406322 • £140 00 / $190 00

PB 9781350406360 • £42 99 / $58 95

ePDF 9781350406339 • £126 00 / $171 00

ePub 9781350406346 • £126 00 / $171 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Bloomsbury Handbook of Context and Transformative Leadership in Higher Education Edited by Mary Drinkwater, University of Toronto, Canada & Patrick Deane, Queen’s University, Canada

The Bloomsbury Handbook of Context and Transformative Leadership in Higher Education explores the importance of cultural, political, socioeconomic and historical context in change leadership in higher education With contributions from four continents, the handbook brings together multi-contextual perspectives to explore the importance of context to the development of the field A broad range of topics are covered, including skills, strategies and dispositions; local, regional and cross-national partnership development; opportunities and considerations for technology; and, future visions Countries covered include Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Columbia, Dubai, Ghana, Japan, Malaysia, South Africa, Turkey, the UK and the USA

The book forms part of the Bloomsbury Handbooks of Crises and Transformative Leadership in Higher Education collection, brought together by Mary Drinkwater

Bloomsbury Handbooks

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

352 Pages

• 25 bw illus

HB 9781350406278

• £140 00 / $190 00

PB 9781350406315

• £42 99 / $58 95

ePDF 9781350406285 • £126 00 / $171 00

ePub 9781350406292 • £126 00 / $171 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Bloomsbury Handbook of Values and Ethical Change in Transformative Leadership in Higher Education

Edited by Mary Drinkwater, University of Toronto, Canada & Yusef Waghid, Stellenbosch University, South Africa

The Bloomsbury Handbook of Values and Ethical Change in Transformative Leadership in Higher Education explores the theoretical and conceptual frameworks which can broaden and deepen an educational leader ’s knowledge and skill set related to values and ethical change in times of crises and change With contributions from five continents, the handbook brings together multi-contextual perspectives to the understanding and application of the theoretical and conceptual models in the field A broad range of leadership skills and approaches are explored, including collaborative, democratic, learning-centered, transactional, charismatic, transformative, transformational, Stieglerian nootechnologies, agency theory, and network leadership Countries covered include Australia, Brazil, Canada, Cyprus, India, Italy, Portugal, South Africa, and the UK

The book forms part of the The Bloomsbury Handbooks of Crises and Transformative Leadership in Higher Education collection, brought together by Mary Drinkwater

2ND EDITION

Association of School Business Officials International (ASBO)

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

184 Pages • 4 b/w figures

HB 9798881800093 • £65 00 / $120 00

PB 9798881800109 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9798881857691 • £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9798881800116 • £19 79 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

136 Pages 19 b/w figures

HB 9798216376262 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9798216376255 £22 99 / $30 95

ePDF 9798216376286 • £20 69 / $27 85

ePub 9798216376279 • £20 69 / $27 85

Bloomsbury Academic

Public School Finance Decoded A Straightforward Approach to Linking the Budget to Student Achievement, Second Edition Jay C Toland

Public School Finance Decoded, Second Edition demystifies one of education’s most complex and misunderstood topics how financial decisions shape student achievement Written from the perspective of an experienced chief financial officer, the book bridges the gap between finance officers, educators, and policymakers by translating budgets, audits, and ratios into clear, actionable strategies that drive learning results

This fully updated edition explores the financial ecosystem of public schools from staffing and school-level budgeting to transportation, child nutrition, maintenance, and technology Each chapter blends research, real-world data, and case studies drawn from actual district experiences, illustrating how effective financial leadership improves outcomes

Designed for both specialists and non-specialists, the book includes reflection prompts and discussion questions to support professional learning and graduate coursework With practical tools, federal funding updates (ESSER, Title programs), and efficiency indicators, Public School Finance Decoded empowers superintendents, principals, board members, and business officers to align every dollar with the district’s mission: advancing student achievement through sound financial stewardship

Principal Presence, Principal Mystique Five Systems to Prioritize Your Time and Implement Best Practices

Courtney Gober

Principal Presence is a practical, no-nonsense guide for school leaders who want to sharpen their focus on what matters most improving teaching and learning Designed for busy principals juggling competing demands, this book cuts through the noise to spotlight the five foundational systems every school needs to thrive: Communication, Collaboration, Lesson Planning, Instructional Snapshots, and Data Monitoring

Grounded in real-world leadership and built for immediate application, Principal Presence offers a clear framework for establishing and sustaining these systems to drive instructional excellence Readers will learn how to create structures that support teacher growth, foster accountability, and promote a culture of continuous improvement

In addition, the book provides actionable strategies for managing a professional calendar that aligns with instructional priorities By building predictability into the school day and ensuring regular monitoring of instruction and data, principals can reclaim their time and amplify their impact

Whether you’re a new or veteran school leader, Principal Presence equips you with the tools to lead with intention, build systems that stick, and stay consistently present where it counts most inside classrooms

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

328 Pages • 6 B/W Figures

HB 9798765162712 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9798765162729 £27 99 / $37 95

ePDF 9798765156599 • £25 19 / $34 15

ePub 9798765159781 • £25 19 / $34 15

Bloomsbury Academic

Advancing Higher Education

New Strategies for Fundraising, Philanthropy, and Engagement, Second Edition

Edited by Michael J Worth & Matthew T Lambert

The second edition of Advancing Higher Education: New Strategies for Fundraising, Philanthropy, and Engagement is a complete revision and update of the successful first edition It includes updated chapters on core advancement topics but also addresses new topics, for example, the integration of artificial intelligence and evolving institutional structures All authors are innovative and seasoned practitioners and influencers in advancement Chapters address such questions as “What is working now?” “Where are we going?” and “What will the future of advancement look like?”

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

240 Pages • 2 b/w figures

HB 9798216387350 • £120 00 / $100 00

PB 9798216387367 £27 99 / $37 95

ePDF 9798216387381 • £25 19 / $34 15

ePub 9798216387374 • £25 19 / $34 15

Bloomsbury Academic

The Art of School Board Leadership From the Boardroom to the Classroom Quintin Shepherd

The Art of School Board Leadership is a guide tailored for board members and superintendents in educational settings This book addresses governance complexities, emphasizing critical differences between "complex" and "complicated "decisions Through real-world scenarios, frameworks, and theoretical insights, it explores themes of transparency, fiduciary duty, continuous learning, ethical service, and succession planning The book seeks to empower education board members to enhance their effectiveness, navigate ethical dilemmas, and build resilient governance structures that serve students, educators, and the community

K-12 School Leadership Series

UK June 2026 US June 2026

152 Pages • 2 b/w image

HB 9781475874471 • £55 00 / $75 00

PB 9781475874488 £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9798765160824 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781475874495 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Bridging Leadership and School Improvement

Practical Strategies for School Improvement in International Contexts

Leslie Ann Locke, Sonya D Hayes, Natalie Rasmussen & Beatriz DeSantiagoFjelstad Edited by Jeffrey Glanz

Education faces global challenges such as inequality, access to quality education, and the integration of technology (Ainscow, 2020) By providing stories of school improvement in various international contexts, we aim to identify common issues and develop collaborative solutions We also aim to promote an understanding of how school leaders in different countries address these challenges, providing a broader perspective on potential strategies Because educational systems vary significantly across countries due to cultural, economic, and political differences, an international volume on how school leaders improve their schools allows for the sharing of best practices Additionally, successful leadership strategies from one country can be analyzed and potentially replicated in others

UK June 2026 US June 2026

248 Pages • 6 b/w figures

HB 9781475875072 • £90 00 / $90 00

PB 9781475875089 £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9798765165119 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781475875096 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Confessions of a School Board Member What

Every

Superintendent Needs to Know

Phil Gore

This book provides memorable, pithy anecdotes from one school board member ’s experience on the board It also weaves in amalgamations of other school board members and their sensemaking to illustrate points for the reader ’s understanding and application It includes empirical research completed in Washington state in 2016 to underscore the relevance and potential frequency of the observations and discussion points

UK September 2026 US September 2026

152 Pages

HB 9798765188507 £55 00 / $120 00

PB 9798765188514 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePub 9798216351764 £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Public School Education Foundations

Advancing Opportunity, Excellence, and Innovation

Michael J Worth, Sanjay K Pandey & Holly Kamm Wahl

This book will be a collection of brief case studies on foundations that raise funds and provide support to public school systems to enhance their programs and impact It will not include parent-teacher associations (PTAs) or parent-teacher organizations (PTOs), which typically raise funds for an individual school Rather, the foundations studied will be those that support school districts It will not focus on individual charter schools, although some district-wide foundations do support charters as well as traditional public schools It will not include private foundations that make grants to public schools (e g , Gates) but rather foundations created for the specific purpose of raising funds to supplement public funding of school systems The focus will be on the operation and impact of the foundations, rather than philanthropy more generally

COLLECTIONS

Critical Directions in Education, Technology, and Politics

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

224 Pages

HB 9781350506800 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350506794 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350506824 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350506817 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Teaching History Today and in the Future

UK July 2026

• US July 2026

208 Pages • 15 b/w figures

HB 9781475874563

• £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781475874570 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9798765161494 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781475874587

Bloomsbury Academic

• £22 49 / $31 45

Teaching Against the Machine

Critical Pedagogy in an Era of Artificial Intelligence

Alexander J Means

This book examines the entanglement of capitalism, technological acceleration and AI, and warns that they are eroding education as a means of collective intelligence

Alexander J Means shows how our desires, dreams, emotions, and psychic life have become the target of optimizing drives and algorithmic manipulation aimed at extracting value from thought and time He argues that this is leading to a disintegration of meaning, knowledge, and culture, allowing Fascism, fraud, racism, ecocide, and war to thrive in an environment of systemic nihilism and the collapse of memory into computation He examines how education has become a brand word and how education is being reduced to training in compliance and suggests ways to stop this trend Means draws on a range of theorists book including Franco Berardi, Alain Badiou, Byung-Hul Chan, Fredric Jameson and Achille Mbembe The book represents a warning against a life of fundamentalism, money, consumption, and power and argues that education should, in contradiction to the current trends, be equipping young people and adults with the tools to live a life filled with meaning and purpose

Accessible

Africa

Teaching and Learning About an Unfamiliar Past

Todd Cleveland & Michael G Panzer Edited by Mark Newman

Accessible Africa: Teaching and Learning About an Unfamiliar Past provides educators ranging from middle school to high school an accessible account of the major developments in African history, paired with pedagogical strategies and approaches related to teaching the continent’s past Based on decades of teaching African history at the collegiate and high school levels, it became clear to Cleveland and Panzer that most students had learned very little about Africa – beyond the Transatlantic Slave Trade – prior to arriving in their classrooms This absence is not surprising, as educators readily admit that they do not feel comfortable teaching about Africa because they feel both unqualified and uninformed Accessible Africa addresses these issues by providing both accessible content and associated teaching strategies related thoroughly the past 5,000 years of African history, up to and including contemporary developments on the continent Major historical themes include trade routes, slave trades, imperialism and colonialism, decolonization, and modern Africa

UK September 2026 US September 2026

144 Pages • 7 b/w figures

HB 9781475875010 £65 00 / $90 00

PB 9781475875027 • £23 99 / $32 95

ePDF 9798881868154 £21 59 / $29 65

ePub 9781475875034 • £21 59 / $29 65 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

328 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350539099 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350539051 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350539068 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350539075 £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Authentic Intelligence in Education

Reclaiming Real Learning in the Age of AI

Katie Alaniz

Authentic Intelligence in Education is a timely, insightful guide for educators, instructional designers, and administrators seeking to leverage AI while staying grounded in principles of meaningful, authentic learning Alaniz explores how to design learning experiences that transcend algorithmic processes, focusing on critical thinking, creativity, and real-world relevance From AI-powered assessments to ethical dilemmas in digital classrooms, this book offers practical strategies and researchbased frameworks to help educators lead with purpose in an AI-driven world

COLLECTIONS

Advances in Education for Sustainable Development and Global Citizenship

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

360 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350517851 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350517813 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350517820 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350517837 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Advising on and Making Education Policy

New Perspectives on Past and Present Procedures

Edited by Craig Skerritt, University of Manchester, UK

This book brings an eclectic mix of contributors from around the world together to share important insights about policy advice and policy making in education to give readers a better sense of what policy creation can entail, and who might be and how they might be involved Coming from a range of jurisdictions, the chapters in this book have been authored by people with important insights to share from their experiences of doing and researching policy advice and policy making in education: civil servants, consultants, knowledge mobilizers, school staff, and university-based researchers and teacher educators

While many chapters focus on policy advice and policy making at national and subnational levels, others challenge the common (mis)perception that policy making is confined to governments Thus, there are chapters that illustrate that education policy is produced in education institutions such as schools too Moreover, other chapters highlight how intermediary bodies and higher education academics are shaping education policy at various levels

Taken together the chapters in Advising on and Making Education Policy: New Perspectives on Past and Present Procedures reveal some of the inner workings of government departments, exemplify educators, students and parents as

Learning for a Just, Peaceful and Sustainable World

Edited by Douglas Bourn, IOE, UCL’s Faculty of Education and Society, University College London, UK & Alexis Stones

This book showcases current debates in the field of global education and learning and the importance of the Declaration on Global Education to 2050 It features chapters from academics, researchers, policy-makers and practitioners based in Australia, Canada, Finland, Germany, India, Ireland, Italy, Nigeria, Pakistan, Poland, Sweden and the UK who are working in the fields of global citizenship, education for sustainable development and peace and human rights education The chapters cover a range of topics that span formal, non-formal and informal learning spaces including gender justice, democracy, moral education, climate change policy, decolonizing global learning, PISA, the Sustainable Development Goals and the role of UNESCO The importance of learning about global issues and sustainable development has never been seen as more important than it is today This book addresses the big global issues of today, be they climate change, war and conflict, human rights, quality of learning and reducing global poverty

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 US July 2026

248 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350538993 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350538955 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350538962 £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350538979 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Gender and Education

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

320 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350541009 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350540705

• £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350540989 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350540736 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

272 Pages

HB 9781350576018 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350576001 £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350576025 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350576032 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Opportunities and Challenges for Policy Advice and Policy Making in Education Future Possibilities

Edited by Craig Skerritt, University of Manchester, UK

Despite mantras such as ‘evidence-based policy’ and ‘evidence-for-policy’, many working in and with an interest in education remain unconvinced that policies are truly underpinned by, to draw on an oft-used proclamation, ‘the best available evidence’ Thus, there have been growing calls for new ways of producing education policy This book is intended to make headway and add fuel to this movement A wide range of scholars have been assembled to make contributions to this book that are likely to be of interest to academics, politicians, civil servants, school staff, and other education professionals in the public, private, and voluntary sectors The book’s chapters reflect on opportunities and challenges for policy advice and policy making in education and, significantly, they put forward new possibilities for the future

The conversations, debates, and further research that this book ignites could prove fruitful over time, ultimately leading to more optimal policies

Gender, Race, Inequality and Student Friendship in Higher Education

A Terrain of Struggle

Ingrid E Castro, Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts, USA

With a qualitative case study of two university campuses in the United States, Ingrid E Castro examines experiences of students in forming and sustaining close interracial friendships

The data in this book are comprised of interviews with students conducted at two primarily white institutions in the early 2000s, and illuminate how women of various races struggled to find commonality across difference, particularly in relation to racism, white privilege, and experiences with stereotyping, everyday racism, and segregation on campuses Taking a feminist approach attending to gender, race and class inequality, Castro analyses the women's experiences with the benefit of contemporary frameworks and theories, including on gendered friendships, social media, parental protectionism, campus climate and race relations; and explores the social and academic spaces of campus, which include interest groups, classrooms, majors, and dorms, as sites of interaction The conclusion reflects on current DEI efforts on campuses in the U S , and suggests policy changes that can occur to better campus climate and increase the potential for interracial friendship formation for students A rich, honest and detailed account of relationships emerges with significant implications for the field of friendship studies and the sociology of higher education

Historicizing Academic Freedom On Universities, Scholarly Indeterminacy, and World Ordering

André Drainville

André Drainville gives a provocative intervention into discussions of academic freedom, showing its connection to the evolving social relations of knowledge and power over the last thousand years Rather than assuming that academic freedom is an established and well-defined, if threatened, right, Drainville historicizes the concept, understanding struggles for intellectual autonomy as part of the disputed, variously situated, processes of world ordering Tracing instances of the freedom to think, he sets out a materialist history of the evolving relations between economic and social orders and the conditions of knowledge production from 12th century China to contemporary US campuses

The book draws on black existentialism, English labor history, critical political economy; French structuralist state theory; theories of global patriarchy; structural anthropology; postcolonial theory Focussing on the little tradition of scholarly action, the book discusses two dozen moments in the development of the social relations of knowledge production that are not typically rendered as part of the (apparently) coherent and continuous dominant discourse of academic freedom These span historical contexts from the pre-capitalist world economies, the formation of modern capitalism, the post-World War 2 world ordering, to the contemporary ‘new knowledge economy’ In each case, Drainville highlights how distinct structures of world order opened up, or narrowed, possibilities for scholars to institute self-regulated relations of knowledge production and how scholars have time and again struggled for autonomy and indeterminacy

UK August 2026 US August 2026

200 Pages

HB 9798216438557

£90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798216438564 • £24 99 / $32 95

ePDF 9798216438571 £22 49 / $29 65

ePub 9798216438588 • £22 49 / $29 65

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

152 Pages • 12 b/w figures, 14 textboxes

HB 9798216375210 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798216375173 • £22 99 / $30 95

ePDF 9798216375180 • £20 69 / $27 85

ePub 9798216375197 £20 69 / $27 85

Bloomsbury Academic

Authenticating Intelligence

Preventing AI from Hijacking Education

Stephen J Aguilar

This book offers a clear headed roadmap for anyone concerned about the growing presence of generative artificial intelligence in schools and universities Written by Stephen J Aguilar, an education scholar and director of the USC Center for Generative AI & Society, the book blends rigorous research with vivid real world stories from early classroom TV experiments to today’s AI driven tutoring platforms

Aguilar frames AI as a sophisticated tool whose impact depends on three interacting elements: the users, the technology, and the surrounding context Drawing on philosophy, design theory, and decades of educational technology research, he explains how AI can enhance learning, personalize instruction, and free teachers to engage in deeper human interaction while also exposing pitfalls such as bias, academic integrity challenges, and widening equity gaps

Practical lists, case studies, and actionable recommendations equip educators, administrators, policymakers, and even curious parents with the knowledge to “authenticate” human intelligence, make informed decisions, and harness AI responsibly This balanced, accessible guide equips readers to navigate today’s AI infused classrooms and shape a future where technology amplifies not replaces human learning

BOR

Leveraging Artificial Intelligence to Transform Teacher Education Accreditation A Framework for Innovation and Equity

Beth Kubitskey, Anne Tapp Jaksa, Malina Monaco & Joseph Allen Pearson

This book explores how emerging technologies are reshaping the landscape of higher education quality assurance Focused on educator preparation programs (EPPs), this timely volume examines how AI tools can transform data-driven decisionmaking, streamline accreditation processes, and promote institutional equity and accountability

Written by accreditation experts, the book moves beyond technical explanations to address the human dimensions of AI ethics, fairness, transparency, and professional judgment Through real-world examples and research-based insights, it offers practical guidance for integrating AI responsibly into accreditation systems while maintaining the integrity of educational evaluation

From automated data analysis to predictive modeling and ethical oversight, the book highlights both the opportunities and risks of AI-driven transformation Grounded in current scholarship and informed by decades of accreditation practice, this work invites faculty, administrators, and policymakers to imagine a future where innovation and human judgment coexist to advance continuous improvement, educational quality, and professional integrity

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

160 Pages 5 tables

PB 9798216469179 • £21 99 / $29 95

HB 9781666976250 £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9798216269359 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781978767706 • £72 00 / $99 00

Lexington Books

Academia’s Dilemma

What to do about Artificial Intelligence?

Jo Renee Formicola, Seton Hall University, USA

Does artificial intelligence replicate human thinking, or just imitate it? How should academia, the epitome of intellectualism, respond to that question and its ramifications for the teaching profession? Veteran educator Jo Renee Formicola argues that if higher education is to survive the challenge of artificial intelligence then administrators, staff, faculty, and students have little choice but to cautiously adapt by merging traditional pedagogy with innovative digital tools

In an age of lucrative business deals, government policies, and pedagogical reforms that hasten institutional change, the value and impact of AI is as easy to overlook as it is to overstate Amid these conflicting assessments of AI’s role in the teaching-learning continuum, Formicola weighs its value against the power of personal human interaction in the classroom She examines AI as a worthwhile system to aggregate information and answer difficult research questions, but at the same time a step towards singularity of thought that can circumvent rigorous intellectual questioning and creativity Blending philosophical insight, pedagogical experience, and timely analysis, Formicola introduces a new framework for teaching that balances technological innovation with emotional intelligence

This book challenges educators and institutions to rethink their reliance on AI and embrace a more relational, studentcentered approach to learning

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Philosophy of Education

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

272 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350255227 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350255180 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781350255197 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350255203 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Teaching Values Whilst Respecting Difference

Christina Easton, Princeton University, USA

Should schools promote values to children? Most people are happy with schools teaching the value of kindness and that bullying is wrong But since 2014, schools in England have also been required to teach “British values”, including “democracy”, “liberty” and “mutual respect and tolerance” To the dismay of some parents and conservative religious groups, some schools are also teaching more controversial values: that it’s okay to be gay, for example, or that we must appreciate religious traditions that we regard as making mistakes about how to live Is this value-shaping justifiable in the liberal state? If so, what values may students be directed towards, and how may teachers in schools go about this? This book answers these questions by first defending a distinctive theoretical approach, ‘thin comprehensive liberalism’ This approach shows respect for persons by seeking minimally controversial justifications for policy and curricula, whilst also considering other important normative commitments such as protecting children from harm and securing their future equal political status This ultimately justifies a substantive and controversial values education The book also discusses the approach that should be taken to teaching values in schools Using the British values policy as a platform for discussion, it recommends that values education should become a compulsory, high-status subject, with dedicated curriculum time and taught by experts at managing discussions of controversial issues This change would help secure the welfare of children and a society where the free and equal status of all individuals is respected

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Handbooks

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

528 Pages

HB 9781350334106 • £150 00 / $200 00

PB 9781350334144 • £42 99 / $58 95

ePDF 9781350334113 • £135 00 / $180 00

ePub 9781350334120 • £135 00 / $180 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Bloomsbury Handbook of Continental Philosophy of Education

Edited by John Baldacchino, University of Wisconsin, USA & Herner Saeverot, Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway

This handbook is the first reference work to explore and define what continental philosophy of education is or could be, and what its boundaries are, serving as a point of entry for those who need an overview of the ideas in the field The book includes 34 chapters written by leading scholars based in Belgium, Canada, China, Croatia, Cyprus, Denmark, Finland, Germany, Hong Kong, Iceland, Ireland, Israel, Lithuania, the Netherlands, Norway, New Zealand, Sweden, Taiwan, the UK and the USA It is subdivided into three sections covering the metaphysics, ethics and aesthetics of education and the chapters focus on philosophical concepts such as otherness, empathy and personhood and problems including political influences on education and the limits of education The contributors discuss a range of continental thinkers and look at how their work has influenced the wider field of philosophy of education

Bloomsbury Inquiries in Philosophy and Education

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

240 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350433397 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350433427 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350433403 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350433410 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Teaching Historical Narratives

A Philosophical Inquiry into the Virtues of Historical Interpretation

Jon A Levisohn, Brandeis University,

USA

With this book Jon Levisohn argues that current history education is set up in a way that sees students of history at one end of a continuum with the academic experts in the field of history at the other, and where the goal of history education is to help students to think like historians

Building on a critical engagement with Carl Hempel, Hayden White, and David Carr, as well as contemporary work in virtue epistemology, Levisohn proposes a new theory of historiography which serves as a set of guidelines for the teaching and learning of history According to the theory, the work of historiography is best characterized as a negotiation among narratives, weaving together received narratives with new information and ideas in order to construct a new narrative This negotiation happens with a particular orientation towards negative evidence or ‘flexible disconfirmationism , and is assessed according to the openness, sensitivity, responsibility, creativity, boldness and humility, i e the virtues of historical interpretation The book rethinks the work of history education, offering new ways of thinking about the goals of the teaching of history, namely, in terms of the cultivation of the interpretive virtues

COLLECTIONS NEW IN PB

Bloomsbury Inquiries in Philosophy and Education

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

288 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350433359 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350433380 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350433366 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350433373 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Inquiries in Philosophy and Education

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

186 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350504462 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781350504509 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350504479 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781350504486 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

What's the Good of Education?

A Philosophy of Persons in Practices

Joseph Dunne, Dublin City University, Ireland

An Irish Times Best Book for Summer 2025

In this book Joseph Dunne exposes the damage done by obsession with measurable outcomes in schools and universities He argues for an education that respects the interpersonal fabric of learning and teaching, and that takes account of difficulties in late modern societies regarding childhood, citizenship, the relative prestige accorded to different kinds of knowledge, and the forging by individuals of a coherent identity across a whole life-course To ask about good education, he claims, is necessarily to pose the larger question of the human good Central to the book is a concern to elucidate the kind of practices that can best help persons to pursue this good, a concern that deepens through reflection in the final chapters on the challenges and fulfilments opened by the spiritual dimension of human life Making his case in a series of inter-related essays, Dunne draws on his decades-long experience in teacher-education, informed by a reading of classical Greek philosophy and of several recent thinkers – including Raimond Gaita, Alasdair MacIntyre, Iris Murdoch and Charles Taylor – who are key conversation partners throughout

Stanley Cavell and Education Voice, Seriousness and Drama

Adrian Skilbeck, University of Winchester, UK

This book explores the themes of seriousness and human voice in education, drawing on the work of the American philosopher Stanley Cavell

Cavell’s views on culture, the arts, politics, morality, judgement, vulnerability, and the need for people to find something they can be sincere and serious in, are discussed in relation to education The book represents a reappraisal of seriousness in education, art and philosophy, getting to the heart of what matters in education beyond ideology Drawing on examples from film, theatre, literature and educational practice, it provides a philosophical analysis of conventional assumptions of educational seriousness It offers an analysis of the central importance of voice and expression in education for both learners and teachers in terms of what it means to speak authentically; both literally, in conversation, and through forms of artistic expression Carefully chosen examples offer insights into the value of drama in education for understanding the way in which we each inhabit a voice and body and give it expression Cavell’s work is brought into conversation with a number of philosophers, with Austin, Dewey, Derrida and Wittgenstein all contributing to a reappraisal of what it means to be serious and how slippery and elusive this can be

COLLECTIONS

BFI Film Classics

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

112 Pages • 60 bw illus

PB 9781839029592 • £12 99 / $17 95

ePDF 9781839029615 • £11 69 / $16 15

ePub 9781839029608 • £11 69 / $16 15

British Film Institute

COLLECTIONS

Global East Asian Screen Cultures

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

328 Pages • 30 bw illus

HB 9781350514447 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350514430 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350514461 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350514478 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Global East Asian Screen Cultures

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

328 Pages • 40 bw illus

PB 9781350465602 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350465565 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350465589 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350465572 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Soleil Ô

Noah Tsika, Queens College, CUNY, USA

Med Hondo’s debut feature, Soleil Ô (1970), follows an unnamed African immigrant as he travels to Paris in search of work and a better life Instead, he faces unemployment, exploitation and a deep sense of isolation from French society Told through a non-linear structure and blending surrealist and satirical elements, the film is a searing critique of racism and the broader legacies of colonialism

Noah Tsika’s study situates Soleil Ô within its historical and political contexts, as well as within Hondo’s broader career and lifelong commitment to anti-colonial principles He considers the film’s depiction of the modern exilic experience as a cinematic response to anti-immigrant rhetoric and nativist sentiment in France Tsika also traces the film’s lengthy five-year production, examining Hondo’s guerrilla film-making tactics through which he staged scripted scenes on the teeming streets of Paris and captured the immediate reactions of perplexed passers-by

In doing so, Tsika suggests that by using the devices of documentary to tell a fictional story, and the devices of fiction to document a precise, seismic moment in world history, Soleil Ô daringly extends the techniques of film-makers such as Paulin Soumanou Vieyra and Ousmane Sembene into narrative, thematic and political terrain not previously encountered in African cinemas

The Cinema of Ann Hui

Aesthetics, Gender, and Displacement

Edited by Zhaoyu Zhu, University of Nottingham Ningbo, China, Weiting Fan, Chongqing University, China & Xueyan Cheng, National University of Singapore, Singapore

A central figure in Hong Kong cinema since her debut with The Secret (1979), Ann Hui was awarded the Golden Lion for Lifetime Achievement at the 77th Venice International Film Festival in 2020 This book explores her distinctive narrative strategies and visual style, with particular attention to gender representation and the depiction of displacement within diasporic communities Bringing together essays by an international group of contributors, the volume offers a comprehensive analysis of Hui's filmmaking, from early televisual works such as The Boy from Vietnam (1978), to her recent documentary Elegies (2023) The chapters situate her formal and aesthetic choices within the specific historical and cultural conditions of Hong Kong and its film industry, demonstrating how her cinema is shaped by, and responds to, these contexts

The book also explores Hui's sustained engagement with gender and sexuality in films including Summer Snow (1995), All About Love (2010) and Our Time Will Come (2017), underscoring her creative agency as a female auteur By reworking Chinese aesthetic traditions to reimagine femininity and female subjectivity, Hui’s films are positioned here as open-ended and multifaceted In doing so, the volume deepens our understanding of Hong Kong and Chinese-language cinema, the representation of women on screen, and the ongoing reconfiguration of Hong Kong’s cultural identity through the work of a globally recognised filmmaker

Exploring Isekai

Mapping Worlds through Anime, Manga, and Light Novels

Edited by William B Ashbaugh & Shintaro Mizushima

Exploring Isekai offers the first comprehensive study of isekai in anime, manga and light novels in which characters from the “real world” are transported, summoned, reincarnated or trapped in fantastical realms

Challenging the misconception that isekai is mere escapism, the volume brings together an international group of contributors to consider how the genre reflects contemporary anxieties, desires and social structures through game-like world-building, moral frameworks and recurring underdog heroes Examining classics like Spirited Away (2001) alongside globally popular series such as That Time I Got Reincarnated as a Slime (2013–25) and Overlord (2015–), the volume traces the thematic and aesthetic evolution of isekai, revealing how these narratives reimagine identity, labour and belonging in an increasingly digital and transnational world

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 US July 2026

208 Pages • 18 b&w illus

PB 9781350613645 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350105874 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350105898 £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350105881 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Audio-Visual Media and Archives: Histories, Theories and Practices

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

256 Pages • 65 bw illus

HB 9781839026898 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781839026935 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781839026911 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781839026904 • £76 50 / $103 50

British Film Institute

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

288 Pages 110 bw illus

HB 9798765110287 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798765110294 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9798765110317 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798765110300 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The European Film Festival Carnival, Audiences and Spaces

Dorota Ostrowska, Birkbeck College, University of London, UK

To live through a film festival is to live through an intensive emotive experience Although some aspects of the film festival experience have changed over a long history of film festival cultures there are others that remain constant: an effort emotional and physical to attend a festival, excitement or festival buzz of being part of a festival, a sense of community of viewers rooted in the individual response to films, and the impact of seeing a film in the festival environment which ranges from pleasurable and inspiration through boring to outrages and abject

Dorota Ostrowska’s book explores the uniqueness of this festival experience for the diverse festival audiences through the concept of festive chronotopes It argues the importance of space for our understanding of festival experience as it is this space, intimate and collective, that shapes film festival programmes, moulds curational and programming practice and critical response, and drives the desire for the festive experience to be repeated and reinvented on annual basis The book explores the idea of festive chronotopes in relation to a myriad of European film festivals, international, human rights, documentary and migrant, each of which is seen as a manifestation of a particular festive chronotope: imaginary, utopic, crisis, migrant and indigenous Each of the chronotopes is presented as an expression of a different set of spatial relationships that bound the place, audiences and films of a film festival together

NEW IN PB

The Enchanting Kinora Domesticating Moving Images in Edwardian Britain

Elizabeth Evans, University of Nottingham, UK

Marketed as more affordable and safer than film cameras, the Kinora system, launched in 1903, was one of the first amateur filmmaking devices and represents one of the earliest attempts to create a domestic market for moving images

In The Enchanting Kinora, Elizabeth Evans examines the Kinora in its technological, industrial and socio-cultural context to explore how early attempts to domesticate moving images were configured She closely analyses 84 previously unexamined Kinora reels, filmed using the early motion picture device between 1908-1913 and held by the Smedley Collection These include 23 reels that were produced for public consumption and others that were meant solely for private viewing by the Smedley family She goes on to consider the reels as material objects, examining not only their content, but also how the collection was preserved and catalogued by members of the family Finally, she reflects on her own connection to the reels as the Smedleys’ great-granddaughter

In doing so, Evans expands our understanding of moving images’ emergence as part of a wider network of cultural practices in Edwardian Britain that featured within domestic as well as public and professional spaces

British Masculinity in Transatlantic Cinema

Ronald Colman and Basil Rathbone

Carolyn Owen-King, Independent Scholar, UK

British Masculinity in Transatlantic Cinema explores the Hollywood careers and stardom of British male actors who had fought in the first World War

In an apparently incongruous development in the years after the armistice, some of the men who fought in Scottish regiments during World War I found some degree of career success in Hollywood’s film industry, two of which included Ronald Colman and Basil Rathbone Through exploring transatlantic film history, this book uncovers the ways in which these men were presented in media and on screen, arguing that they carry with them, even in films made at the height of censorship, an appealing and attractive queerness Owen-King expands on Eve Kosofsky Sedgewick’s theory of homosocial/homosexual continuum and offer readings of film texts that use her theories to survey gender and sexual identities within Hollywood’s Golden Era

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

248 Pages

HB 9798765101018 £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798765101056 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9798765101032 £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798765101025 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Revolution of Indian Parallel Cinema in the Global South (1968–1995) From Feminism to Iconoclasm

Omar Ahmed, Freelance Film Scholar & Curator, UK

Drawing from over a decade of research and writings, this book takes you on an epic journey through the history of Indian Parallel Cinema (1968 – 1995)

India, the late 1960s A film manifesto penned by passionate cinephiles called for a new cinema An exciting generation of iconoclastic filmmakers were the first to graduate from the newly incarnated Film and Television Institute of India, seizing the moment to forge one of the first major post-colonial film movements What emerged was an unprecedented level of creativity, merging international influences with experimental, indigenous styles, and creating an aesthetic and thematic rupture, and that ultimately led to new ways of making films This is the story of Indian Parallel Cinema

From auteurs like Mani Kaul and John Abraham to Smita Patil and Om Puri, this book explores the origins, evolution, demise and legacy of a film movement that produced a pantheon of innovative filmmakers, in excess of two hundred films and a distinctly regional identity in which film societies, state funding and political insurgency were catalysts for a defiant, radical dialogue, much of it anti-establishment, that broke all the rules This publication considers the ways in which Parallel Cinema narrated a new ‘history from below’, using a range of case studies that includes Uski Roti, Mirch Masala and Amma Ariyan

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

320 Pages • 31 bw illus

HB 9798765120620

• £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798765120637 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9798765120651 • £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9798765120668 £19 79 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Los Angeles and Film

A Cultural History of 20th-Century Hollywood

John Trafton, Occidental College, USA

This book explores the history of Los Angeles cinema and the complex relationship that American film has had with its host city throughout history

It is impossible to talk about the City of Angels without talking about its movie business The history of American cinema is so intertwined with Los Angeles that the term “Hollywood” is used interchangeably with “American film” worldwide From the early 20th-century migration of film pioneers from the East Coast to the emergence of local subcultures and global genres, John Trafton traces how the city has been imagined by insiders and outsiders alike

Key case studies include the L A Rebellion School, disaster cinema, and the intersections of independent cinema with the music scene and VHS culture The book culminates in an exploration of Los Angeles neorealist cinema – a form that centers marginalized voices and challenges the myth of Hollywood glamour

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

256 Pages 25 bw illus

PB 9798216460169 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666934618 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216258049 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978769397 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Reframing the Long 1960s on British Screens

Masculinity, Crime and Nostalgia

Estella Tincknell, University of the West of England, UK

Estella Tincknell explores representations of gender, violence, race and desire in British crime films and television series made during or about “the long 1960s,” contending that our understanding of this period is marked primarily by tensions between nostalgic myths of masculinity, power and whiteness and modern interpretations that challenge those dominant narratives

Tincknell blends cultural analysis and original research with close reading to examine a wide variety of crime subgenres from police procedurals and heist films to gangster tales and thrillers, comparing the approaches of historic texts like Frenzy (1972) and The Sweeney (1975–1978) with those of contemporary period dramas like The Trial of Christine Keeler (2019) and Endeavour (2012–2023) By examining changing representations of the police and the criminal between texts made during that time and texts set during that time for a twenty-first-century audience, Tincknell identifies the intersections between text, genre, nostalgia and popular memory as she traces how myths about crime are represented and recirculated over time

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

224 Pages • 1 bw illus

PB 9798765137932 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798765137949 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798765137963 £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798765137970 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Thinking Cinema

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

296 Pages • 25 bw illus

PB 9798765162958

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798765162941

• £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798765162972 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798765162989 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Handbooks

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

376 Pages • 31 bw illus

HB 9798765102824 • £140 00 / $190 00

PB 9798765102862 • £39 99 / $54 95

ePDF 9798765102848 • £126 00 / $171 00

ePub 9798765102831 • £126 00 / $171 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Figuring the Contemporary in US Popular Cinema, 1967-2022

Genre, History, Event

Eric D Smith, University of Alabama in Huntsville, USA

Eric D Smith explores how popular film offers us frameworks through which to historicize the present and to imagine alternative futures in the opacity of the contemporary moment

This book offers an original way to interpret the contemporary as form, presenting the idea of contemporaneity as historical concept and not simply as "period" in the temporal sense It explores how we might historize our current critical preoccupation with the seeming immediacy of the present This study offers a nuanced set of theoretical interventions and critical analyses tracking how a dominant cultural logic has unfolded over the last six decades by way of the historical evolution of popular cinematic form

In a "postmodern," "posthistorical" present, the representation of history must assume the forms of inherited plots and familiar genres periodized formalizations from another time that must ultimately fail to address our own but through which failures and disjunctures the Real of history nonetheless appears in negative relief This book is therefore about how we might (and must) figure the elusive history of the contemporary by way of such reified, secondhand cultural forms in their spaces of overlap or hybridization or in their failed generic closure

Screening Technology, Theorizing Posthumanism

Humanness and Embodiment in Science Fiction Film and Television

Liam Rogers, Bournemouth University, UK

Liam Rogers examines how embodiments of technological life come to be inscribed with qualities of humanness across mainstream film and television, so as to understand the ways in which posthumanism emerges onscreen

In order to make sense of the wide-ranging social, ethical and philosophical ramifications of such technologies, cultural commentators, researchers and philosophers are turning to science-fiction for answers This book considers how film and television respond to the question: what does it mean to be human in an age of technological crisis?

Rogers makes the case for a film-and-television-philosophy approach to examine what mainstream science-fiction can offer posthumanism in its technoscientific visions of the future Through close readings of popular films such as Her (2013), WALL-E (2008) and CHAPPiE (2015), as well as series like Black Mirror (2011-present) and My Holo Love (2020), it considers what it might mean to theorize posthumanism onscreen, what screening technology looks like, and, more importantly, why it matters In doing so, this book casts posthumanism’s relationship to screened media in new light It demonstrates the audio-visual ways in which films and television series navigate us through the current technoscientific landscape by offering us distinctly paradoxical theorizations of what it means to be human

The Bloomsbury Handbook of North Korean Cinema

Edited by Travis Workman, University of Minnesota, Twin Cities, USA, Dong Hoon Kim, University of Oregon, USA & Immanuel Kim, The George Washington University, USA

This first handbook on North Korean cinema contests the assumption that North Korean film is “unwatchable,” in terms of both quality and accessibility, refusing to reduce North Korean cinema to political propaganda and focusing on its aesthetic forms and cultural meanings

Since its founding in 1948, the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (North Korea) has played diverse roles: a Cold War communist threat to the US, the other half of a divided nation to South Korea, an ally to the Soviet Union and China, one model for anti-colonialism to national liberation movements, an exotic political and cultural anomaly in the era of globalization

This handbook provides a solid and diverse foundation for the expanding scholarship on North Korean cinema It is also a road map for connecting this field to broader issues in film and media studies: film history, affect and ideology, genre, and transnational cinema cultures By connecting the worlds of North Korean cinema to broader questions in global cinema studies, this book explores the complexity of a national cinema too often reduced to a single image

COLLECTIONS

Thinking Media

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

272 Pages • 61 bw illus + 3 line drawings

PB 9798765125113

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798765125106

• £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798765125137

ePub 9798765125144

Bloomsbury Academic

• £81 00 / $108 00

• £81 00 / $108 00

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

272 Pages

PB 9798216383420 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798216383437 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216383451 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798216383468 £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Animation: Key Films/Filmmakers

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

192 Pages • 30 bw illus

HB 9798765113615 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798765113608 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9798765113639 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798765113646 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The New-Wave Cinema

Evolution of Society’s Art System

Golnaz Sarkar-Farshi, Philipps-University Marburg,

Germany

This book introduces a novel conceptualization of “new-wave cinema” as a borderless phenomenon, akin to a “wave” that crashes upon established film aesthetics in a certain society Using Niklas Luhmann's systems theory, the book explores the correlation between the rise of new-wave cinema and the societal conflicts contemporaneous with its inception

The term “new-wave cinema,” historically attributed by film critics to specific film collections within different societies, has lacked universal applicability in film scholarship This book identifies the defining criterion of the new wave not solely within its specific aesthetics but in the transformative “break” that these aesthetic properties effectuate upon the prevailing filmic communication This “break” extends beyond singular films, manifesting within a substantial cohort, thereby justifying the label “wave ” Notably, this “wave” does not materialize as a result of a collective decision by filmmakers but rather in correlation with the societal “contradictions and conflicts” prevailing during the emergence of new-wave films This book delineates how the resonance of societal contradictions and conflicts in films, as a subsystem of art, can catalyze three different reactions to existing aesthetic and narrative traditions, thereby giving birth to new cinematic waves The analysis concentrates on three paradigmatic new-wave cinemas spanning three continents, namely New German Cinema, New Hollywood, and New Iranian Cinema

Animated Queerness

LGBTQIA+ Representation in Animated Media

Edited by Sotiris Petridis, Hellenic Open University, Greece

In Animated Queerness: LGBTQIA+ Representation in Animated Media, scholars from different fields come together to examine the ways and mechanisms animated films represent, suppress, encode, and celebrate queer narratives

This edited volume traces LGBTQIA+ animated audiovisual works across multiple decades, genres, and media platforms, while it explores implicit and explicit representation, fan creativity and intervention, corporate and social censorship, and global circulation

The volume is divided into four parts Part I includes historical and transnational approaches that highlight the queer legacies of creators such as Tove Jansson and Kunihiko Ikuhara Part II examines how audiences use fan-made content and interpretative techniques to change canonical narratives Part III analyzes global politics of representation, including censorship and intersectionality Finally, Part IV studies the ways contemporary animated audiovisual works experiment with queer futurities, posthumanism, and alternative temporalities In bringing these essays together, this book argues that animation provides a fruitful space for creating queer worlds in which characters, storylines, and audiences perform fluid identities and imagine new modes of connection and empathy

The Nightmare Before Christmas

Edited by Filipa Antunes, University of East Anglia, UK, Brittany Eldridge, Pennsylvania State University, York, USA & Rebecca Williams, University of South Wales, Wales

This edited collection considers The Nightmare Before Christmas as a milestone in animation and film history, considering the different layers of meaning and history of the film from pre-production to the present day.

The Nightmare Before Christmas (Henry Selick, 1993) has become a key point of reference in negotiations of genre and the boundaries between mainstream and cult cultures, both on screen and in the spaces of fandom, and in original and retrospective reception contexts where it often becomes tangled with nostalgia Contributors to this edited collection consider the film as a cultural object with significant impact on animation, representations of family and horror, and fandom and subcultures Covering topics including representations of fairy tales, Christmas media, cultural appropriation, family horror, merchandise, theme parks, and food, this work explores the film’s ongoing cultural impact

COLLECTIONS

Timecodes

UK September 2026

• US August 2026

152 Pages

• 13 bw illus

HB 9798216374152

• £60 00 / $80 00

PB 9798216374145 • £17 99 / $24 95

ePDF 9798216374176 • £16 19 / $22 45

ePub 9798216374183 • £16 19 / $22 45

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Timecodes

UK September 2026

152 Pages

HB 9798216373407

• US August 2026

• £60 00 / $80 00

PB 9798216373391 • £17 99 / $24 95

ePDF 9798216373438 • £16 19 / $22 45

ePub 9798216373452 • £16 19 / $22 45

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

208 Pages 15 bw illus

HB 9781501366147 • £80 00 / $110 00

PB 9798765121900 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781501366161 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781501366154 • £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Point Break

Movies Minute by Minute

Stephen Lee Naish, Independent scholar, Canada

A minute-by-minute analysis of Kathryn Bigelow’s 1991 film, Point Break

Director Kathryn Bigelow’s film, Point Break (1991), follows rookie FBI agent Johnny Utah (Keanu Reeves) as he goes undercover to infiltrate the Los Angeles surfing community in order to dig up leads on a gang of bank robbers, who go by the name 'The Ex Presidents', due to their donning of rubber masks of former U S Presidents (Carter, Johnson, Nixon, Reagan) Although Utah at first sees this assignment as a way to test his metal within his new department, the surfer lifestyle, and the relationships he develops with his surf instructor, Tyler (Lori Petty), and his surf guru/potential suspect, Bodhi (Patrick Swayze), begins to change his perception and his passions in life

On the surface, this film feels like a straight-up heist/buddy/cop procedural movie, infused with extreme sports, and 1980s action movie tropes; however, thanks to Bigelow’s kinetic directorial style, its use of surf culture, hard rock soundtrack, dynamic relationships that entwine romance, friendship, homoeroticism, paternal, and infatuation, quotable dialogue, and extraordinary surf scenes, place it firmly with the trend of 1990s action cinema Point Break acts like a time capsule of a bygone era and, simultaneously, a beacon for what lay ahead in the coming decades

Sisters

Movies Minute by Minute

Johanna Isaacson, Modesto Junior College, USA

A minute-by-minute analysis of Brian De Palma’s 1972 horror film, Sisters, weaving in Marxist feminist theory to foreground an appreciation of the film and bid for its enduring relevance for feminists, despite controversy surrounding its director

Sisters is one of De Palma’s most extraordinary and important films, and yet it is often disregarded, misunderstood, or underestimated The two main characters, Grace and Danielle, represent the second-wave feminist desire for professional autonomy and women’s psychosexual oppression, respectively Yet, this reading seems at odds with the abundant accusations of misogyny and transphobia De Palma has drawn throughout his directing career Each of this book’s 100 vignette chapters makes the case that whatever De Palma’s attitudes and intents, Sisters is a revelatory film for feminists, both for its formal diagnosis and estrangement of conventional gendered relationships under capitalism and for its absorption and reflection of the social contradictions of its moment

Contemporary Directors’ Cinema

Jacob Leigh, Royal Holloway, University of London, UK

Contemporary Directors’ Cinema refreshes the argument about the role of the director through the practice of evaluative criticism The book identifies what makes nine recent films successful achievements by their directors and collaborators.

Each chapter gives some context for the director ’s work, but the central argument focuses on the style, form and themes of each film, while explicating aspects of point of view and tone Contemporary Directors’ Cinema argues that in each of its nine case studies the director ’s work is central to the achievement of economy, unity, eloquence, subtlety, depth, vigour, vividness and intensity By offering critical readings of nine films from mainstream film culture, Contemporary Directors’ Cinema demonstrates that cinema remains vital as a directors’ medium

The films discussed in this book are: Pain and Glory (2019); Shoplifters (2018); Parasite (2019); The White Ribbon (2009); Les Chansons d'amour (2007); The Bling Ring (2013); The Great Beauty (2013); Leviathan (2014); and Winter Sleep (2014)

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

288 Pages • 5 tables

PB 9798216470274

£28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666970371 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216269120 £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978767911 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Challenging Representation and Genre in True Crime Media

The

Power of Disruptive Storytelling

Edited by Amy R May, Leandra Hinojosa Hernández & Victoria McDermott

Contributors explore how true crime media creators and audiences can disrupt traditional approaches to storytelling in the creation, promotion, and consumption of the genre, raising critical questions about power structures including ethics, representation, and voice.

Traditional approaches to true crime narratives follow a formulaic story arc that is often exploitative in nature, typically foregrounding the lived experiences of the perpetrator and the rationalizations for their crimes and told through the lens of law enforcement Contributors qualitatively analyze a variety of digitally mediated true crime content including news discourses, podcasts like Last Podcast on the Left, and television series like The People v O J Simpson: American Crime Story to illuminate the significant limitations of this approach Rather than taking a negative stance, however, this volume instead emphasizes the possibilities that this genre has to offer by challenging scholars, practitioners, and educators to rethink their own place in the current landscape How can we as creators, consumers, and critics harness true crime narratives in ways that honor victims and communities, uphold accurate and respectful representations, challenge dominant narratives within criminal justice, and ultimately transform the true crime genre through innovation?

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

280 Pages • 15 bw illus

PB 9798216370536 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798216370505 • £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9798216370550 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9798216370567 £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Masculinities in American Cinema

The Evolution of Male Stardom, 1909–1941

Stephen Sharot, Ben Gurion University of the Negev

Stephen Sharot traces the evolution of male stardom from its beginnings in 1909 through the United States’ entrance into World War II in 1941, highlighting the influence of a changing American society on masculine identity and ideals

Drawing on conceptual frameworks from both sociology and film studies including hegemonic masculinity, the civilizing process, and star studies, Sharot analyzes the various masculinities adopted by male stars like Eugene O’Brien, Robert Montgomery, and Conway Tearle, among others In doing so, he demonstrates the integral relationship between trends in masculine personas, shifting gender relations, and changes to the nature of work and the labor force As constructions and articulations of masculinity among emergent classes were transformed, he contends, so too were their representations

While individual agency and ideology were significant factors in the formation of these personas, Sharot also situates them within the context of the film industry s “star machine, emphasizing the influential role of major studios and the largely manufactured and (re)producible nature of stardom

COLLECTIONS

Library of Gender and Popular Culture

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

240 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350383364 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350383357 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350383388 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350383371 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Screening Siblings in Contemporary American Film Katie Barnett, University of Chester, UK

Siblings are everywhere in film, but their place in cinema has largely gone unstudied This book turns attention to the brother–sister dynamic on screen and the many ways it shapes how stories are told

Screening Siblings in Contemporary American Film offers the first sustained analysis of how sibling relationships have shaped some of the most influential films of the twenty-first century Exploring popular films such as Bring it On (2000), Legally Blonde (2001), Frozen (2013), Jurassic World (2015), and Black Panther (2018), Katie Barnett uncovers how contemporary cinema uses sisters and brothers to explore gender, family, grief, and identity She shows how teen movies use siblings to construct ‘safe’ romances for girls while reinforcing older brother gatekeepers, how depictions of sororities both challenge and reproduce dominant ideas of femininity, and how on-screen fraternities reveal anxieties around troubled masculinity

Barnett also explores how siblings, particularly twins, are utilized in contemporary horror to explore parental failure, grief and disturbed identity, and how representations of dysfunctional adult siblings are used to address loss and the impact of family identity on the self

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 US March 2026

268 Pages • 15 b/w illustrations

HB 9781793627032 £85 00 / $110 00

PB 9781793627056 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781978755284 £26 09 / $35 95

ePub 9781793627049 • £26 09 / $35 95

Lexington Books

Speculative Film and Moving Images by or about Black Women and Girls Watch It!

Karima K Jeffrey-Legette

Speculative Film and Moving Images by or about Black Women and Girls: Watch It! examines depictions of Africandescended women and girls in 20th and 21st-century filmmaking.

Topics include a discursive analysis of stereotypes; roles garnered by Halle Berry, the only Black woman to receive an Oscar for Best Actress in a Leading Role; the promise of characters, relationships, and scripts found in works ranging from Altered Carbon, Lovecraft Country, and HBO’s Watchmen series; and a closing chapter that considers the legacy of Black women in horror

Jeffrey-Legette illustrates the ways in which recent texts explore the trauma endured by people of African descent in the United States of America in evocative ways In doing so, she provides a compelling interpretation of prevalent, well-received, and recurring images of Black women and girls in American popular culture

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

416 Pages • 75 bw illus

HB 9798765140758 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798765140741 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9798765140772 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9798765140789 £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

American Film and the Culture Wars Battleground in the Trump Era

Terence McSweeney, Solent University, UK

Terence McSweeney explores the relationship between American cinema and what many have referred to as the “Trump era,” the “Trump age,” or even the “Trump phenomenon ”

This book contends that American cinema offers an insight into this fractious period and emerged as one of the primary battlegrounds on which a war of interpretation was fought, a frontline in what many refer to as the “culture wars ” This resulted in a body of films which should not be regarded as disposable entertainment, but rather as visceral cultural artefacts which reflect, engage with, and have even been able to influence the tumultuous period in a range of palpable ways Films discussed include: Sound of Freedom (2023), Top Gun: Maverick (2022), Get Out (2017), Superman (2025), Sicario: Day of the Soldado (2018), 13 Hours: The Secret Soldiers of Benghazi (2016), and The Hunt (2020), among many others

McSweeney interrogates how American film emerged as a striking manifestation of the political and historical moment in which they were formed: engaging with a broad tapestry of social movements (Black Lives Matter [2013-], Me Too [2017-], and Times Up [2018-]); genres (superhero, horror, action, science fiction film); and key issues, debates, and events (gun control, abortion, religion)

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

184 Pages 8 bw illus

HB 9781501332975 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9798765113134 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781501332999 • £67 50 / $90 00

ePub 9781501332982 • £67 50 / $90 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Attachment Film, Emotion, and Cognition

Mette Kramer, Independent Scholar, Denmark

Attachment Film, Emotion, and Cognition is a bold intervention that seeks to center the bodily and affective dimensions of film traditionally regarded as “feminine”

The author uses attachment theory in an interdisciplinary framework with an emphasis on biology and a species-based understanding of pro-social behavior to approach films about attachment motivations

By blending affective and cognitive neuroscience research with tendencies deeply embedded in the humanities, this book makes a major contribution to the field of cognitive film theory The focus on attachment theory also makes a meta-generic address via its focus on romance and melodrama that makes it useful for other narratives that overlap affective and generic boundaries The book presents a model of attachment-film experiences with its inbuilt shifts in affective and cognitive regulative processes and makes an ambitious case for how engagement with attachment film viewing can be understood from both a universal and an individual perspective

288

£30 00 / $40 00

ePDF 9798216200710 • £27 00 / $36 00

ePub 9798216200703 £27 00 / $36 00

Bloomsbury Academic

100 Years of Laughter

American Comedy in the Twentieth Century

Garry Berman, Entertainment Historian and Freelance Writer

A comprehensive look at how comedy evolved across mediums throughout the twentieth century

Garry Berman celebrates a beloved genre, revisiting how audiences enjoyed comedy across the decades from vaudeville and radio to film and television, and more From early pioneers such as Charlie Chaplin to comedy groups like The Three Stooges and trailblazing women such as Lucille Ball to stand-up comedians like Jerry Seinfeld, Berman chronicles how everything from new ways of consuming media, political upheaval, changes in taste, and diversity of performers have shaped the comedy landscape of today He charts an insightful and humorous narrative that features reviews and comments by critics and observers, as well as insights from the comedians themselves

The book includes fascinating stories and fun tidbits behind not only the top comedians but also those who faded from public attention but are equally deserving of recognition for their comedic contributions Also discussed are often-overlooked aspects of comedy history from how comedians needed to adapt their skills to advances in technology to how the comedy world responded to major tragedies such as the Pearl Harbor attack and 9/11, and special topics such as the most popular gags, comedy couples, the rise of sitcoms, and the staying power of Saturday Night Live

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

248 Pages

HB 9798216370666 • £24 99 / $34 00

ePDF 9798216370680 • £22 49 / $30 60

ePub 9798216370673 • £22 49 / $30 60

Bloomsbury Academic COLLECTIONS

Studies in Disney and Culture

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

360 Pages

PB 9798216460664

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666975505 • £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9798216253921 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781978771789 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Myth-Made Machines

The Stories Behind Artificial Intelligence

Dave Bradley, journalist & Kelly Vero, video game programming

A fascinating exploration of how our understanding of artificial intelligence has evolved across centuries as depicted through the stories and media we create Myth-Made Machines: The Stories Behind Artificial Intelligence explores humanity’s complex relationship with artificial intelligence through the lens of our cultural imagination From ancient myths of automata to today’s disruptive technologies, this book traces AI’s evolution in our collective consciousness The narrative weaves through centuries of literature, film, and philosophical thought, examining what people believe about the machines that will assist or perhaps replace them Organized historically, it explores how Mary Shelley’s Frankenstein, Fritz Lang’s Metropolis, and contemporary works like The Matrix and Black Mirror have shaped our hopes and fears about machine intelligence, even as we embrace the likes of ChatGPT in the workplace

Dave Bradley and Kelly Vero highlight how science fiction has reflected and influenced real-world AI development and how our cultural depictions align with current technological trends or diverge from them As we stand on the brink of an AI revolution, the authors critically examine our past through the lens of prose, poetry, philosophy, and film and invite readers to contemplate the possibilities and challenges that lie ahead

The

Portrayal of Animals in Disney Culture

Edited by Kathy Merlock Jackson, Kathy Shepherd Stolley & Mark I West

The contributors to this collection examine the roles that animals – fictional and real – play in Disney culture, past, present, and future Using various disciplinary perspectives with overlapping themes, the volume contributors analyze intersections of Disney studies and animal studies, showing how these themes and issues transcend Disney culture

Arranged thematically, these essays speak to the complicated saga of human-animal relationships The starting point deals with how animals figured in Walt Disney’s early life and career, leading through the sections to then explore Disney’s childhood experiences with animals, his portrayal of animals in his Silly Symphonies, and his inclusion of animals in the propaganda films that he made during World War II There is also a focus on individual animated films and franchises that feature animals as case studies on the portrayal of certain types of animals in Disney’s animated productions, the animal types, and the representation of animals in Disney’s theme parks Ultimately, the scholars in this volume unveil the common themes that run through various Disney productions, including the advocacy of animal rights and the relationship between Disney adults and their dogs

UK August 2026 US August 2026

232 Pages • 10 bw photos

HB 9781538191910

£25 99 / $36 00

ePDF 9798216444176 • £23 39 / $32 40

ePub 9781538191927 £23 39 / $32 40

Bloomsbury Academic

Breaking into Song

Television Musicals from Glee to Crazy Ex-Girlfriend

Erin Giannini, independent scholar

Charts the evolution of musicals on television from song-based shows to the notorious musical episode

Breaking into Song traces the history of the musical on television, from its variety show and adaptational beginnings to the rash of single episode and full-on musical series of the 2000s Erin Giannini dives into the many musical series from Cop Rock to Glee and episodes from Buffy the Vampire Slayer, Community and more, while also highlighting the myriad ways music has been used in television, from launching stars such as John Travolta, to synergy in teen programs, and even as characterization and emotional underscoring in dramas

Beginning with Hull High debuting on NBC and Cop Rock on ABC, musicals made their way to television and never looked back These shows paved the way for today’s popular series such as Zoey’s Extraordinary Playlist and the subversive Crazy Ex-Girlfriend And while musical-focused series remain a small subset, the late 1990s to the present day have made it so numerous prime-time series across genres incorporate at least a single musical episode into their run This is a must-read for fans of musicals and television alike, interested in this fascinating subset of pop culture

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

288 Pages • 27 bw illus

HB 9798765107539

• £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798765107546 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9798765107560 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798765107577 £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Beyond the Monoplot

How to Write Unconventional Films (and Why We Should)

Chris Neilan, Edinburgh Napier University, UK

This book provides a toolkit for unconventional practice a comprehensive list of unconventional story shapes and the meanings they create, with accompanying case studies, including: one-act structure; two-act structure; passive protagonists; untimely death of the protagonist, and more

Conventional Monoplot has come to dominate screen storytelling practice throughout the Western world For the experimental, rule-suspicious, unconventional screenwriter, alternative storytelling models are available Beyond the Monoplot offers screenwriters and screenwriting students a new way of approaching and quantifying conventional practice, whilst equipping them with the skills and tools to subvert convention and expectation in dynamic and innovative ways

Where the revolutionary New Hollywood period of the ‘60s and ‘70s saw strikingly iconoclastic, original, rule-breaking narratives attracting enormous audiences and making indelible cultural imprints, today’s most widely seen films stick rigidly to the Conventional Monoplot model Whilst bold, daring films are still made, their impact is muted: Moonlight, despite winning Best Picture, was only the 92nd highest grossing film of its year And whilst great strides are made towards diversity and representation, story shapes remain cloistered within a consumerist and highly conventionalised form, against which this book pushes back

NEW IN PB

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

256 Pages

HB 9798765101094 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798765101100 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9798765101070 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798765101063 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

How Stage Playwrights Saved the British Cinema, 1930-1956

The Well-Made Screenplay

David Cottis, Middlesex University, UK

Examines the film careers and work of British playwrights who worked as screenwriters between 1930-1956

During the period between the 1927 Cinematograph Films Act and the ‘new drama’ of the 1950s, many British writers associated with the stage also wrote for films, bringing the techniques of the well-made play with them Some, like Bernard Shaw, Noel Coward, and Terence Rattigan were screenwriter-stars, part of the publicity of the films they worked on –Pygmalion, Brief Encounter, The Way to the Stars Others were less celebrated but had long, successful screen careers, such as R C Sherriff, author of Journey’s End, who worked on films as different as The Invisible Man, The Four Feathers and The Dam Busters Using the authors’ original archives, this book follows the way in which these writers adapted their stage skills for the screen, contributing to the post-war ‘Golden Age ‘of the British cinema, and creating the classic form of screenplay that continues today

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 US July 2026

304 Pages • 53 bw illus

HB 9798216278719 £90 00 / $130 00

PB 9798216278726 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9798216278740 £26 09 / $35 95

ePub 9798216278733 • £26 09 / $35 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Storytelling beyond the Scoreboard

The Art and Craft of Sports Journalism

Nicole Kraft, Ohio State University, USA & Jean-Jacques Taylor, Southern Methodist University, USA

Welcome to the world of sports writing, where success lies in the trust established between journalists, athletes, coaches, and other personnel who make magic, both on the field and off it

Acclaimed sports journalists Nicole Kraft and Jean-Jacques Taylor deliver a behind-the-scenes look at the challenges and triumphs of capturing and communicating sporting events Learning the artistry of sports writing, you will learn to showcase the narratives, emotions, and human stories that shape the games The authors teach essential skills, including: Asking the right questions and listening carefully to the answers; Building relationships with players, coaches, and staff; Excelling at storytelling that engages readers; Reaching audiences through social media; Leveraging the power of AI in ethical ways

Discussion questions and actual assignments will help you build relationships and hone your journalism skills from day one, empowering you to uncover stories that excite and engage readers on a profound level

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

208 Pages • 13 bw illus

PB 9798765110003

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798765109991

• £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9798765110010

• £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9798765110027 £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Traditional Journalism in a Digital World

The Subculture of Community News Reporting Carol Arnold, Canterbury Christ Church University, UK

Traditional Journalism in a Digital World offers a distinct view of independent community media by treating it as a subculture, outside of mainstream local media Independent operators exist on the margins of mainstream media, and by recognizing them as a subculture, their struggles are revealed

The book features the personal accounts of a sample of UK independent publishers and follows them across a ten-year period It records their highs and lows, including how they responded to the Covid-19 pandemic One of the fundamental problems operators faced was that policy makers viewed legacy mainstream local and independent internet era publishers as the same, whereas existing policy favors legacy providers with their elevated status and superior lobbying power

This study reveals the absence of a level playing field Independents' coping strategies are revealed as they slowly organized themselves into a sector The focus is on UK operations, but the same approach can be applied to local media globally This book presents a unique use of classical subcultural theory and will appeal to both journalism scholars and social scientists alike

COLLECTIONS

UK November 2026 • US September 2026

288 Pages 10 bw illus & 12 tables

PB 9798216470328 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666981599 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216260998 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978763920 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Rural Media Studies A Global Perspective

Edited by Rashid Gabdulhakov & Marc Esteve del Valle

Rural Media Studies: A Global Perspective brings together scholars from across the world to examine how digital technologies, platform infrastructures, and evolving media practices are reshaping life beyond metropolitan centers

Although media scholarship has long privileged urban spaces, this volume foregrounds rural and remote communities as dynamic sites of innovation, struggle, and cultural (re)negotiation amid digitalization The chapters explore how rural actors engage with platforms, navigate shifting information ecologies, sustain journalistic practices, and adapt to technological transformations in everyday life, governance, and agriculture The contributions collectively make the case for rural media studies as a distinct and urgently needed subfield, one that challenges urban biases and widens the conceptual and methodological horizons of media research This volume will be of interest to scholars and students working in media and communication, rural sociology, digital anthropology, and political communication, as well as to journalists, policymakers, and practitioners seeking to understand the rapidly changing communicative landscapes of rural spaces

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

272 Pages • 2 tables; 14 bw illus

PB 9798216470908 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666964370 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216265566 £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978762329 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Trophy Cases

The Theory, Design, and Cultural Politics of Video Game Trophies and Achievements

Edited by Ryan Scheiding, Dan Staines & Sarah Christina Ganzon

An interdisciplinary and international roster of contributors explore the theory, design, and player practices surrounding video game reward systems, arguing for the importance of understanding trophies and achievements as a central aspect of video game design and play.

As PlayStation Trophies, Xbox Achievements, and other similar built-in reward systems have become widespread in the video game landscape, this volume asks critical questions about how these systems affect the games we play and the communities that surround them

Through analyses of a range of video games, from well-known franchises like Call of Duty to overlooked sleeper hits like Nier Automata and even niche otome titles like Hakuoki, contributors approach these award systems from a variety of interdisciplinary perspectives to theorize their incorporation into the contemporary game market, the role they play as a component of game design, and the innovative ways in which players choose to (or not to) pursue them

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Handbooks

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

• 34 bw illus

392 Pages

HB 9781501394010

• £140 00 / $190 00

PB 9781501394058 • £39 99 / $54 95

ePDF 9781501394034 • £126 00 / $171 00

ePub 9781501394027 • £126 00 / $171 00

Bloomsbury Academic COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

320 Pages 10 bw illus

HB 9798765123577 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9798765123560 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9798765123591 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9798765123607 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Bloomsbury Handbook of Sex and Sexuality in Game Studies

Edited by Matthew Wysocki, Flagler College, USA & Steffi Shook, Manhattanville College, USA

The Bloomsbury Handbook of Sex and Sexuality in Game Studies consists of a comprehensive collection of essays that review and supplement current work focusing on sex and sexuality in games

The chapters provide insight into sexual content in games, representation of various sexualities, and player experience Together they contribute to a growing field of work concerning two, difficult to define, phenomena: the borders of sex and sexuality and video games As we frequently see debates and discussions over who gets to love whom and who gets to exist in their true self, this handbook plays a part in outlining the parameters of crucial issues within the games that we play

The Metal Gear Solid Series Critical Essays and New Perspectives

Edited by Steven Kielich, University of Rochester, USA & Chris Hall, University of the Ozarks, USA

This collection, arriving in the wake of the 25th anniversary of 1998’s Metal Gear Solid, provides scholars and fans alike with a wide-ranging selection of critical essays on the franchise from diverse disciplinary and thematic perspectives

The essays contained in this volume, which are all new contributions from both established and emerging scholars, take up this crucial opportunity to consider and reconsider the cultural, historical, political, philosophical, and aesthetic impact of the Metal Gear Solid games in analyses spanning the series’ canonical entries, adding to the understanding of both well-studied installments and under- examined ones

These contributions connect themes that emerge from the games such as sexuality and queerness, rhetoric and ethics, and subjectivity and embodiment while also demonstrating how the series opens up broader questions about ecology, race, gender, militarization, pedagogy, and game design, that demand continued analysis and application Each essay develops new avenues for theoretical, rhetorical, and political exploration of the Metal Gear Solid series, for Game Studies, and for the study of Popular Culture writ large

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

304 Pages

HB 9798216389439 • £25 00 / $35 00

ePDF 9798216389453 • £22 50 / $31 50

ePub 9798216389446 • £22 50 / $31 50

Bloomsbury Academic

The Complete Guide to Mexican Beverages From Atole to Zambumbia

N C Stevens, Freelance Beverage Writer

The essential guide to the history of Mexican beverages and their evolving cultural significance from beer and cocktails to soft drinks and tea and more

For over five centuries, outside observers have been fascinated with the drinking practices of Mexico The first Europeans to arrive in the Valley of Mexico described tasting strange new drinks like chocolate, pulque, and atole all of which had outspoken roles in Mesoamerican nutrition, economy, and religion Nowadays, they are the sweethearts of high-class bartenders, celebrity brand owners, and drinks writers as Mexico has become one of the largest exporters of beer and spirits in the world The world is warming up to Mexico’s most commercialized drinks Americans are drinking Mexican beverages whether they know it or not

The Complete Guide to Mexican Beverages is a comprehensive compendium of Mexican beverages over the centuries Mexico’s gastronomy is the result of mestizaje, or cultural mixing N C Stevens explores the influences of Indigenous, Spanish, Filipino, Chinese, German, American, and French cultures on Mexican beverages with fascinating insights Mezcal, it turns out, might owe its existence to Filipinos A group of bread-baking Spaniards brought Corona into existence Coffee, in certain regions of Mexico, was a German-funded commodity As the world becomes an increasingly avid consumer of Mexican beers and tequilas, it is time to present a broader, more accurate snapshot of the vast landscape of Mexican drinks

COLLECTIONS

Transgender Theory

UK May 2026

• US May 2026

208 Pages

HB 9781350574519

• £50 00 / $68 00

PB 9781350574502 • £16 99 / $22 95

ePDF 9781350574526 • £15 29 / $20 65

ePub 9781350574533 • £15 29 / $20 65

Bloomsbury Academic

Let's (Not) Talk About (Transgender) Sex

The Erotic Erasure of Trans Desire & Sexuality

Riki Wilchins

For decades, trans studies and queer theory have treated the trans body as a theoretical construct – a site for identity, dysphoria, and gender politics – leaving erotic realities largely unexamined Desire, pleasure, and real sex has been pushed to the margins, rendered almost unspeakable.

This book challenges that silence It asks why sexuality – once a privileged site of inquiry in queer theory – has all but vanished from trans scholarship, and what this erasure reveals about the politics of respectability, cisnormativity, and the lingering discomfort with bodies that refuse to behave “properly ”

Through rigorous analysis and intimate narrative, the book explores how bodies do things – and how different bodies do different things – shaping possibilities for desire, sensation, and intimacy It interrogates the cultural and academic forces that have de-sexed trans subjects, examines the aesthetic and linguistic struggles around naming and eroticizing trans bodies, and charts a path toward a trans studies that embraces the messy, fleshy, and truly human dimensions of sexuality

COLLECTIONS NEW IN PB

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

256 Pages

HB 9781350382770 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350382817 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350382794 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350382787 £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

256 Pages

PB 9798216468912 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666907902 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216267058 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978765658 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Globalizing through the Vernacular

Kothis, Hijras, and the Making of Queer and Trans Identities in India

Aniruddha Dutta, University of Iowa, USA

Globalizing through the Vernacular analyzes the relation between dominant frameworks of LGBTQ+ identity in India and non-elite, non-metropolitan communities such as kothis and hijras, a spectrum of feminine-identified people usually assigned male at birth Going beyond the well-known ‘third gender ’ hijra community, this is the first book to study the discourses and practices of related but underrepresented groups like kothis and dhuranis in small-town and rural India while simultaneously examining their relation to and role within LGBTQ+ identity politics

Based on long-term ethnographic fieldwork, the book demonstrates that non-elite groups facilitate the transregional expansion of organized queer politics and become more consolidated as gender/sexual identities in the process Yet, they often remain irreducible to emerging identity categories and become subordinated through hierarchies of scale and language that serve to contain such communities and related discourses as local and vernacular The book shows how this process, in effect, denies them an equal role in transnational LGBT politics; reinforces class/caste hierarchies within and beyond queer communities; and delegitimizes or erases articulations of gender/sexual difference that contravene dominant understandings of gender/sexual identity aligned with transnational capitalism, liberalism, or nationalism Simultaneously, it reveals how nonelite communities rearticulate dominant identity categories in more equal, liberatory ways

Girl Detectives and Gothic Femininity

Megan Abbott’s Major Novels

Tracy Bealer

Megan Abbott has authored twelve novels, co-created a TV series, and is a respected critical scholar on crime fiction and domestic noir This is the first book-length study of her major novels Girl Detectives and Gothic Femininity traces the development of Abbott’s evolving use of genre tropes from crime fiction to horror and the gothic in order to elucidate the way her work exposes and dismantles sexist and misogynistic cultural narratives constraining the lives of women and girls, and explores how those narratives can be exposed, resisted, and even escaped This study analyzes each of Abbott’s eight posthardboiled novels to trace how she marries crime fiction and gothic tropes with feminist characterizations and concerns in order to make arguments about the treacherous consequences of sexism and misogyny, and to conceive of possibilities for resistance and liberation for her characters Her interest in both the recognition of and the resistance to pernicious assumptions about women and girls makes Abbott an important voice in twenty-first-century American feminist literature, and Girl Detectives and Gothic Femininity provides a starting place for more scholarly attention to her work

COLLECTIONS

Women and Society around the World

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

• 8 bw illus

272 Pages

PB 9798765124918

• £21 99 / $29 95

HB 9798765124871

• £55 00 / $75 00

ePDF 9798765124888 • £49 50 / $67 50

ePub 9798765124895 • £49 50 / $67 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

216 Pages

HB 9781350424975 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350425019 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350424999 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350424982 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

Women and Incarceration

Global Lives in Focus

Francesca Spina, Westfield State, USA

An international cross-regional and cross-cultural comparison of how women experience incarceration, encompassing various historical, social, economic, and systemic factors unique to those regions

The issue of women's imprisonment is a complex and multifaceted one, as women face unique challenges behind bars, compared to their male counterparts Although imprisoned women around the world may share common hardships, their experiences also vary according their specific social and regional circumstances

This volume takes a global view of incarcerated women, examining the cultural, historical, economical, and political influences that affect their imprisonment Addressing the historical context of women's prisons across all geographical regions of the world, each chapter dives deep into the local female incarceration trends over time, and the influencing laws and policies; the physical and mental health issues women face in prison, including mental illness, substance abuse, sexual abuse, and pregnancy; as well as re-entry programs, recidivism, and policy reform Written by an expert in the field of criminal justice and gender studies, this is a useful primer for research into the topic of women and incarceration around the world

Everyday Coercion

Men's Routine Use of Sexual Coercion toward Women Mardi Wilson, Griffith University, Australia

Everyday Coercion explores men's routine use of sexual coercion toward women in 'everyday' social and dating interactions, and how such sexual coercion has been normalized within a landscape of heteronormativity, rape culture, and binarized gender roles

A groundswell of activism over the past decade has directed attention to the epidemic of sexual violence around the world Women are seeking to make sense of why they are so commonly subject to sexism, misogyny and sexual violence, and why they and their behavior are often socially interrogated, instead of those causing the harm With unapologetic curiosity, Wilson shines a light onto this contradiction by unpacking the attitudes, beliefs and behaviours we've been encouraged to see as 'normal'

Drawing on participant insights about coercion, masculinity, sex and consent, Everyday Coercion unpacks contemporary themes like unacknowledged rape, victim blame and performative naivety Bringing together women s stories of sexual coercion, and men's insights around having enacted coercion, Wilson has a unique vantage point from which to expose and de-normalize sexual coercion

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 US July 2026

192 Pages • 17 bw photos

PB 9781666947205 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666947182 • £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9781666947199 £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781978770720 • £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Geography with John Berger Questions of Space and Practice

Edited by Ben Garlick, Independent Scholar & Dubravka Sekulic, Royal College of Art

Exploring John Berger ’s political and creative praxis for scholarship on space, place, landscape and spatial experience, Ben Garlick and Dubravka Sekulic critically engage with his work as a writer, critic, collaborator, playwright, filmmaker and artist

The contributors connect Berger ’s work to cultural geography, including through a photo essay that articulates personal encounters with place, as well as discussion of his notion of “confabulation” and what it offers for writing cultural geographies Each chapter delves into themes like Berger ’s interest in questions of representation, migration, ethics and the limits of political action

Garlick and Sekulic underline Berger ’s enduring relevance and resonance for contemporary academic, conceptual and worldly developments In doing so, contributors – hailing from both within and beyond the ‘discipline’ of geography –emphasise and celebrate the value of cross-disciplinary dialogue, collaboration, and experimentation that crosses boundaries, begets conversations, and offers novel insights into our lived worlds and their processes

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

184 Pages • 20 bw illus

PB 9781666920017 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666919998 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216269649 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978760257 £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

A Contextual History of Women in Cartography During WWII

Millie the Mapper

Judith A Tyner

Judith Tyner examines the essential role of women in cartography during WWII She highlights the process of mapping during World War II, major employers of women cartographers, how the discipline of cartography emerged, and the women involved in this process The book uncovers the impact of WWII on mapmaking Before the war, cartography was seen as a tool rather than a discipline in its own right Tyner traces how this change happened New agencies such as the Army Map Service and the Office of Strategic Services, as well as established agencies such as the U S Coast and Geodetic Survey, the Tennessee Valley Authority, and the United States Geological Survey were commissioned to make maps for the war effort Furthermore, the Army Map Service was the largest employer of women during the War She also looks at the kinds of maps that women made and the attitudes towards women in cartography to tell the untold story of women cartographers

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

280 Pages • 4 BW images, 4 tables, 30 textboxes

HB 9798216201946 • £20 00 / $27 00

ePDF 9798216201960 £18 00 / $24 30

ePub 9798216201953 • £18 00 / $24 30

Audio 9798216477457 • £22 00 / $27 00 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

272 Pages

HB 9781538159552 • £19 99 / $26 00

PB 9798216455615 • £14 99 / $19 95

ePDF 9798765170885 • £17 99 / $23 40

ePub 9781538159569 £17 99 / $23 40

Rowman & Littlefield

Ambitious Mother

From Surviving to Thriving in Your Career and at Home

Anne Welsh, licensed clinical psychologist and certified executive coach

Women are told, “You can have it all ” You can be an incredible mom and have an incredible career at the same time But nobody explains how to actually pull this off--until now In Ambitious Mother, Dr Anne Welsh offers a refreshing perspective for overwhelmed moms Welsh asks, “What are you truly ambitious for?” and invites readers to shed societal expectations, name what they really want, and pursue their own version of success Readers will discover:

- Why being a working mom feels so hard and what we can do to change this

- How to find their own version of ambition that fits their values

- The difference between unhealthy striving and healthy striving and how to make the switch

- The Three Ps--perfectionism, people-pleasing, and pretending--and how to shed these weights without lowering standards

- How to navigate career choices as a mom

- Inspiring stories about ambitious mothers, demonstrating that ambition comes in many forms

Motherhood will change your ambition As Welsh shares, you may discover that you are more ambitious than ever before, or ambitious in new and different ways Ambitious Mother gives you permission to be as ambitious as you want to be

Building Boys

Raising Great Guys in a World that Misunderstands Males

Jennifer L W Fink, journalist, writer, and podcast host

Offers parents tips and tools to help boys move beyond persistent gender stereotypes

In Building Boys, Jennifer L W Fink--an in-the-trenches #boymom who intimately understands male development and the challenges currently facing boys and their families--offers ten rules that parents can use to guide their parenting choices throughout their sons’ lives These rules range from emphasizing emotional intelligence to letting your son struggle and ultimately accepting him as he is Fink explains both the science and research behind each rule as well as stories and anecdotes from families, including her own And because these rules are broad, they are as applicable to boys with ADHD, autism, and learning challenges are they are to neurotypical boys

Current culture harms our boys as well as our girls--and they need (and deserve) as much support as we can give Teaching boys to respect others will help them move beyond gender stereotypes and create a world where everyone--boys and girls alike--feel safe, loved, and emotionally secure

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

264 Pages 2 bw images

HB 9798216377030 • £20 00 / $28 00

ePDF 9798216377054 £18 00 / $25 20

ePub 9798216377047 • £18 00 / $25 20

Bloomsbury Academic

My Child Has an Eating Disorder

An Essential Guide for Parents of Kids, Teens, and Adults

Alli Spotts-De Lazzer, eating disorders expert and licensed therapist & Jenny Mullaney, Certified Eating Disorder Recovery Coach

A vitally important guide to supporting a loved one with an eating disorder

If you just discovered that your child (of any age) has an eating disorder, time is critical For parents and caregivers, the situation can be overwhelming because misinformation is everywhere, and most doctors lack the specialized training needed to guide them That’s where this book comes in This clear, expert-packed resource helps parents quickly understand the situation, ask the right questions, and take effective steps toward their child’s recovery Written by Alli Spotts-De Lazzer, an esteemed Certified Eating Disorders Specialist and licensed therapist, and Jenny Mullaney, a live-in Certified Eating Disorder Recovery Coach, both with personal experiences of recovery, this book covers common concerns, misconceptions and myths, treatment options and obstacles, and realistic expectations for healing

This book incorporates advice from other leading experts along with relevant research--and featuring the lived experiences of other parents, caregivers, and kids who have been through the recovery journey

COLLECTIONS

UK April 2026 US April 2026

224 Pages

HB 9798881842437 £20 00 / $30 00

ePDF 9798881848965 • £18 00 / $27 00

ePub 9798881848958 £18 00 / $27 00

Audio 9798216477242 • £22 00 / $27 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

312 Pages • 10 b/w photos

HB 9781538182161

• £26 00 / $35 00

PB 9798216455554 • £16 99 / $22 95

ePDF 9798216220978 • £23 40 / $31 50

ePub 9781538182178 £23 40 / $31 50 Rowman & Littlefield

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

272 Pages

HB 9781538175484

• £26 00 / $35 00

PB 9798216463696 £15 99 / $22 95

ePDF 9798765177563 • £23 40 / $31 50

ePub 9781538175491 • £23 40 / $31 50

Rowman & Littlefield

Mom, Unfiltered

Maternal Mental Health and Finding Freedom Through Motherhood

Leah Kim, Mental health advocate, podcast host

A deeply personal examination of the dire state of our maternal and postpartum care for mothers

For expecting and new parents, too often the care is so focused on a healthy baby that the mother ’s physical and mental needs are overlooked Mothers face intense pressure to have the perfect birth plan, breastfeed with ease, and immediately bond with their baby Unfortunately, these expectations can lead to anxiety, depression, and overwhelm But it doesn’t have to be that way

In Mom, Unfiltered: Maternal Mental Health and Finding Freedom Through Motherhood, Leah Kim explores her own pregnancy and early motherhood experience as a person of the global majority, the ways society fails new mothers, the mental health struggles of expecting and new mothers, the systemic neglect in care for mothers with marginalized identities, and how motherhood can be the inspiration for getting help and healing Her story, enhanced with expert interviews, valuable resources, and the testimonies of other mothers, not only illuminates the impact of insufficient maternal care but also shows readers what can be done to improve care for mothers

Childhood Narcissism

Strategies to Raise Unselfish, Unentitled, and Empathetic Children

Mary Ann Little, PhD, clinical psychologist and adjunct professor

“Not a quick how-to, this is for the parent, clinician, or caregiver seeking in-depth information and guidance ” Booklist

Notice the signs of narcissism in your child and act to curb them before it’s too late

Raising empathetic and unselfish young people in today’s “all about me” world might seem impossible, but parents can take meaningful action to protect children from these harmful influences

Written by a psychologist with decades of clinical experience, Childhood Narcissism explains how selfish, entitled behavior can take root in a child and shows parents how to stop it Mary Ann Little identifies the early warning signs that can result in a full-blown narcissistic disorder in adulthood and explores what nurtures a child’s healthy, realistic self-concept and provides a positive model of love and relationships Based on the latest research and theory, this book also identifies four parent types that promote narcissistic development By recognizing these traits in themselves, parents can work on their own shortcomings to build a stronger family and raise caring, empathetic children

The Journey's End

An Investigation of Death and Dying In Modern America

Michael

D Connelly

In elderhood, the health care system has a narrow view of how to provide care It focuses on extending a patient's life at all costs, with an over-reliance on machines and procedures, instead of caring holistically for the person Accordingly, many of us will likely spend our final weeks in long-term care facilities or an ICU

Dying at home, peacefully, and surrounded by family is almost impossible in our world--and our fear of death is a major contributor to this impossibility Fittingly, the central idea of this book is that in old age, or when facing a terminal diagnosis, it is more important to understand your life rather than to extend it While this may seem simple, its implications are profound

A natural death means accepting that, at some point, we are old enough or sick enough to die In our cynical and overly clinical age, it is difficult to reflect on the meaning of one's life, but that kind of honest introspection is exactly what we need Accordingly, The Journey’s End seeks to help people manage their healthcare, their expectations, and their decisions in the final phase of life

UK September 2026 US September 2026

336 Pages • 11 b/w illus

PB 9798216371298

£15 99 / $20 00

HB 9798216201144 • £25 00 / $28 00

ePDF 9798216201168 £22 50 / $25 20

ePub 9798216201151 • £22 50 / $25 20

Audio 9798216477501 • £24 00 / $30 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Everyday Bias

Identifying and Navigating Unconscious Judgments in Our Daily Lives

Howard J Ross, Washington, DC, USA & Jake Ross, California, USA

To be human is to be biased, especially with today’s technologies and politics reinforcing our unconscious reactions

Most people do not see themselves as biased towards people different from themselves, yet disparities and dangerous prejudices still run rampant Why is that? And is there anything we can do about it?

Building on the transformational lessons of the bestselling Everyday Bias, Howard J Ross and Jake Ross reveal how bias is built into our increasingly digital lives and how we must fight against the epidemic of isolation and loneliness tearing apart our sense of connection and belonging New chapters explore structures of power that create micro-inequities and microadvantages, the digital attention economy’s promotion of isolation and destruction of trust through misinformation, and the embedded prejudices being promoted by artificial intelligence

Learning to see bias and disengage from it, Howard and Jake show us how to break destructive cognitive patterns to create healthier, more conscious relationships and organizations, both in our personal and professional lives

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

232 Pages • 3 b/w photos

HB 9781538178980

• £32 00 / $38 00

PB 9798216463566 • £14 99 / $22 95

ePDF 9798216214229 • £28 80 / $34 20

ePub 9781538178997 £28 80 / $34 20

Audio 9798216477396 • £22 00 / $27 00

Rowman & Littlefield

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

256 Pages 16 BW Photos, 1 Table

HB 9781538183243 • £22 00 / $30 00

PB 9798216463702 £14 99 / $19 95

ePDF 9798216332039 • £19 80 / $27 00

ePub 9781538183250 • £19 80 / $27 00

Audio 9798216477402 • £22 00 / $27 00

Rowman & Littlefield

Taming the Chaos of Dementia

A Caregiver's Guide to Interventions That Make a Difference

Barbara J Huelat & Sharon T Pochron, PhD

A hopeful and practical guide to taming the challenges of dementia with creative interventions inspired by real stories of sufferers and caregivers alike

This book supports the journey taken by both the caregiver and the person with dementia providing loved ones with practical recommendations and enriched with human empathy This book helps ease the stress by offering interventions and non-pharmaceutical therapeutic suggestions It helps decode dementia's visceral world and supports non-cognitive human experiences It shares stories of real people struggling to survive the challenges presented by dementia paired with practical examples of interventions that target the miseries of dementia behaviors, triggers, and causalities induced by them The book provides options in the art of caregiving alongside the power of place, furnishings, light, color, technology, nature, and the senses

Barbara Huelat explores options in human engagement, the experience of destinations, positive distractions, familiar settings, furnishings, light, color, technology, nature, and the emotion of the senses She offers design interventions that support the family caregivers in functional and emotional outcomes No cure exists for dementia, but the tips, tools, strategies and suggestions include here provide tools for caregivers and those with dementia to make the experience more comfortable and calm

The Centered Heart

Evidence-Based, Mind-Body Practices to Stress Less and Improve Cardiac Health

Susi Amendola

“Instead of trying to find time in your day for self-care, yoga-therapist Amendola suggests scheduling your life around your practices, aiming for a stress-free, healing existence Under her expert guidance, this not only seems enticing but possible ” - Booklist, Starred Review

"An excellent starting point for those of all abilities and in all walks of life looking to create habits that support their cardiac and spiritual health ” - Library Journal Gold Medalist, Relaxation and Mindfulness Category, Living Now Book Awards, 2024

Yoga therapist, stress management expert and senior trainer for Ornish Lifestyle Medicine, Susi Amendola, navigates the intricate relationship between stress management and overall health She invites readers into transformative experience with the ancient and time-tested somatic practices of yoga that have been shown to improve cardiac outcomes as well as outcomes from many of the chronic diseases that plague our society Developing a daily stress management practice that includes gentle movements, breathing, relaxation, meditation, imagery, compassion, and a connection to nature gradually shifts awareness to an internal locus of control Practitioners will feel better, connect with their innate inner wisdom, and come to understand that through lifestyle choices they control they can be their own first line of intervention

bloomsbury.com/series/qa-health-guides/

Q&A Health Guides

UK September 2026

152 Pages

HB 9781440880582

PB 9798765124864

• US September 2026

• £42 00 / $58 00

• £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440880599

• £37 80 / $52 20

ePub 9798765110447 • £37 80 / $52 20

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Q&A Health Guides

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

160 Pages

HB 9781440880728 • £42 00 / $58 00

PB 9798765124093 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440880735 • £37 80 / $52 20

ePub 9798765110355 • £37 80 / $52 20

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Q&A Health Guides

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

160 Pages • 1 bw illus

HB 9781440880230 • £42 00 / $58 00

PB 9798765126875 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440880247 • £37 80 / $52 20

ePub 9798765110331 • £37 80 / $52 20

Bloomsbury Academic

ADHD

Your Questions Answered

Sarah Boslaugh, Independent researcher, USA

Research suggests that approximately 129 million children and 366 million adults worldwide have ADHD Discover the answers to common questions about living with this neurodevelopmental condition

This book offers a broad introduction to attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) The book’s 48 questions explore what ADHD is and who is most likely to be affected, common features of ADHD in both children and adults, which biological and environmental factors may contribute to ADHD, how ADHD is diagnosed and managed, and how those living with ADHD can reach their full potential ADHD: Your Questions Answered addresses these and other topics in a way that both celebrates neurodiversity and acknowledges the many challenges that those with ADHD face

A collection of 5 case studies illustrate key concepts and issues through stories and insightful recommendations The Common Misconceptions section dispels 5 long-standing myths about ADHD, directing readers to additional information in the text The glossary defines terms that may be unfamiliar to readers, while the directory of resources curates a list of the most useful books, websites, and other materials Finally, whether they’re looking for more information about this subject or any other health-related topic, readers can turn to the Guide to Health Literacy section for practical tools and strategies for finding, evaluating, and using credible sources of health information both on and off the internet

NEW IN PB

Headaches

Your Questions Answered

Claudio Butticè, Independent researcher, Italy

More than 95% of people will experience a headache at least once in their lives Discover the answers to common questions about this nearly universal human experience

This book offers a broad introduction to headaches using an engaging question-and-answer format The book’s questions explore the different types of headaches, including tension-type headaches, migraines, and less common but more severe headache disorders such as cluster headaches Readers will discover the causes and triggers of headaches, how headache disorders are diagnosed and managed, and the warning signs that a headache may be an indication of a serious underlying health issue such as a brain tumor

A collection of 5 case studies illustrate key concepts and issues through stories and insightful recommendations The Common Misconceptions section dispels 5 long-standing myths about headaches, directing readers to additional information in the text The glossary defines terms that may be unfamiliar to readers, while the directory of resources curates a list of the most useful books, websites, and other materials Finally, whether they’re looking for more information about this subject or any other health-related topic, readers can turn to the Guide to Health Literacy section for practical tools and strategies for finding, evaluating, and using credible sources of health information both on and off the internet

NEW IN

Healthy Eating

Your Questions Answered Barbara A Brehm, Smith College, USA

What we eat is important, but what does healthy eating look like and how can we create dietary habits that nourish us physically and emotionally?

This book offers a broad introduction to healthy eating – a topic that is often shrouded in confusion and misinformation The book’s 53 questions cover the basics of nutritional science, how diet affects physical and mental health, common dietary approaches, concerns about particular foods, and barriers that may prevent individuals from establishing and maintaining healthy eating habits Healthy Eating: Your Questions Answered synthesizes the vast field of nutritional science into a compact and easy-to-digest volume

A collection of 5 case studies illustrate key concepts and issues through stories and insightful recommendations The Common Misconceptions section dispels 5 long-standing and potentially dangerous myths about healthy eating, directing readers to additional information in the text The glossary defines terms that may be unfamiliar, while the directory of resources curates a list of the most useful books, websites, and other materials Finally, whether they’re looking for more information about this subject or any other health-related topic, readers can turn to the Guide to Health Literacy section for practical tools and strategies for finding, evaluating, and using credible sources of health information

Q&A Health Guides

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

168 Pages

• 1 bw illus and 2 bw tables

HB 9781440878916

• £35 00 / $46 00

PB 9798216470496

• £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440878923

• £31 5 / $41 40

ePub 9798216184447

• £31 50 / $41 40

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Q&A Health Guides

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

160 Pages • 1 bw illus

HB 9781440867675 • £35 00 / $46 00

PB 9798216470489 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440867682 • £31 5 / $41 40

ePub 9798216184560 • £31 50 / $41 40

Bloomsbury Academic

Healthy Relationships

Your Questions Answered

Charles A McKay, Licensed Psychotherapist, USA

Intended for young readers interested in creating and maintaining physically and emotionally healthy relationships, this book answers common questions and offers practical guidance on navigating such everyday issues as conflict resolution and jealousy.

Authored by a clinical psychotherapist, this book equips readers with the knowledge and tools they need to pursue safe and meaningful romantic relationships This book’s 46 questions address concerns related to attractiveness, readiness for a relationship, building connection and trust, conflict, sexual health, setting boundaries, and breakups The text strikes a balance between theory and practice, offering clear explanations of foundational concepts in psychology and interpersonal communication, as well as useful suggestions that readers can implement in their own lives

A collection of 5 case studies illustrate key concepts and issues through stories and insightful recommendations The "Common Misconceptions" section dispels 5 long-standing myths about relationships, directing readers to additional information in the text The glossary defines terms that may be unfamiliar to readers, while a directory of resources curates a list of the most useful relationship-related books, websites, and other materials Finally, readers can turn to the "Guide to Health Literacy" section for skills and strategies for finding, evaluating, and using credible sources of health information

NEW IN PB

Rape and Dating Violence

Your Questions Answered

Lee A Ritscher, California State University– Monterey Bay, USA

Rape and dating violence are all-too-common occurrences in the United States and around the world. Readers will find the answers to the questions they may be too afraid or embarrassed to ask but which are critical for safeguarding physical and psychological health

Augmenting the main text, a collection of 5 case studies illustrate key concepts and issues through relatable stories and insightful recommendations The "Common Misconceptions" section at the beginning of the volume dispels 5 long-standing myths about rape and dating violence, directing readers to additional information in the text The glossary defines terms that may be unfamiliar to readers, while a directory of resources curates a list of the most useful hotlines, books, websites, and other materials Finally, whether they’re looking for more information about this subject or any other health-related topic, readers can turn to the "Guide to Health Literacy" section for practical tools and strategies for finding, evaluating, and using credible sources of health information both on and off the internet

Q&A Health Guides

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

• 1 bw illus

208 Pages

HB 9781440879784 • £42 00 / $58 00

PB 9798216470564 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440879791 • £37 80 / $52 20

ePub 9798216171027 • £37 80 / $52 20

Bloomsbury Academic

Complementary and Alternative Medicine

Your Questions Answered Paul Quinn, Dominican University, USA

Explore the many forms of complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) practiced today and discover their histories, guiding principles, purported benefits, and potential risks

This book’s 48 questions begin with 10 that address foundational topics such as who uses CAM, how CAM has been studied and regulated, and how to gauge a particular treatment’s safety and efficacy for yourself The remaining 38 questions cover alternative medical systems and complementary treatments, including mind-body interventions, biologically based therapies, manipulation and body-based methods, and energy therapies Each answer utilizes a standardized format that examines a treatment’s history, how it’s practiced, the scientific community’s view, potential benefits and risks, and special considerations The text takes an unbiased approach, balancing respect for individuals’ beliefs with the rigor of modern science

Augmenting the main text are case studies illustrating key concepts and issues through relatable stories and insightful recommendations, a "Common Misconceptions" section, glossary, directory of resources, and a "Guide to Health Literacy" section

COLLECTIONS

Q&A Health Guides

UK July 2026

• US July 2026

160 Pages

HB 9781440880605

• £42 00 / $58 00

PB 9798765123133 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440880612

• £37 80 / $52 20

ePub 9798765110379 • £37 80 / $52 20

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Q&A Health Guides

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

• 1 bw illus

160 Pages

HB 9781440878855

• £38 00 / $50 00

PB 9798216470502 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440878862 • £34 20 / $45 00

ePub 9798216171713 • £34 20 / $45 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

352 Pages

HB 9781440881022 • £60 00 / $80 00

PB 9798765121429 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781440881039 • £54 00 / $72 00

ePub 9798765111802 • £54 00 / $72 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Healthy Technology Use

Your Questions Answered

Bernadette H Schell, Ontario Tech University, Canada

In a world where people have 24/7 access to the Internet, social media, and other digital technologies, developing healthy habits around how we interact with our screens can have an enormous impact on our physical, mental, and social well-being.

This book offers a broad introduction to healthy technology use – a topic of utmost importance in our “always connected” world The book’s questions cover the potential negative impacts of technology overuse and addiction on mental and emotional health, physical well-being, and our relationships with others Questions also address concerns such as digital information privacy, identity theft, piracy, and the dangers of misinformation circulated online Finally, the book includes questions covering how to best address technology overuse and addiction, including mindfulness strategies, “digital detoxes,” and therapy

Augmenting the main text are case studies illustrating key concepts and issues through relatable stories and insightful recommendations, a "Common Misconceptions" section, glossary, directory of resources, and a "Guide to Health Literacy" section

Healthy Sleep

Your Questions Answered

John T Peachey, Medical Psychologist, USA & Diane C Zelman, Alliant International University, USA

We all know how important sleep is, but many of us struggle to consistently get enough high-quality rest This book answers readers' sleep-related questions and offers guidance for a better night's slumber

This book aims to educate teens and young adults about the importance of sleep through an engaging question-and-answer format The book’s 44 questions cover the basics of sleep and dreaming, the connection between sleep and health, sleep problems and disorders, and how to improve sleep, by asking questions like:

- Why exactly is sleep so important?

- How does not getting enough impact physical wellbeing, academic performance, and interactions with others?

- How do you know if you have a sleep disorder?

- Can caffeine and power naps really make up for poor sleep habits?

Augmenting the main text are case studies illustrating key concepts and issues through relatable stories and insightful recommendations, a "Common Misconceptions" section, glossary, directory of resources, and a "Guide to Health Literacy" section

Treatments for Anxiety Fact versus Fiction

Myrna Chandler Goldstein, Independent scholar, USA & Mark A Goldstein MD, Harvard Medical School, USA

This book examines 25 well-known and well-studied options for combating anxiety. These include first-line treatments such as benzodiazepines, SSRIs, and cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT), as well as complementary modalities such as animal therapy, exercise, and dietary supplements Utilizing a standardized structure, each entry discusses a particular treatment’s origins and underlying principles, how and in what contexts it's used, and potential side effects and risks

Summaries of key research studies are included to help readers better understand the scientific community’s findings An introductory essay offers a broad overview of anxiety disorders and explains how these conditions are different from the dayto-day worries all individuals experience The introduction also highlights different assessment tools clinicians use to gauge the presence and severity of various anxiety disorders A further readings section at the end of each entry points readers toward additional resources to expand and deepen their knowledge

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

304 Pages • 7 b/w photos; 9 tables

HB 9781538180761 • £32 00 / $38 00

PB 9798216463627 • £15 99 / $22 95

ePDF 9798765168776 • £28 80 / $34 20

ePub 9781538180778 • £28 80 / $34 20

Rowman & Littlefield

Fat,

Stressed,

and Sick

MSG, Processed Food, and America's Health Crisis

Katherine Reid & Barbara Price

Presents the scientific evidence that glutamate aka MSG in processed food contributes to a suite of preventable inflammatory diseases

Fat, Stressed, and Sick makes the case that processed food compromises health not just because of added sugar, salt, and fat, but also because these foods contain significant amounts of glutamate aka MSG What was not well-known until described here is that most of the MSG in processed food is created during food manufacturing

The book details the research linking dietary glutamate to a suite of inflammatory diseases: obesity, diabetes, autism, addiction, depression, and cancer, to name a few Understanding the role of MSG in disease became the quest of author and biochemist Katherine Reid when she learned that her young daughter ’s autism symptoms were associated with inflammation of the brain Reid made the connection between inflammation and glutamate in the diet a connection amply supported by other studies In what became an experiment in her home kitchen, Reid examined every ingredient on every food label, removing all items with MSG and replacing them with whole foods The results were swift and undeniable Reid’s discovery that what one ate mattered was the start of a program of food-based solutions to chronic inflammatory illnesses, through which now, a decade later, she has helped thousands of people

The idea that large amounts glutamate in the diet jeopardizes health is supported by decades of research, despite efforts by the glutamate industry to discredit the scientific evidence that MSG poses a risk Some would have you believe the science is settled It is not This book explains the science behind why we crave the MSG in processed food, why it is hidden, how it is making us sick, and what we can do about it

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

280 Pages • 5 bw illus

PB 9781350468641 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350468634 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350468658 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350468665 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

English Encounters with the Spanish Inquisition

Faith, Nationhood and Heresy, 1558-1604

Teresa Tinsley, Independent Scholar, UK

Between 1558 and 1604, more than 400 subjects of Queen Elizabeth I found themselves in contact with the Spanish Inquisition This book draws on the records of their experiences and testimonies to provide a fresh perspective on a crucial period of religious divergence

Teresa Tinsley examines the varied experiences of merchants, sailors, diplomats and prisoners of war, highlighting cases of persecution, conversion, ambivalence, and cultural adaptation Paying close attention to an impressive assemblage of original sources, Tinsley challenges exaggerated claims about the cruelty and scale of the Inquisition’s actions against the English, which fed contemporary anti-Spanish propaganda and continue to colour perceptions of early modern globalisation and European colonisation today She shows that there were witnesses, litigants and collaborators as well as defendants, not all were Protestant, very few were treated harshly and most attempted, with variable success, to bridge the Reformation gap between Elizabeth’s Protestant England and Philip II’s post-Tridentine Spain

Their stories provide not only a comprehensive rebuttal of notions derived from the Black Legend, but also privileged access to the historical reality of the lives of individuals at the interface of opposed religious cultures Cross cultural contact – whether through trade or maritime conflict – brought individuals face to face with differences in religious faith and practice and those interrogated by the Inquisition were required to articulate these This has resulted in a unique corpus of historical evidence which exposes the multi-dimensional and fluid nature of religious affiliation, nationhood, and personal identity which drove conflict between the two nations

The Basque Witch-Hunt

A Secret History

Jan Machielsen, Cardiff University, UK

2025 AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF PUBLISHERS PROSE AWARDS WINNER: EUROPEAN HISTORY

In June 1609, two judges left Bordeaux for a territory at the very edge of their jurisdiction, a Basque-speaking province on the Atlantic coast called the Pays de Labourd In four months, they executed up to 80 women and men for the crime of witchcraft, causing a wave of suspects to flee into Spain Witnesses described lurid tales of cannibalism, vampirism, and demonic sex One of the judges, Pierre de Lancre, published a sensationalist account of this diabolical netherworld With other accounts seemingly destroyed, this witch-hunt – France's largest – has always been seen through de Lancre’s eyes The narrative, re-told over the centuries, is that of a witch-hunt caused by a bigoted outsider

Newly discovered evidence paints a very different, still darker picture, revealing a secret history underneath de Lancre’s well-known tale Far from an outside imposition, witchcraft was a home-grown problem Panic had been building up over a number of years and the region was fractured by factionalism and a struggle over scarce resources The Basque WitchHunt reveals that de Lancre was no outsider; he was a local partisan, married into the Basque nobility Living at the FrancoSpanish border, the Basques were victims of geography Geo-politics caused a local conflict which made the witch-hunt inevitable The same forces eventually sent thousands of religious refugees from Spain to France where they, in turn, became new objects of popular fear and anger The Basque witch-hunt is justly infamous This book shows that almost everything historians thought they knew about it is wrong

COLLECTIONS

Cultures of Early Modern Europe

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

400 Pages

• 83 colour illus

PB 9781350460645

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350460638

• £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350460652

• £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350460669 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

A Modern History of Politics and Violence

UK February 2026 • US February 2026

256 Pages • 20 bw illus

PB 9781350596122 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350596085 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350596092 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350596108 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Lived Reformation

Zurich, 1500-1800

Edited by Francisca Loetz, University of Zurich, Switzerland

This book examines one of the main centres of the European Reformation, the Swiss city of Zurich, to explore the impact of the reformatory processes on all aspects of everyday life It looks at how, for the early modern (non-)believers, new visions of Christian living were mediated through law, preaching, teaching, singing, reading, rumours, and heated debates in taverns Lived Reformation emphasises that the Reformation was for most a longlasting challenge, evident in church worship, pastoral care, policies for the poor, the spreading of literacy and implementing sexual norms

What did it take to turn from a Catholic to a Protestant? What did it mean for a Catholic priest to become a Protestant pastor and how did they relate to their flock? What did nuns and monks do when evicted from dissolved convents? How was the visual and acoustic culture of the city altered? What about brothels or the belief in ghosts? What impact did the new theological

Radicalization and Fascism in the Ustaša

From Terrorism to Mass Violence in the Western Balkans

Constantin Iordachi, Central European University, Hungary & Goran Miljan, Uppsala University, Sweden

This book explores the radicalization and fascistization of the Ustaša–The Croatian Revolutionary Organization within the interwar Kingdom of Serbs, Croats and Slovenes and later Yugoslavia, whose tumultuous rise led to terrorism and racial cleansing throughout the western Balkans

Using an interdisciplinary and socio-cultural approach, Constantin Iordachi and Goran Miljan trace the Ustaša's political trajectory from its ideological and organizational roots in the 1920s, to its guerrilla struggle and terrorist activities in the 1930s, to its genocidal rule, violent downfall, and post-1945 metamorphosis in exile

By considering the paramount role played by prejudice, economic deprivation, and the breakdown of social institutions in fueling grievances against an existing socio-political system, the authors place the emergence of the Ustaša in the context of the interwar Kingdom of Yugoslavia but also in the wider perspective of the emergence of fascist movements and regimes in interwar and wartime Europe

COLLECTIONS OPEN

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

288 Pages 20 bw illus

PB 9781350437005 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350436992 £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350437012 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350437029 • £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Rethinking Cooperation in Cold War Europe

Difficult Friendships across the 'Nylon Curtain'

Edited by Ulf Schmidt, University of Hamburg, Germany & Will Studdert, University of Hamburg, Germany

Studies of post-war Europe have conventionally stressed the Cold War ’s ideological divisions and competing economic models This open access book brings together historians from across Europe to explore the ways in which these political differences were circumvented, subverted, or overcome Rethinking Cooperation in Cold War Europe examines the systemic divide not as an Iron Curtain but – borrowing the metaphor of the Hungarian historian György Péteri, as a ‘Nylon Curtain’ – a present and yet surmountable partition that was frequently breached in a variety of ways

This book brings to life a complex series of ambiguous allegiances and complicated collaborations For all of the difficulties, the mistrust, the paranoia, and the ulterior motives, the contributors here demonstrate the myriad ways in which ‘Bloc thinking’ could be and often was overcome in the service of common interests and shared visions With Europe today facing military and political challenges unprecedented in the post-war era, the book offers a wide-ranging and timely overview of the ways in which channels of communication can be kept open even at times of heightened geopolitical tensions

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the European Research Council

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

240 Pages

PB 9781350564749

£28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350564701 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePub 9781350564718 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

256 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350553859 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350553866 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350553873 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350553880 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

264 Pages 10 b&w illus

HB 9781538181775 • £32 00 / $36 00

PB 9798216461036 £14 99 / $19 95

ePDF 9798216223436 • £28 80 / $32 40

ePub 9781538181782 • £28 80 / $32 40

Rowman & Littlefield

The Peoples' Friendship University in Moscow Soviet Educational Cooperation with the Global South during the Cold War Riikkamari Muhonen

The Peoples' Friendship University in Moscow if the first close analysis of the history of the most important educational institute in the USSR for educating students from the Global South Through her analysis of this key institution of Soviet internationalism during the Cold War, Riikkamari Muhonen provides a unique focus not only on everyday life within the institution, but how it supported the goals of Soviet public diplomacy towards nations affected by decolonization in Africa and the Middle East Drawing on archival material and interviews with alumni students, Muhonen’s mixed methodological approach creates a deep and varied view of the institution and contributes to a rapidly growing field of studies on grass-root level connections between the Second and the Third world in the spheres of cultural collaboration, development aid, and international education

This exploration of Soviet educational programs is important for broader understandings not only of post-war Soviet history, and the aftermath of decolonization and the global Cold War, but Russia’s current and evolving relationship with allies across the Global South

The Siege of Breda, 1624-25

Herman Hugo’s First-Hand Account

Edited by Paul Arblaster

This book presents Herman Hugo’s The Siege of Breda (1626) in a modern-spelling edition of Henry Gage’s 1627 English translation, introduced and contextualised by Paul Arblaster Hugo’s text is a classic of Latin Baroque historical writing that comprehensively recounts a nine-month military campaign in the Low Countries (1624-25) which was a showcase of early 17th-century siege warfare and attracted the attention and involvement of almost every country in Europe His translator was an Englishman who served in the siege as a company captain Arblaster shines a light on Hugo’s first-hand account of the siege, with its considerations of every aspect of the military operations and their human consequences Hugo took part in the campaign himself as chaplain to the general who conducted the siege, Ambrogio Spinola, and so had privileged access to the decision-making process, as well as close familiarity with the various events and incidents that he recounts Hugo also devotes attention to the moral and material state of the soldiery and of the besieged; describes individual actions, lapses, feats of heroism, duels, ambushes and stratagems; and considers the wider propaganda war that surrounded the siege As a result, his book offers a contemporary commentary on the role of honour, reputation and image in 17th-century warfare, as well as vital insights into the perspective of one of the first and foremost celebrity generals of the time

Falling into Place

A Story of Love, Poland, and the Making of a Travel Writer

Thomas Swick

From Booklist's Starred Review: "[Swick] keenly and empathically observes the world, bringing both a relatably human approach and learned appreciation for the art of travel and of life " Working as a feature writer in 1976, Thomas Swick falls in love with a visiting Polish student named Hania and soon moves with her to Warsaw The next decade sees Thomas living in Poland, Greece, and Philadelphia He declines an invitation to be a Polish informer, sees John Paul II embolden the masses on his first trip back to his homeland since becoming pope, witnesses the rise of Solidarity and the imposition of martial law in Poland, and walks with thousands of Poles on the pilgrimage to Czestochowa, an annual religious rite that blossoms into a nine-day protest march In 1989, he watches Hania vote in her country’s first free elections since pre-war independence One month later, he lands his dream job as a travel writer

Falling into Place is the personal story of a young man’s discovery of the world and his development as a travel writer It is also a love story, the couple overcome cultural differences, communist bureaucracy, and unhealthy separations, intwined with both is the story of the revolution that altered history With the world’s attention once again turned to Eastern Europe, and a Cold War reality, this memoir can help Americans better understand both

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

504 Pages • 20 bw illus

HB 9781350196865 £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350196858 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350196872 £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350196889 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

A New Imperial History of Northern Eurasia, 1700-1918

From Russian to Global History

Marina B Mogilner, University of Illinois at Chicago, USA, Alexander Semyonov, Higher School of Economics, Russia, Ilya V Gerasimov, Ab Imperio (Journal) & Sergey Glebov, Smith College, USA

A New Imperial History of Northern Eurasia, 1700-1918 proposes a new language for studying and conceptualizing the spaces, societies, and institutions that existed on the territory of today’s Northern Eurasia, until recently part of the USSR This book’s point of departure is a modern analytical approach to the problem of human diversity as a fundamental social condition Essentially, this is the story of individuals and societies who creatively responded to their natural and social environments and sought answers to universal problems in unique historical circumstances

This volume covers the period during which the enormous landmass from the Carpathian Mountains in the west to the Pacific Ocean in the east, from the Polar Circle in the north to the steppe belt in the south was put under the control of a single polity: the Russian Empire The book shows that the Russian Empire faced the daunting task of coordinating multifaceted diversity within a single political and legal body, under constantly changing domestic and international circumstances The study reveals that, to this end, the imperial regime employed various means, from violence to science, from segregation to integration, and yet was still unable to block multiple political actors within the empire from advancing their own strategies of belonging, resistance, and participation

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

248 Pages • 20 bw illus

HB 9781350377332 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350377349 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350377363 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350377356 £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Integration and Collaborative Imperialism in Modern Europe

At the Margins of Empire, 1800-1950

Edited by Bernhard C Schär, University of Lausanne, Switzerland & Mikko Toivanen, Freie Universität Berlin, Germany

This open access book provides a thought-provoking new perspective on European imperialism in the 19th and 20th centuries It does so by inquiring how smaller European powers and regions at the margins of the continent integrated into a globally interconnected world that was heavily shaped by their more powerful European neighbours Case studies on Nordic, Eastern and Central European regions uncover how countries such as Sweden, Serbia or Switzerland became imperial, despite having no or only short-lived overseas colonies of their own By uncovering the structures and networks that enabled these regions to actively participate in and benefit from the imperial world around them, these case studies also reveal a crucial dynamic of European imperialism that has rarely been analysed in extant historiographies of Empire and Europe: the fact that 19th-century European imperial subjugation of almost the entire planet was driven not only by undeniable rivalry and competition among the greater European powers, but also necessarily depended on collaboration and exchanges across national and imperial boundaries

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Swiss National Science Foundation (SNSF)

COLLECTIONS NEW IN PB

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

216 Pages 7 bw illus

HB 9781350427297 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350427334 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350427303 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350427310 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Spies in European Culture, 1815-1914

Representations, Networks, Practices

Edited by Laura Di Fiore, University of Naples Federico II, Italy & Elisabetta Abignente, University of Naples Federico II, Italy

This volume brings together academics from the USA and across Europe to examine the nature, representations and perceptions of the figure of the spy in Europe between 1815 and 1914 As such, it is the first scholarly investigation of the genesis both of contemporary espionage and of the cultural imagination associated with it

Spies in European Culture, 1815-1914 sheds light on the founding moment of espionage and the use of secrecy in politics in the contemporary age It successfully argues that the 19th century saw the development of a cultural-historical process in which disruptive novelties like the disguise, the secret and the double identity simultaneously assailed the spheres of the state, the self and the imaginary, ushering in distinctive features of society in the modern era in the process This global phenomenon, in which state and society, but also reality and fiction, were profoundly intertwined, is therefore investigated by means of a transdisciplinary analysis that considers both the politico-institutional and the cultural planes that existed at the time

UK September 2026 US September 2026

280 Pages • 24 bw illus

HB 9781350428645 £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350428638 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350428652 £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350428669 • £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Varieties of Economic Nationalism in Cold War Europe Small State Responses to Economic Changes, 1960s-1980s

Edited by Adrian Brisku, Charles University in Prague, Czech Republic, Lars Fredrik Stöcker, University of Vienna, Austria & Martin Gumiela, University of Vienna, Austria

Investigating the trajectories of economic nationalisms in Cold War Europe, this open access book explores the scope and limits of small (nation-)state actors pursuing and defending national economic interests in a globalizing world In so doing, it contributes a new perspective in the economic history, political economy and nationalism literatures on post-war Europe

Examining the impact of economic turning points such as the simultaneous crises of Western Keynesianism and Eastern Marxism-Leninism, the oil and financial shocks of the mid-1970s or the interplay of economic liberalization and decolonization on small state economic policy-making and diplomacy, eight empirical case studies are here brought together to illustrate the variety of Cold War-era economic nationalisms and their oscillation between protectionism and free market approaches Small states in East and West were, as the contributions demonstrate, very capable of turning smallness into a strategic asset and expanding their room for manoeuvre in a quickly shifting global economy

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Austrian Science Fund

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

320 Pages • 38 colour illus and 62 bw illus

HB 9781350520776 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350520783 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350520790 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350520806 £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

The British Women’s Suffrage Movement in 100 Objects A Material History

Elizabeth

Crawford

This book tells the story of the British ‘votes for women’ campaign in a sequence of 100 objects From the beginning of the campaign in 1866 until all women were granted the vote on the same terms as men in 1928, women used every means in their power to persuade the government to allow them the right to elect members of parliament Through the analysis of an astonishing array of objects – including books, bags, petitions, posters, postcards, plays, photographs, china, chess sets, leaflets, newspapers, games, jewellery, scarves, badges, belts, sashes, rosettes, films, and figurines - The British Women’s Suffrage Movement in 100 Objects explores the role that material culture played in this vital struggle

Elizabeth Crawford looks at how, during the sixty-year campaign, items that played any part in life were put to work for ‘votes for women’, as suffrage activists both used and abused buildings, transport, and communications These included not only objects created by the campaigners to influence public opinion, but also those produced by commercial firms to capitalise on the extraordinary publicity generated by the ‘votes for women’ movement Using the words of suffrage campaigners and their contemporaries, the accompanying text sets each object in context, with passages explaining politics and key personalities included throughout

Historical Dictionaries of Europe

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

730 Pages

PB 9798216461753 • £39 99 / $54 95

HB 9781538124536 • £190 00 / $260 00

ePDF 9798881860837 • £171 00 / $234 00

ePub 9781538124543 • £171 00 / $234 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Historical Dictionary of the Contemporary United Kingdom

Kenneth J Panton, University of Southern Mississippi & Keith A Cowlard, University of Greenwich

The death of Queen Elizabeth II in 2022 deprived the United Kingdom of its longest-serving monarch. The Historical Dictionary of the Contemporary United Kingdom, Second Edition contains a chronology, an introduction, and an extensive bibliography The dictionary section contains cross-referenced entries on important personalities as well as aspects of the country’s politics, economy, foreign relations, religion, and culture This book is an excellent resource for students, researchers, and anyone wanting to know more about the United Kingdom

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

216 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350443105

£85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350443099 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350443112 £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350443129 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

312 Pages • 51 bw illus

HB 9781350422940

• £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350428911 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350422957 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350422964 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Daily Life through History

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

304 Pages

HB 9781440870255 • £60 00 / $80 00

PB 9798765116265 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440870262 • £54 00 / $72 00

ePub 9798765110829 • £54 00 / $72 00

Bloomsbury Academic

King Arthur and the Languages of Britain

Examining the Linguistic Evidence

Bernard Mees, Independent Scholar, Australia

Medievalists have denied the historical existence of King Arthur for over 50 years Arthur and the Languages of Britain demonstrates how linguistic evidence can be employed to see if the earliest historical records that mention Arthur are reliable

The book begins with an analysis of the evidence for the Anglo-Saxon invasions and the response of the Britons, and introduces the main methodological approaches employed in the linguistic analysis of historical records It then provides evidence for Arthur as a Cumbric-speaker active in the region about Hadrian’s Wall, before assessing the linguistic evidence which supports the validity of the references to Arthur in the Welsh Annals and the Historia Brittonum

Bernard Mees reflects on how Arthur is recorded as having taken part in the Battle of Mount Badon, a site that has never been located, and dying at Camlann, now Castlesteads on Hadrian’s Wall He uses linguistic analysis of the evidence recorded for the existence of Arthur to support the historical reliability of these records Mees concludes with a summary of how Geoffrey of Monmouth created pseudo-historical stories from the references to Arthur in these early sources, turning Ambrosius Aurelianus into Merlin and Mordred into King Arthur ’s nephew and the lover of his queen Guinevere

NEW IN PB

Napoleon in British Culture c 1815 - 1840

James Gregory, Plymouth University, UK

This book studies British cultural engagement with Napoleon Bonaparte from his 1815 surrender and time in British custody, until the return of his remains to France in 1840

Adopting a chronological approach, James Gregory studies the British use of Bonaparte in various spheres – covering political, dramatic, literary, and visual culture, and popular entertainment over a 25-year period Gregory acknowledges not only canonical literary treatments, but also appearances of the figure in novels, anecdotes, travelling shows, and private collections – in order to analyse contemporary fascination with Napoleon

Centring on key themes such as responses to Napoleon’s presence on British territory, and later reactions to his death, Gregory also takes into account the influence of factors such as geography and gender, in order to craft a comprehensive picture of cultural engagement with Napoleon in the period 1815-40 Covering factors including the role of commemoration, the impact of Peterloo and Queen Caroline's death, and the rise of Romanticism, this book demonstrates how truly pervasive the myth of Napoleon became in 19th-century Britain

Daily Life of Women in Shakespeare's England

Theresa D Kemp, University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire, USA

Delve into the often-overlooked lives and legacies of everyday women in Tudor and Stuart England

Owing to their privilege and social stature, much is known about the elite women of 16th- and 17th-century England

Historians know far less, however, about the everyday women from the middle and lower classes from the 1550s to 1650 who left behind only scattered bits and pieces of their lives Born into a narrow class and gender hierarchy that placed women second to men in almost all regards, women from the poor and middling ranks had limited social and economic opportunities beyond what men and the church afforded them Yet, as Theresa D Kemp shows in this addition to the Daily Life through History series, many of these women, most of them illiterate by modern standards, found creative ways to assert agency and push back against social norms

In an era when William Shakespeare debuted his plays at the Globe Theatre in London, everyday English women were active in religious movements, wrote literature, and went to court to protest abuse at home Ultimately, a close examination of the lives of these women reveals how instrumental they were in shaping English society during a transformative and dynamic period of British history

COLLECTIONS

Daily Life through History

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

272 Pages 21 bw illus

PB 9798765141809 • £21 99 / $29 95

HB 9798765141762 • £55 00 / $75 00

ePDF 9798765141786 • £49 50 / $67 50

ePub 9798765141779 • £49 50 / $67 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Daily Life in Precolonial Africa

Toyin Falola, University of Texas, USA

Offers a window into the everyday lives of ordinary Africans during the era of Africa's precolonial history

What did Africans eat in the Kingdom of Kongo? How did tradesmen make a living along Saharan trade routes? What role did cosmologies play in various African groups' religions before the colonial invasion? These questions are answered as well as other insights given in this new addition to the Daily Life through History series

This book examines the period of African history prior to its colonization, exploring what day-to-day life may have looked like for various groups of people across the continent of Africa throughout this time Topics such as religious life, domestic life, and recreational life are discussed, exemplifying Africa's rich history and its diverse and vibrant cultures and heritage Study is aided by the inclusion of a succinct timeline, as well as a glossary

COLLECTIONS

UK October 2026 • US October 2026

296 Pages

HB 9789356408494 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9789356407169 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9789356409712 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic India

Nalanda

Sacred Sites and Sacred Identities (c 600-1200)

Diwakar Kumar Singh, Maitreyi College, University of Delhi, India

This book encapsulates the various historical contexts within which Nalanda assumed its significance and attained its mahavihara (mega-monastery) status. By examining sources ranging from textual to archaeological it reveals the history of Nalanda and its remarkable continuity with perceptible intellectual paraphernalia for which it became famous over the period Contrary to the exposition of a pan-Indian decline of Buddhism, evidence gleaned from the various quarters from Nalanda amply demonstrate that monasteries were in a flourishing state in the entire region and render any simple and conventional explanations of the decline of Buddhism in this period problematic Thus, the book attempts to understand the dynamics of a complex religious process with the focus on this monastery and its religious domain The interpretation is largely based upon the material records generated in the course of the excavations at Nalanda Nalanda as a site in archaeological and historical parlance connotes a Buddhist monastic establishment which grew up under the patronage of both royal as well as non-royal categories The incomplete excavation of this site has revealed a range of artifacts such as seals, inscriptions, and images attesting a larger monastic set up which underwent varied religious experiences Primarily a Buddhist site, Nalanda bears a remarkable presence of other religious traditions such as Brahmanism and Jainism The evidence of Brahmanical pantheons, symbols and other ritual entities presents a fascinating case study to understand and extrapolate the diversity of religious space of this monastic site There is sufficient archaeological data which suggests that the monastery witnessed a conjugation of different religious and ideological streams The book will make an important intervention in existing theoretical model that explains the decline of Buddhism

COLLECTIONS

Historical Dictionaries of Asia, Oceania, and the Middle East

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

212 Pages

PB 9798216463153 • £39 99 / $54 95

HB 9798765145630 • £110 00 / $150 00

ePDF 9798765145654 • £99 00 / $135 00

ePub 9798765145647 • £99 00 / $135 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

272 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350410862 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350410893 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350410879 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350410886 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

328 Pages

HB 9781666928617 • £100 00 / $130 00

PB 9781666928631 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781978772564 • £90 00 / $117 00

ePub 9781666928624 • £90 00 / $117 00 Lexington Books

Historical Dictionary of Artificial Intelligence in China

Lawrence R Sullivan, Adelphi University & Nancy Liu-Sullivan, City University of New York College

Artificial Intelligence (AI) is described as the basis of a “fourth industrial revolution” with profound effects to science, industry, and various aspects of society Rooted in philosophical and technological developments dating back to ancient times in both the West and China, AI has emerged as a powerful force transforming basic relations between humankind and machines

Historical Dictionary of Artificial Intelligence in China gives special attention to the individual scientists and entrepreneurs in the West and China responsible for major developments and advances of AI technology along with developments in ancillary fields such as science fiction and films that influence elite and popular opinion on the frequently opaque world of AI This is done through a chronology, an introductory essay, cross-referenced dictionary entries, a glossary, appendix and an extensive bibliography

NEW IN PB

The Malayan Emergency in Film, Literature and Art

Cultural Memory as Historical Other

Edited by Jonathan Driskell, Monash University, Malaysia, Marek W Rutkowski, Monash University, Malaysia & Andrew Hock Soon Ng, Monash University, Malaysia

Examining film, literature and art produced during and after the Malayan Emergency, the guerrilla war fought between the Malayan National Liberation Army and the military forces of the British Commonwealth, this collection demonstrates how art functions as a record of cultural memory that both reinforces and challenges official histories Beyond that, it also brings new understandings of the Malayan Emergency itself, and Malaysia’s subsequent development as a postcolonial nation

The first section of the book focuses on films and writings produced during the period of the Emergency to capture the sociopolitical circumstances of the time and understand its effect on the people The second section goes on to explore representations of the Emergency generated after the event, highlighting how it was reimagined or reevaluated by later artists, and what ideological ends they served Offering a comparative methodological approach, it investigates works that account for a range of perspectives, including British, Communist and Malayan/Malaysian Bringing together the personal and political within individual and collective histories, this collection offers a new understanding of how the Emergency contributed to the formation of postcolonial Malaysia, and demonstrates the central role that film, literature and art play in the creation of cultural memory

NEW IN PB

Soong Mayling and Wartime China, 1937-1945

Deploying Words as Weapons

Esther T Hu

Soong Mayling and Wartime China, 1937-1945: Deploying Words as Weapons focuses on the First Lady of China’s timely and critical contributions in the areas of war, women’s work, and diplomacy during China’s War of Resistance as inflected through gender This book explores Soong Mayling through her own words by examining her speeches, essays, letters, telegrams, and news reports during the war period How did Madame Chiang Kai-shek’s gender identity shape her interactions with other Chinese women, the male military and political leadership in the Republic of China, and the broader global public? How did Confucianism’s cardinal virtues and Chinese Christianity converge in Soong Mayling’s work and worldview? What were her main contributions as Secretary-General of the Chinese Air Force? Drawing on Chinese archival materials such as Chiang Kai-shek’s diaries and other records around the world, Esther Hu provides a historically informed perspective of the First Lady’s legacy within the context of World War II history, international cultural and military affairs, and transnational geopolitics

COLLECTIONS

SOAS Studies in Modern and Contemporary Japan

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

• 10 bw illus

200 Pages

HB 9781350344242

• £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350344280 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350344259 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350344266 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US August 2026

272 Pages

PB 9798216442035 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666952735 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9798216256663 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781978769984 £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

Japanese Medical Lives in Transformation

Contesting Modernity in the Late Nineteenth Century

Ellen Gardner Nakamura, University of Auckland, New Zealand

At the end of the 19th century, Japanese modernizers abandoned the traditional Chinese-style medicine that had dominated for centuries, and turned instead to Western medical theory and practice In this book, Ellen Gardner Nakamura reconsiders the story of the adoption of Western medicine through the eyes of six medical practitioners

The men who took the lead in transforming Japanese medicine under the new Meiji government were Western-style Japanese physicians, an enthusiastic minority who had studied European medical texts and techniques in the era before the ‘opening’ of Japan Their achievements in creating the institutions of modern Japanese medicine are celebrated in almost every Japanese medical history book Japanese Medical Lives in Transformation, on the other hand, focuses on a selection of lesser-known men and women whose roles in the transformation of Japanese medicine were important but unspectacular The Japanese doctors discussed here had various educational backgrounds Most trained in the Dutch-style medicine which had become popular in the middle of the Tokugawa era, but they ultimately struggled with the transition to modernity To what extent was their background in premodern Western-style medicine an advantage in adapting to the Meiji era? Who were the winners and who were the losers in the modernization process? What personal and professional challenges did they face? This book is shaped by these broad questions and the informative life trajectories of six fascinating contemporaries

India's Nationalist Press and the First World War, 1914-1923

A History of the Great War

Andrew Tait Jarboe

This rich and under-utilised archive of newspapers demonstrates that India was awash with commentary about World War One from the moment Britain declared war with Germany in 1914, and charts the gradual change in attitude towards the conflict itself, as well as India’s future relationship with Britain, amongst contemporary readers and writers While established scholarship considers the fact that World War One spelt the end for the British Empire and India’s position within it as an established truth, this book uses newspapers and civil servant reports to ask why, and how this came to be

Offering a detailed reading of archival sources, this book links India’s path to independence with reports of heavy Indian casualties in the Middle East, stalemate on the Western Front, and demands for increased autonomy in Britain’s other colonies It also answers important questions; what was it like trying to follow the war ’s events in wartime India? What developments mattered to Indian newspaper editors and their readers? What debates did the war engender? What did people in India do with the news they consumed? In doing so, it recovers marginalised voices within histories of World War One, helping to decentre a euro-centric approach and build a clearer picture of experiences of this conflict across the Empire

COLLECTIONS

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

264 Pages 10 tables

PB 9781666960273 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666960259 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216261889 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978760301 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Fairs, Festivals, and State–Society Relations in the Ottoman Empire, 1876–1908

Semih Gökatalay, Virginia Military Institute

This book examines the role of trade fairs and religious festivals in shaping dynamic relations between the Ottoman state and its diverse populace during the reign of Sultan Abdülhamid II It analyzes the influence of historical conflicts, provincial power struggles, and public demands on the evolution of public gatherings.

Through case studies and examples from diverse provinces that showcase instances where local agents actively participated in decision-making processes, Fairs, Festivals, and State–Society Relations in the Ottoman Empire, 1876–1908 analyzes the influence of historical conflicts, provincial power struggles, and public demands on the evolution of public gatherings in terms of location, content, dates, scope, security, and entertainment As performative spaces, fairs and festivals facilitated the construction of new national identities and collective consciousness because thousands of people from all walks of life gathered in these meetings and were exposed to state-endorsed and privately produced political messages across the empire Semih Gökatalay demonstrates that the transformation of collective gatherings took place as a result of ongoing negotiation between political elites

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

264 Pages • 30 bw illus

HB 9781350512580 £20 00 / $27 00

PB 9781350640092 • £12 99 / $17 95

ePDF 9781350512603 £18 00 / $24 30

ePub 9781350512597 • £18 00 / $24 30

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK October 2026 • US September 2026

256 Pages • 3 bw tables & figures

PB 9798765161760 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798765161753 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798765161784 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798765161777 £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

336 Pages

PB 9781666920321 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666920307 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781666920314

• £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781978771956 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Kennedys at Cape Cod, 1944

The Summer That Changed Everything

Leigh Straw, University of Notre Dame, Australia

The Kennedys considered their home in Hyannis Port, Cape Cod to be a haven from their busy lives Yet in the summer of 1944, against the backdrop of WWII, the events that unfolded for them there changed the family forever

Beginning in the May of that year, The Kennedys at Cape Cod 1944 paints an intimate picture of those few months From the scandal of the eldest daughter, Kick, marrying William ‘Billy’ Cavendish, and the eldest son, Joe Jr ’s, dangerous and secret bombing missions over Europe, to second son Jack’s quiet recovery from injury sustained in the line of duty, younger daughter Rosemary’s conspicuous absence and the youngest son, Ted’s, loneliness, it explores the innermost hopes, fears and anxieties of each Kennedy Following these events as they played out over the summer of 1944, it culminates with the event that would change them forever: the tragic death of Joe Jr

Offering a close account of the months leading up to this momentous moment, The Kennedys at Cape Cod 1944 is an unparalleled and never-before-revealed account of how the family experienced and responded to this tragedy, which was later described as a ‘turn in the road’ for their family The summer of 1944 changed all their lives, and in propelling the second brother, Jack Kennedy, into the political limelight, changed the course of American political history

American Evangelical Leaders and U S Foreign Policy, 1919-1941

Robert F Schwarzwalder,

Regent University

This book argues that while the interwar period is generally seen as a period of Evangelical withdrawal from American public life, Evangelical leaders of varying sub-groups remained acutely aware of foreign affairs, speaking on US foreign affairs to large groups of congregants and beyond Contributing to the spread of themes that emerged during this era regarding concerns of anti-Semitism, skepticism of the League of Nations, and preoccupation on biblical prophecy seen in current events Schwarzwalder analyzes the theological, sectarian, and political views of Evangelical leaders during this time

Echoes of the American Civil War Abroad Perceptions, Identities, and Historical Memory

Edited by Ivan Kurilla, The Ohio State University & Victoria I Zhuravleva, Russian State University for the Humanities

Through a constructivist approach, this book views the era of the American Civil War as a transnational phenomenon, emphasizing its role in shaping national identities and historical memory worldwide

Extending identity narratives across time, contributors from Brazil, Canada, France, Mexico, Russia, the United Kingdom, and the United States analyze a wide range of primary sources, including diplomatic correspondence, periodicals, memoirs, intellectual writings, fiction, political cartoons, and murals in order to untangle the international impact of the U S Civil War

The countries selected for analysis vary typologically, yet each provides particularly rich material for reconstructing national identity discourses within a transatlantic framework, as explored in the first two parts of the volume, and within the broader context of the American continents, as addressed in the third part Russia is treated in a separate section as a distinctive case at once European, “the Other Europe,” and non-European not only due to the parallels in the domestic and international developments of the Russian Empire and the United States, but also because of the enduring impact of the American Civil War on bilateral relations and mutual perceptions Taken together, the volume’s three sections intersect and reinforce one another, demonstrating how both the Union and the Confederacy were invoked as symbolic Others to shape national self-understandings, grounded in evolving configurations of interests, ideologies, and values

COLLECTIONS

UK January 2027 US September 2026

248 Pages

PB 9798216449805 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798216396956 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9798216351320 £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9798216351313 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Historical Dictionaries of U S Politics and Political Eras

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

362 Pages

PB 9798216462095 • £39 99 / $54 95

HB 9798881807597 • £110 00 / $150 00

ePDF 9798216462071 • £99 00 / $135 00

ePub 9798881807603 • £99 00 / $135 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Black History Lives

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

176 Pages • 9 bw illus

PB 9798765118290 • £21 99 / $29 95

HB 9781440873720 • £50 00 / $68 00

ePDF 9781440873737 • £45 00 / $61 20

ePub 9798216172017 • £45 00 / $61 20

Bloomsbury Academic

US-Guatemalan Petro-Diplomacy in the Twentieth Century

Richard M Balzano

Between 1975 and 1983, Guatemala’s hydrocarbon development became deeply entangled with state-led violence during the country’s civil war The United States' efforts to secure favorable access to Guatemalan oil intersected with and in some cases redirected the trajectory of U S foreign assistance and human rights policy

In the first book on U S -Guatemalan hydrocarbon relations, Richard M Balzano exposes the arms-for-aid diplomacy and duplicity in the Reagan administration, who actively supported the Guatemalan government as they inflicted violence on their own citizens US-Guatemalan Petro-Diplomacy in the Twentieth Century makes several original contributions to the existing scholarship on Guatemalan energy development and inter-American resource imperialism Balzano challenges the notion that Guatemala was a peripheral concern in Reagan’s Cold War strategy in Central America, arguing instead that it played a pivotal role in shaping U S regional policy

Historical

Dictionary

of Voting and Elections in the United States

Michael J Pomante II, Claremont Graduate University

Americans have participated in the ballot box from the Founding Era to the present day. By combining historical background with current debates, it highlights both progress and persistent barriers to fuller democratic participation Presented in an accessible dictionary-style format, the book defines and explains key terms, concepts, court cases, and political developments that have shaped U S democracy It covers milestones such as the expansion of suffrage, the Voting Rights Act of 1965, and modern challenges like gerrymandering, voter suppression, election denial, and disinformation

Historical Dictionary of Voting and Elections in the United States contains a chronology, an introduction, and an extensive bibliography, and cross-referenced dictionary entries With a focus on election mechanics, reforms that have expanded access, and the threats of democratic backsliding, this volume gives readers the language and context to understand how U S elections operate and why they matter It serves as both a reference and a reminder to value and defend the foundations of democratic participation

Maya Angelou

A Life in American History

F Erik Brooks, Central State University, USA & Erin W Gilliam, Albany State University, USA

This accessible biography of Maya Angelou provides readers with an ideal introduction to the life and times of one of America's most beloved and influential Black artists

Maya Angelou: A Life in American History explores the life of one of the most significant figures of the 20th century Chronological chapters chart major events in Angelou’s life, examining how these events influenced her personally and professionally Her life is also deeply situated within the social and cultural context of her time, with an examination of the impact of era-defining events such as the Harlem Renaissance and the Civil Rights Movement

Through this biography, readers will understand how Angelou has and continues to shape and influence Black culture and American history, with an enduring legacy of artistry and meaningful social activism that continues to inspire millions of Americans and many more around the world

To enrich and consolidate understanding, the work includes a timeline of key events in Angelou's life, primary documents, and a bibliography to aid in further research

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

464 Pages • 20 bw illus

PB 9798765132012 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798216970156 • £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9798216970163 £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9798216970170 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

American Catholics

An Encyclopedic History

Russell M Lawson, Tulsa Community College, USA

Understand the role, impact, and lasting legacy that Catholicism has had in North America from European contact to today.

Beginning with North America’s contact with three imperialist powers (Spain, France, and England), this narrative account tells the story of how Catholicism became and continues to be part of the basic religious and cultural fiber of North America

The book follows a narrative chronological and thematic format, focusing on people, events, practices, social and cultural phenomena, and institutions People discussed include the well-known, such as Christopher Columbus and Junipero Serra, and the not-so-well-known, such as Juniper Berthiaume and Jean Louis Berlandier

With 32 chapters divided into 7 parts and all drawing on primary sources, this book engages with topics such as the overwhelming violence against Indigenous people and the religion’s role in wars, politics, and modern-day culture

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

352 Pages

HB 9781440881084 • £80 00 / $110 00

PB 9798765122167 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781440881091 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9798765110744 £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

100 Black Women Who Shaped America

Their Legacy

Glenn L Starks, Independent Scholar, USA

Explore the lives of 100 Black women and their unique and meaningful legacies upon the history, society, and culture of the USA

Today, the names and remarkable achievements of Black women such as Maya Angelou, Serena Williams, Michelle Obama, and Oprah Winfrey are well known to many Americans Yet throughout American history, many lesser-known Black women like them have made invaluable contributions to sports, science, the arts, medicine, politics, and civil rights Josephine St Pierre Ruffin, who published the first newspaper written for and by African American women, championed the cause of women's suffrage Matilda Sissieretta Jones, whose father was an enslaved person, toured Europe and performed at the White House in front of four different presidents as one of the great sopranos of her generation Augusta Savage, overcoming racism and sexism, became one of the most celebrated sculptors in history This book serves as an important reminder that the story of America cannot be told without the Black women who, with strength and determination, have always pushed America forward even when others held them back

COLLECTIONS

American Ways

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

224 Pages

HB 9781538100585 • £25 00 / $35 00

ePDF 9798881864378 • £22 50 / $31 50

ePub 9781538100592 • £22 50 / $31 50

Bloomsbury Academic

The United States and Mexico

Unequal Neighbors

Jürgen Buchenau

A lively, accessible introduction to the asymmetrical relationship between the United States and Mexico, one of the most formative international relationships in geopolitics today

The border between the US and Mexico is the world’s longest between a wealthy industrialized nation and a part of the Global South The economy, society, culture, and politics of the two nations have become inextricably linked

As the United States continues to assert its considerable geopolitical power, this book reminds us that this trend runs deep in the country's history, starting with its closest neighbors Buchenau explores US territorial expansion, the Mexican Revolution of 1910, disputes over agricultural and mineral wealth, and the migration of Mexican laborers Despite that massive power imbalance, Buchenau shows us that Mexico's influence on the United States is just as significant as the inverse

COLLECTIONS

Yiddish Voices

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

128 Pages 10 bw illus

HB 9781350320970 • £45 00 / $61 00

PB 9781350320963 • £14 99 / $19 95

ePDF 9781350320987 • £13 49 / $17 95

ePub 9781350320994 • £13 49 / $17 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Mississippi A Yiddish Play about the Scottsboro Affair

Edited by Alyssa Quint, Yeshiva University, USA

In their English translation of the Yiddish play Mississippi, Ellen Perecman and Alyssa Quint have undertaken a work of cultural salvage Penned in 1935 by Polish-Jewish playwright Leib Malach, the play was performed on the Warsaw stage by the experimental Yiddish theatre company “Young Theater” (Yung Teatr) led by legendary director and drama theoretician Mikhl Weichert Malach and Weichert were keen to depict a dramatic episode from contemporary life that reflected their humanistic and leftist political ideas as well as avant-garde theatrical practices

Mississippi is a fictionalized retelling of the Scottsboro Affair, which began with the wrongful arrest of nine African American youths in Alabama in 1931 The play demonstrates how important it was to Yiddish writers of the 1920s and 1930s to grapple with the persecution of Black people in America In her introductory essay, Quint treats the political aspirations that animated Malach and Weichert, and the vulnerability felt by European Jewry that it saw reflected in the experience of Black Americans

COLLECTIONS

Histories of Internationalism

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

272 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350416499 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350423978 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350416505 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350416512 • £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

OPEN ACCESS

International Organizations and the Cold War Competition, Cooperation, and Convergence

Edited by Sandrine Kott, University of Geneva, Switzerland, Eva-Maria Muschik, University of Vienna, Austria & Elisabeth Roehrlich, University of Vienna, Austria

The post-WWII era was a time of superpower confrontation and antagonistic bloc politics, but it was also a period in which organized internationalism reached its peak as both an ideological value and a political practice This open access volume explores how international organizations affected the evolution and nature of Cold War rivalries, and how they in turn were shaped by them In seeking to understand the role that international organizations have played as sites of confrontation, this volume also highlights their role as spaces for mediation and negotiation, particularly for middle-size powers and colonized or newly decolonized countries Through multiple perspectives, based on a diverse array of historical sources, the authors collectively explore how international organizations were able to bridge and move beyond the Cold War divide by promoting common causes and shaping common scientific knowledge, communities and practices

Rather than focusing exclusively on western-dominated institutions within the UN system which have received the most scholarly attention to date, this book highlights the role of lesser-known groups such as the Paris-based International Child Center, the Prague-based International Union of Students and historical actors such as Soviet public health experts and Chinese development specialists In doing so, it asks new questions about the role of international organizations in securing peace and security across the modern world, and their role as negotiator in times of tension and crisis

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Swiss National Science Foundation

COLLECTIONS

Writing History

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

200 Pages

HB 9781350468474

• £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350468481 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350468504 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350468498 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Byzantium: A European Empire and Its Legacy

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

184 Pages

PB 9798216446927 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666968699 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9798216268291 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781978759473 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

424 Pages 15 bw illus

PB 9798765130148 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798765130131 £75 00 / $100 00

ePDF 9798765130162 • £67 50 / $90 00

ePub 9798765130155 • £67 50 / $90 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Writing Animal History

Timm Schönfelder

This book charts the evolution of animal history from 1800 to the present day, and is an essential companion for students navigating the methodological practices of the field

Organised by theme, Writing Animal History takes readers through a variety of approaches to animal-human interactions, against the backdrop of key historiographical questions: such as agency, acculturation, and power hierarchies With chapters on wilderness and civilisation, industrialised animals, and animals in science and technology – discussion moves from the origins of the field, to the evolving place of animals in society, and then to the future of animal history

Schönfelder analyses a wealth of case studies in each chapter, highlighting to students how a variety of sources, theories, and methods can be employed when writing and reflecting on animal histories The author ’s use of practical examples not only demonstrates the dynamic nature of the field, and its wide geographical applications, but encourages students to approach and develop their own research questions and ideas

Writing Animal History is a key touchstone for students learning about the practice of animal history, and is an essential tool for analysing and developing historiographical writing

Wild Horses and Their Relatives in the Middle Ages

Anastasija Ropa

Wild Horses in the Middle Ages offers a comprehensive and interdisciplinary exploration of the presence, perception, and treatment of wild and feral horses across medieval Europe and adjacent regions Drawing on archaeological evidence, genetic studies, medieval legal codes, hippiatric treatises, chronicles, and visual culture, the book interrogates the ambiguous status of wild horses in the historical record and challenges modern assumptions about equine domestication

Anastasija Ropa traces the biological and legal distinctions between wild and domestic horses, and examines how medieval authors and artists depicted equine life From breeding advice in hippiatric treatises to frescoes showing horse hunts, these sources reveal how horses were embedded in medieval economies, landscapes, and imaginations not only as laborers and companions but also as symbols of status, wilderness, and power

Encyclopedia of Roman Emperors Reigns, Allies, Enemies, and Legacies

James W Ermatinger, University of Illinois Springfield, USA

Explore the ancient Roman empire through the lens of its leaders.

This encyclopedia provides biographical information, further readings, and select primary documents on the Roman emperors, all in one easy-to-use volume This book explores strengths and weaknesses of the various rulers, their ascents to and falls from power, and their families and legacies From Julius Caesar to Severus Alexander, the work shows how these leaders shaped the Roman empire and history as a whole The book is organized chronologically, organized into major dynasties and intermediary periods: Julio-Claudians (55 BCE to 68 CE), Year of the Four Emperors (68-69), Flavians (6996), Antonines (96-193), Year of the 5 Emperors (193), and Severans (193-235) Within each dynasty, supporting figures friends, families, and enemies are arranged alphabetically for the ease of the reader

Readers will come to understand the people behind one of the world’s most powerful and famous empires This encyclopedia offers readers an overview of the history of the Roman empire through those that created, maintained, and lost it Giving further readings, both primary and secondary documents, the book opens the door to further learning while providing a one-stop reference for the basics of the Roman empire and its leaders

COLLECTIONS

Empire’s Other Histories

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

240 Pages

• 30 bw illus

PB 9781350605718

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350605671 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350605688 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350605695 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Empire’s Other Histories

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

256 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350588929 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350588882 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350588899 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350588905 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Empire’s Other Histories

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

280 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350451094 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350451124 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350451100 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350451117 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Colonized Migrants in Imperial Britain

Mobility, Survival and Resistance

Laura Tabili, University of Arizona,

USA

The making of multicultural Britain is often dated to the arrival of the Windrush in 1948, but this obscures the lives of the many colonized migrants who were already surviving, and often thriving, in the metropole long before 1948.

This book follows early twentieth century migrants from Africa, Asia and the Caribbean from their recruitment in the colonies through their varied exploits and experiences in Britain It affords a window into life in multicultural working-class settlements before and between the world wars, offering unprecedented granular detail about who such migrants were, where they came from and moved to, how their networks and institutions in Britain functioned, how much they mixed with and married local people, and whether these patterns persisted or altered as new waves of migrants joined them over time

Weaving multiple stories together, Colonized Migrants in Imperial Britain tells of the opportunities seized; the networks, communities and kin that were sustained; and the strategies used to make ends meet Often marginalised, policed and subordinated, this book shows how colonized migrants overcame formidable institutional obstacles to take part in, enrich, and build modern British society

Writing against Empire

A Book History of Pan-Africanism in Britain, c 1930-50 Jack Bowman, University of Warwick, UK

This book paints a detailed picture of how anti-colonial publishing operated from the very heart of the British Empire in the middle of the 20th century Pointing to the vibrant interconnections between anti-colonial and Pan-African activists in Britain, it engages with their personal politics, political thought, and global links to recast how we think about both publishing and anti-colonialism at this time It engages with activists on their own terms through a book history approach, one that takes seriously the printed manifestations of anti-colonial thought, and views printing and publishing as political activism

Assessing various forms of Pan-African writing, from pamphlets and journals to novels and works of anthropology, this book unpacks how different activists ‘did’ their politics, and what these politics were Delving into the literary works that supported and maintained British Pan-African activism, Writing Against Empire highlights the central and crucial role of written texts to this movement Unpicking the links between different thinkers and their works, and analysing how such a wealth of anticolonial writers could operate within the very core of empire, Bowman gets to the heart of anti-colonial action in 20th-century Britain, and the centrality of print to this struggle

Reimagining Empire in India

George Thompson, Anti-Slavery Activism, and the Global Networks of British Colonial Reform, 1831-1858

Andrea Major, University of Leeds, UK

This book explores debates about East India Company colonialism that took place on the lecture circuits of Britain, in the meeting houses of Calcutta, and at the Mughal court in Delhi in the late 1830s and 1840s

This book uses the travels, experiences, and activism of anti-slavery lecturer and East India reformer George Thompson as a starting point for a wider exploration and reassessment of the ways in which Company rule in India was challenged in the decades before the Indian Uprising of 1857

An important organiser in the campaign for East India reform as the main spokesperson for the Aborigines Protection Society and a champion of the causes of Indian rulers such as Pratap Singh and Bahadur Shah Zafar, Thompson was also a flawed character As a paid agent, he was remunerated for his activism and accusations of pecuniary self-interest were never far away

His story therefore offers important insights into the limitations of early anti-colonial sentiment, and the problems of cosmopolitan collaboration in colonial contexts By exploring early Victorian debates about India’s commercial potential, role in the imperial labour market, and place within an increasingly interconnected post-emancipation empire, the book seeks to contextualise evolving ideas regarding Britain’s humanitarian responsibilities towards her ‘fellow subjects in the East’, and how these connected with, and were superseded by, nascent forms of Indian anti-colonialism, political protest, and civic activism

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

272 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350510517

£28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350510487 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350510494 £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350510500 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Daily Life through History

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

280 Pages

HB 9781440881169 • £60 00 / $80 00

PB 9798765116654 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440881176 • £54 00 / $72 00

ePub 9798765111246 • £54 00 / $72 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

216 Pages 10 bw illus

HB 9781350378674 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350378704 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350378681 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350378698 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Rhodesia and Zimbabwe in the British Press

Representations of Colonialism and Liberation in Southern Africa, c 1951-80

Hugh Pattenden, University of Southampton, UK

Employing a wealth of British newspaper articles this book explores the ways in which British attitudes to Rhodesia/Zimbabwe developed from the post-war period through to the early years of independence by reconstructing how the print media portrayed the colony Using articles from a range of different sources it traces the narratives that were presented to the public from the creation of the Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland to the early years of Robert Mugabe’s regime

Exploring the cultural, political, moral and ideological relationship between metropole, white settler colonialism and African nationalism at the end of Britain’s empire in Africa, it maps out the public debates, representations and perceptions of decolonization and Britain s role in it It lays open ideological fracture lines that existed in the political mind-set in Britain, explores how attitudes towards Empire were shaped through the media, and the extent to which the various crises of southern Africa permeated the British consciousness during this period

Daily Life in Colonial Africa

Toyin Falola, University of Texas, USA

Discover how European colonization across the many regions in Africa dramatically altered the continent and the daily lived experiences of its peoples

Daily Life in Colonial Africa explores nine facets of daily life in the European-colonized African continent, such as domestic, economic, political, and religious life Examples of everyday people farmers forced to switch to cash crops, people of faith melding native traditions and European Christian doctrine on beliefs about the afterlife, storytellers using allegory to discreetly challenge colonial rule show how colonialization impacted every aspect of life for Africa’s indigenous people, as well as how they adapted to new ways of life while maintaining their cultural roots Alongside the main text, helpful additional resources such as a timeline of the colonization of Africa and a glossary of terms provide useful context for understanding what life in this period of history was truly like for the many different people and groups affected by Africa’s colonization

Spying on Muslims in Colonial Mozambique, 1964-74

Sandra Araújo

Revealing Portugal’s counterinsurgent spying on Muslims during Mozambique’s liberation struggle, this book uses archival and field work to study Muslim responses to counterinsurgency and armed nationalism that led to Mozambique’s freedom from colonial rule. Paying particular attention to the intricate set of realities Muslims faced during the colonial war, and their responses to Portuguese efforts to woo them against armed nationalism, Araújo shows how some elements of the Muslim community supported Portuguese counterinsurgency, while others defied it

Exploring complex interconnections between Muslim culture, Portuguese intelligence-gathering practices, and colonial and nationalist propaganda, Spying on Muslims in Colonial Mozambique brings a novel insight to the study of colonial counterinsurgency Drawing scholarly attention to view this period of Portuguese colonisation as a matrix of lived realities pushing and pulling Muslim communities in opposite directions, this study enhances our understanding of colonial security strategies in Mozambique during the liberation war and their legacies in the post-colonial era

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

288 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350414396 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350401648 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350401679 £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350401686 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

216 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350591790 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350591752 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350591769 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350591776 £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US July 2026

344 Pages 15 bw illus

PB 9781350291508 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350273290 £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350273306 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350273313 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Contested Histories

Global Perspectives on the Past, Present and Future of Public Monuments

Edited by Tomás Irish, University of Swansea, Simon John, University of Swansea & Hannah Lyons, University of Warwick

Examining case studies from Asia, Africa, North America, and Europe, this book explores the debates around the past, present and future of public monuments. Through the lens of the protests against controversial statues that peaked in 2020, it brings together scholars from disciplines including history, art history, classics, politics and philosophy to analyse the spatial, physical, and emotional interactions between monuments and people

Including analysis of examples drawn from Bosnia and Herzegovina, Britain, India, Ireland, Italy, Libya, the Philippines, the United States, this book uncovers the role of public monuments in shaping national and individual identities, their role in public memory, and how they may be used to preserve or subvert chosen narratives about the past Acknowledging how memorials may elicit a strong public reaction, the essays in this volume also consider instances of different actions when contesting public monuments – from small alterations to complete destruction The volume uses contemporary examples to explore not only the pasts and presents of public monuments, but also their futures

Late Modern Transformations

A Cultural History of Acceleration, 1960-2011

Mark Hearn, Macquarie University, Australia

How should late modernity be defined, and its history interpreted? This book critically reflects upon the dynamics and disruptions of transformative change that occurred between the mid-20th century to the early-21st, focusing on themes of political economy, culture, war and terrorism, and the growing conflict between material progress and its impact on the natural world

Introducing the trope of ‘acceleration’, the irrepressible dynamics of production and exploitation that stimulate modern progress, this book shows how acceleration has intensified over those few decades, and how this intensity has increasingly provoked historical interpretation Late Modern Transformations provides a synoptic analysis of issues and developments emblematic of complex changes including the rise of neoliberalism, the introduction of the Anthropocene and new narratives of self-expression

Demonstrating how these transformations are rooted in the cultural sixties, and tracing their acceleration over the following decades, this book reflects on the instability of globalised change, which has manifested in outbursts of terrorism, a widening wealth divide and the advance of artificial intelligence

The European Unity League

Sir Max Waechter and the European Idea, 1904-1924

Ulrich Tiedau, University College London, UK

Troubled by the armaments race between Germany and Britain, in 1906 Anglo-German Sir Max Waechter presented a manifesto to King Edward VII which put forward the idea of a united Europe which prioritised preventing war and advancing prosperity This manifesto grew into the European Unity League Here, Ulrich Tiedau reconstructs and reassesses the full significance of this organization for the first time

Examining the intellectual origins, political actions and visionary legacy of the European Unity League, this timely study rectifies the notion that the organization was merely a fringe group of eclectic and elite pro-European enthusiasts and instead reveals the lasting impact of the movement on European ideals and modern international relations While the league was ultimately a failure in that it neither prevented war nor gave rise to a federation, Ulrich Tiedau shows that the organization did earn sizeable popularity among the British public and Waechter was widely regarded as the early head of the Pan-European movement The European Unity League, Tiedau adroitly concludes, thus set an important precedent for bringing about unity and peace across Europe Based on previously unexplored archival sources and highlighting the British roots in the early European movement, this book connects the history of pacifism with the history of the European idea

COLLECTIONS

History of Emotions

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

232 Pages

PB 9781350588813

• £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350588776 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350588783 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350588790 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

History of Emotions

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

328 Pages • 10 bw illus

PB 9781350539471 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350539440 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350539457 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350539464 • £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Death

and

Emotions in Anglo-China

Negotiating Grief Across Cultures in the Nineteenth Century

Bobby Tam, University of Hong Kong

This book uncovers the history of emotions surrounding death in colonial and semi-colonial Anglo-China during the 19th century. Engaging with both English and Chinese sources, including obituaries, memoirs, personal correspondence, missionary publications, mourning poetry and travel accounts, Death and Emotions in Anglo-China explores how this common human experience was understood, expressed, and felt across different cultures, where it became not merely a personal matter but a hotly contested issue

Illustrating how emotions of death solidified communities, buttressed regimes and galvanised political movements, the book pays attention to the dilemma between personal grief and communal commemoration, arguing that the chaotic process of grieving was often pushed aside by collective narratives, which stressed the emotional norm of solemnity Such collective emotions provided the Western powers, namely the British, a sentimental rhetoric of sacrifice for their imperial cause, and for the Chinese, a powerful impetus to rising Chinese nationalism by the turn of the century

Focusing on a culturally dynamic context previously overlooked in the field of emotional history, this book contributes to the global dimension of growing interests in historicizing the universal human conditions of emotions and death

OPEN ACCESS

Loves and Loyalties in Imperial Japan

An Emotional Revolution

Edited by Mark A Jones, Central Connecticut State University, USA, Robert Thomas Tierney, University of Illinois UrbanaChampaign, USA & Miriam Wattles, University of California, Santa Barbara, USA

This open access collection argues that an emotional revolution occurred in Imperial Japan between 1900 and 1950, transforming the lives of millions and spawning new social communities Exploring the lived experiences of the Japanese, both as individuals and as members of social groups, it examines changes in meanings, expressions and practices of love and loyalty during that period

Rather than accepting a stark opposition between Western-individualistic love and Eastern-feudalistic loyalty, this book finds a nuanced, entwined and dialectical relationship between the two sentiments that remade the Japanese relationship with family, state and the world During a time when Japan emerged as a capitalist society and the centre of a growing empire, Loves and Loyalties in Imperial Japan shows how new media expanded and affected emotional change, while different groups and individuals fought over the meaning and value of their social attachments Exploring the different versions of love and loyalty that were being circulated while Japan experienced a spluttering democracy, an autocratic wartime empire and military defeat in 1945, this book is the first of its kind to address these issues and help globalize the history of emotions

History of Emotions

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

288 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350511675 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350511705 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350511682 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350511699 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Grief and Sorrow in the Roman World Republic to Empire Anthony Smart, York St John University, UK

Engaging with the long history of emotions, this book provides a new narrative of how grief was defined, experienced and used in Ancient Rome From studies of tears and weeping, to Roman funerary monuments and inscriptions, the role of female grief in navigating political conflict, and letters of consolation, Grief and Sorrow in the Roman World explores the language of grief and individuality of sorrow in Rome, and asks how and why they shaped their emotions in this way

Revisiting familiar sources such as Livy and Plutarch it offers new interpretations to place the Roman emotional framework against our own Can we recognise our own notions of grief in the Ancient World? Do we feel pain in the same way as our Roman ancestors did? Exploring these questions and more, Anthony Smart challenges existing perceptions of grief and sorrow in the Roman world and places emotions at the centre of this rich culture

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

320 Pages • 22 bw illus

PB 9798765131077 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798765126394 • £75 00 / $100 00

ePDF 9798765131084 • £67 50 / $90 00

ePub 9798765126400 • £67 50 / $90 00

Bloomsbury Academic

They Burned Women, Not Witches

A Global Guide to Witch Hunts from Antiquity through Today

Peg A Lamphier, California State Polytechnic University, USA

A global examination of the persistence of witch hunts, from antiquity to present day, with a focus on their gendered dimensions and impact on women's lives and their communities

From 1300 to 1800, primarily male leaders tried and tortured approximately 200,000 people for witchcraft, executing about half their victims Women make up between 75% to 90% of the accused and murdered In the 21st century, witch hunts remain endemic in Africa, India, Amazonia and parts of Indonesia Who were (and are) these women and why were they targeted? Travel from Russia to Java, from Denmark to India, from ancient Rome to present-day Tanzania to investigate the circumstances surrounding various witch hunts and what these reveal about the real motives behind burning women and calling them witches

Structured and written as a first-stop resource for readers and researchers, each regional examination offers at-a-glance data for global comparison, including demographics, approximate numbers of persons accused and executed, identifying factors leading to accusations, and more Each example concludes with an analysis of how the events impacted women's roles in society at the time and through the present day Chronologies of trials and laws and related primary source documents further place these events in historical context

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

288 Pages

HB 9781350353107 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350353138 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350353121 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350353114 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Women on the Right Politics and Social Action in Comparative and Transnational Perspective, 1870s-1990s

Edited by Clarisse Berthezène, University of Paris, France, Laura Lee Downs, European University Institute, Italy & Julie V Gottlieb, University of Sheffield, UK

Women on the Right explores the complex relationships between conservative and right-wing politics, social action, and women actors from the late 19th to the late 20th century Edited by Clarisse Berthezène, Laura Lee Downs, and Julie V Gottlieb, each essay examines the spectrum of women’s engagement with right-wing politics, from centrist and ‘progressive conservatism’ groups, to authoritarianism and fascism

This book uses local and national case studies to explore a wide range of women’s social and political mobilizations Using a bottom-up perspective, it stays focused on the ideas, ambitions, and practices of the actors themselves Key points of comparison include: the very different roles played by religious institutions and associations, the broader regional and national contexts, and the dynamics that favour - or not - the eventual construction of welfare states Women on the Right consistently adopts a multinational and multidimensional approach, by bringing together a team of expert contributors to engage in a discussion of the comparative and transnational features of right-wing women’s political thought and practice

The result is a unique contribution to the historical understanding of women’s participation in - and ideas aboutconservative activism

COLLECTIONS

New Directions in Social and Cultural History

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

256 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350382503 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350382510 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350382527 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350382534 • £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

New Directions in Social and Cultural History

UK August 2026 US August 2026

248 Pages • 27 bw illus

HB 9781350420243 £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350425798 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350420250 £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350420267 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

OPEN ACCESS

Inheriting the Family Objects, Identities and Emotions

Edited

by Katie Barclay, Macquarie University, Australia, Tanya Evans, Macquarie University, Australia, Joanne Begiato, Laura King & Ashley Barnwell

This open access book uses new methodologies from the history and sociology of emotions to analyse why people select specific tokens of family inheritance, and how this influences personal identity, cultural heritage, and national memory

Much of our cultural heritage emerges from family histories – with many of the objects curated in museums, stories passed between generations, and monuments marking notable figures being the direct product of familial collections, donations, and investments This edited collection uses emotion as an analytical tool to interpret such behaviours, and offers novel ways to investigate how and why family inheritances from a range of social, racial, and ethnic groups maintain their cultural power, as they move through time and from the private to the public spheres

Drawing on a variety of case studies, and exploring items ranging from Victorian library chairs, to quilts, religious texts, and pieces of intergenerational writing – this volume considers the role of objects and inheritances in the emotional lives of individuals and families, and acknowledges them as agents in the creation of histories and identities

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 license on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by UK Research and Innovation

An Atmospheric History of Smoking in Modern Britain

Ivan Markovic, University of Durham, UK

This book studies the historiography of smoking in modern Britain, with a focus on the social, cultural, and emotional aspects of the practice

Centring on four specific moments in modern British history; the turn of the 20th century, the Second World War, the 1980s, and the mid-2000s, An Atmospheric History of Smoking not only traces the history of tobacco use, but explores the cultural significance of - and attitudes toward – smoking Markovic combines oral histories with archival research and artefact analysis, in order to evoke the unique social atmospheres surrounding smoking at each of these key periods within British history

By analysing factors such as the encouragement of the practice as part of Home Front ‘mood management’ during the Second World War, or the impact of smoking on 1980s workplace relations, this book highlights how the role of smoking in public spheres has undergone significant change throughout the 20th century Constructing the 2007 UK ban on smoking in public places as a turning point for the practice in the British cultural imagination, Markovic examines how smoking has both been deemed ‘out of place’, and yet still persists today

COLLECTIONS

The Cultural Histories Series

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

256 Pages

• 42 bw illus

HB 9781350007376

• £75 00 / $110 00

PB 9781350591271

• £25 99 / $35 95

ePDF 9781350325579

• £67 50 / $99 00

ePub 9781350300934 • £67 50 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

The Cultural Histories Series

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

• 45 bw illus

248 Pages

HB 9781350007406

• £75 00 / $110 00

PB 9781350591288 • £25 99 / $35 95

ePDF 9781350300958 • £67 50 / $99 00

ePub 9781350300941 • £67 50 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

A Cultural History of Ideas in Classical Antiquity

Edited by Clifford Ando, University of Chicago, USA, Thomas Habinek, University of Southern California, USA & Giulia Sissa, UCLA, USA

A 2024 CHOICE OUTSTANDING ACADEMIC TITLE

2023 AAP PROSE AWARDS WINNER: BEST HUMANITIES REFERENCE WORK

The essays in this volume of the award-winning A Cultural History of Ideas explore essential domains of reflection and practice in the cultures of ancient Greece and Rome. Ranging from knowledge to nature, the human self to the linguistic and figurative arts, and ethics to politics to religion, the contributors produce an entirely new history of ideas The distinctive intellectual life of antiquity is not simply shown in the area of theory, nor is it merely seen in context Instead, this volume reveals how ancient societies generated knowledge and representations in their culture and embodied practice

The 6-volume set A Cultural History of Ideas is part of The Cultural Histories Series Titles are available in print for individuals or for libraries needing just one subject or preferring a tangible reference for their shelves or as part of a fullysearchable digital library The digital product is available to institutions by annual subscription or on perpetual access via www bloomsburyculturalhistory com Individual volumes for academics and researchers interested in specific historical periods are also available in print or digitally via www bloomsburycollections com

A Cultural History of Ideas in the Medieval Age

Edited by Dallas G Denery, Bowdoin College, USA

A 2024 CHOICE OUTSTANDING ACADEMIC TITLE

2023 AAP PROSE AWARDS WINNER: BEST HUMANITIES REFERENCE WORK

This volume of A Cultural History of Ideas examines the roughly thousand years, from the end of the Roman Empire to the cusp of the Reformation, which make up the Middle Ages Each chapter investigates the ideas and practices associated with a specific theme knowledge, the human self, ethics, politics, nature, religion, rhetoric, art, and history in order to reveal the tangle of social, cultural, and religious factors that shaped, and were shaped by, medieval intellectual life Central to this project is the need to read against the grain, revealing the limits and suppressions in both the medieval sources themselves and more recent scholarship on the period

The 6-volume set A Cultural History of Ideas is part of The Cultural Histories Series Titles are available in print for individuals or for libraries needing just one subject or preferring a tangible reference for their shelves or as part of a fullysearchable digital library The digital product is available to institutions by annual subscription or on perpetual access via www bloomsburyculturalhistory com Individual volumes for academics and researchers interested in specific historical periods are also available in print or digitally via www bloomsburycollections com

The Cultural Histories Series

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

272 Pages • 40 bw illus

HB 9781350007413

• £75 00 / $110 00

PB 9781350591431 • £25 99 / $35 95

ePDF 9781350300965 • £67 50 / $99 00

ePub 9781350300972 • £67 50 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

A Cultural History of Ideas in the Renaissance

Edited by Jill Kraye, University of London, UK

A 2024 CHOICE OUTSTANDING ACADEMIC TITLE

2023 AAP PROSE AWARDS WINNER: BEST HUMANITIES REFERENCE WORK

The Renaissance is famous as a period of intellectual and cultural flourishing associated with the rebirth of antiquity It is now recognized, however, that there was considerable continuity with the preceding medieval centuries While much that was new about the Renaissance derived from the recovery, restoration, and revival of ancient ideas and culture, the process of renewal took place against the backdrop of intellectual and cultural structures inherited from the Middle Ages

This volume of A Cultural History of Ideas explores the ways in which distinctively Renaissance ideas and a distinctively Renaissance culture emerged from the complex interaction of ancient and medieval influences

The 6-volume set A Cultural History of Ideas is part of The Cultural Histories Series Titles are available in print for individuals or for libraries needing just one subject or preferring a tangible reference for their shelves or as part of a fullysearchable digital library The digital product is available to institutions by annual subscription or on perpetual access via www bloomsburyculturalhistory com Individual volumes for academics and researchers interested in specific historical periods are also available in print or digitally via www bloomsburycollections com

COLLECTIONS

The Cultural Histories Series

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

280 Pages

• 50 bw illus

HB 9781350007475

• £75 00 / $110 00

PB 9781350591448

• £25 99 / $35 95

ePDF 9781350300996

• £67 50 / $99 00

ePub 9781350300989 • £67 50 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

The Cultural Histories Series

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

256 Pages • 42 bw illus

HB 9781350007482

• £75 00 / $110 00

PB 9781350591455 • £25 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350301009

• £67 50 / $99 00

ePub 9781350301016 • £67 50 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

The Cultural Histories Series

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

256 Pages • 45 bw illus

HB 9781350007499 • £75 00 / $110 00

PB 9781350591462 • £25 99 / $35 95

ePDF 9781350301030 • £67 50 / $99 00

ePub 9781350301023 • £67 50 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

A Cultural History of Ideas in the Age of Enlightenment

Edited by Jack R Censer, George Mason University, USA

A 2024 CHOICE OUTSTANDING ACADEMIC TITLE

2023 AAP PROSE AWARDS WINNER: BEST HUMANITIES REFERENCE WORK

This volume of A Cultural History of Ideas focuses on the culture of the Enlightenment, long believed a time of enormous intellectual innovation and ferment However elusive the precise connection between ideas and culture in this period, the emergent mixture resonated throughout the West and beyond This volume features essays by ten eminent scholars who consider nine different areas of intellectual investigation: knowledge, concepts of self, society and ethics, economics and politics, nature and natural law, religion, literature, the arts, and history In all of these areas, Enlightenment culture meant the development of modern values sharply at odds with the Old Regime in which they were embedded

The 6-volume set A Cultural History of Ideas is part of The Cultural Histories Series Titles are available in print for individuals or for libraries needing just one subject or preferring a tangible reference for their shelves or as part of a fullysearchable digital library The digital product is available to institutions by annual subscription or on perpetual access via www bloomsburyculturalhistory com Individual volumes for academics and researchers interested in specific historical periods are also available in print or digitally via www bloomsburycollections com

A Cultural History of Ideas in the Age of Empire

Edited by James H Johnson, Boston University, USA

A 2024 CHOICE OUTSTANDING ACADEMIC TITLE

2023 AAP PROSE AWARDS WINNER: BEST HUMANITIES REFERENCE WORK

Few major European writers of the nineteenth century addressed the topic of empire explicitly, but its components are present throughout their work: in science and religion, literature and the arts, and philosophy, politics, and economics This volume, encompassing the period between the French Revolution and the First World War, offers a comprehensive account of nine central domains of thought in the long nineteenth century or “age of empire” Employing recent approaches in cultural history, scholars from a variety of fields revisit well-known works and present less-familiar figures to assess the origins and impact of ideas in their national and global contexts

The 6-volume set A Cultural History of Ideas is part of The Cultural Histories Series Titles are available in print for individuals or for libraries needing just one subject or preferring a tangible reference for their shelves or as part of a fullysearchable digital library The digital product is available to institutions by annual subscription or on perpetual access via www bloomsburyculturalhistory com Individual volumes for academics and researchers interested in specific historical periods are also available in print or digitally via www bloomsburycollections com

A Cultural History of Ideas in the Modern Age

Edited by Stefanos Geroulanos, New York University, USA

A 2024 CHOICE OUTSTANDING ACADEMIC TITLE

2023 AAP PROSE AWARDS WINNER: BEST HUMANITIES REFERENCE WORK

Ideas defined the twentieth century: they and their reflections shaped practices, social life, knowledge, and governance This book confronts the challenge of the narrative, symbolic, institutional, and conceptual architecture of the twentieth century, mostly in the Euro-American West To this day our thought is defined by terms that the twentieth century set in motion from modernity to the age of extremes, from nationalism to internationalism to decolonization, from dada to poststructuralism, from the expanding university to neoliberalism and the end of history This book tracks nine categories: “Knowledge”, “The Human Self ” , “Ethics and Social Relations”, “Politics and Economies”, “Nature”, “Religion and the Divine”, “Language, Poetry, Rhetoric”, “The Arts”, and “History”

The 6-volume set A Cultural History of Ideas is part of The Cultural Histories Series Titles are available in print for individuals or for libraries needing just one subject or preferring a tangible reference for their shelves or as part of a fullysearchable digital library The digital product is available to institutions by annual subscription or on perpetual access via www bloomsburyculturalhistory com Individual volumes for academics and researchers interested in specific historical periods are also available in print or digitally via www bloomsburycollections com

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

256 Pages • 5 bw illus

PB 9781350603653 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350603646 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350603660 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350603677 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Self-Portrait of a Holocaust Perpetrator

The Wartime Correspondence of a German Policeman

Felix Schnell, University of Essex, UK

This book provides an insightful exploration of how a German policeman, Mathias Müller (Police Battalion 309), was involved in Nazi atrocities and mass murder behind the frontline in the Soviet Union during the Second World War It does this through the analysis of Müller ’s own words and the actions he describes in the voluminous correspondence he shared with his wife at the time

Self-Portrait of a Holocaust Perpetrator examines the correspondence from the perspective of the police unit’s operational history and considers Mathias Müller s language in relation to discourses and discursive elements of the Third Reich Schnell reflects on the personalities behind the letters, Mathias and Meta, and the rules of their ‘correspondence game’ He also goes on to consider the narrative strategies Müller uses to convince his wife that he has an important role to fulfil in the East, without openly talking about what he and his comrades actually were doing For though Müller was very much in line with the ideas and aims of the NS-leadership, his wife was not, and he had to navigate this problem skilfully in the correspondence

The book is a unique and revealing study of a lower-rank Holocaust perpetrator that will enrich the understanding of all students and scholars of the Holocaust and the Second World War

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

320 Pages

PB 9781472507365 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781472505651 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781472512307 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781472508904 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

The Destruction of Peoples Colonizing and Genocide in the Modern World Tony Barta

The Destruction of Peoples considers the connections that exist between colonial conquest and genocide in modern history Drawing on a unique interpretation of Raphael Lemkin's conception of genocide, it closely examines early America and the killing of native Americans, the exploits of imperial Britain in Australia, Africa, Canada and India in addition to Nazi Germany

The book employs a range of source materials to develop original ideas about Lemkin's definition, the historical reasons for colonial genocide and the discussion about intentional versus unintentional genocide

Complete with web links, this important new study from a key scholar in the field of genocide studies is a vital text for all students of the Holocaust, European colonization and genocide in world history

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2027

224 Pages

HB 9798216376996

£25 00 / $35 00

ePDF 9798216377016 • £23 95 / $31 50

ePub 9798216377009 £23 95 / $31 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Daily Life through History

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

208 Pages • 15 bw illus

PB 9798765115695 • £21 99 / $29 95

HB 9798216182740 • £55 00 / $75 00

ePDF 9798216970002 • £49 50 / $67 50

ePub 9798216970019 • £49 50 / $67 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

The Harvard Cold War Studies Book Series

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

256 Pages

PB 9781350593251 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350593268 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350593275 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350593282 • £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Most Resistant of All

Nicole Bacharan

Award-winning bestseller in France, now available for global readers, this is the true story of Ginette Guy, a daring resistor of the Nazis in Vichy France who chose resistance over submission, sheltered Jews, operated within a clandestine network, and risked everything for freedom Arrested by the Gestapo and interrogated by its ruthless chief, she gave nothing away earning the chilling tribute in his files: “She was the most resistant of all ” Told by her daughter, historian Nicole Bacharan, this deeply moving narrative blends meticulous historical research with intimate family details, restoring the forgotten women’s war and illuminating the eternal questions of moral choice and resilience

Daily Life for Americans during World War II

Robert Francis Saxe, Rhodes College, USA

See World War II through the lens of the day-to-day realities of war, both at home and on the battlefront. Looking at everyday life during one of the most tumultuous times in history, this book explores different facets of life, from economy to entertainment to family From the home front to the battlefront, uncover the resilience, challenges, and triumphs of those who lived through the war Embedded with rich details, this book offers a comprehensive look at how the war shaped the lives of ordinary people and soldiers alike

Readers will gain insight into how families coped with the absence of loved ones, how communities rallied together to support the war effort, and how soldiers found moments of levity amidst the chaos of war The economic impact of the war, including rationing and the role of women in the workforce, is also explored in depth

Intellectual and cultural life during the war is another key theme, highlighting how people stayed informed, entertained, and connected despite the challenges The book also examines the political climate of the time, including the impact of propaganda and the role of government in shaping public opinion Recreational activities, from sports to cinema, provided much-needed escapism, while religious practices offered comfort and hope This book is a must-read for anyone looking to understand the true realities of World War II, not just what's portrayed on a movie screen

OPEN ACCESS

Top Diplomacy Amidst the Cold War

Romania's Triangular Relationship with the USA and Britain

Mihai Hotea, University of Cambridge, UK

This open access book argues that high level summits and state visits between state leaders proved to be a useful means of pursuing geopolitical goals during the Cold War Focusing on the relationship between communist Romania and democratic Britain and the USA, it shows how the Anglo-American allies sought to support Romania’s stance in foreign policy, in order to hinder Soviet influence and destabilise the communist bloc

Offering the first study to argue that this triangular relationship emerged during the 1970s through these high-level diplomatic meetings, it explores the substantive issues that arose from this connection Highlighting the key intermediary role played by Romanian diplomacy in the Middle East and with North Korea, and pointing to the significance of trade in this relationship, it shows how Anglo-American leaders turned a blind eye to the dictatorial regime in Bucharest, in order to achieve their geopolitical goals Capitalizing on this relationship, Ceausescu became the first communist leader to be courted in meetings at the highest level by Britain and the USA Informed by recently declassified official documents, this book provides a truly international history of Romania’s Cold War relationship with the US and Britain

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by UKRI

UK August 2026 US September 2026

272 Pages • 33 color lineart; 19 color images; 22 tables

HB 9781538197073 • £100 00 / $135 00

PB 9781538197080 £64 99 / $89 00

ePDF 9798881866174 • £58 49 / $80 10

ePub 9781538197097 • £58 49 / $80 10

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Exploring Geography

UK August 2026 • US September 2026

288 Pages • 106 color images

HB 9781538168318 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781538168325 • £28 99 / $44 95

ePDF 9798765150078 • £26 09 / $40 45

ePub 9781538168332 • £26 09 / $40 45

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

368 Pages

HB 9781350580114 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350580107 £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350580145 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350580138 • £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Population Geography

Tools and Issues

K Bruce Newbold

This full-color text offers a comprehensive introduction to population geography, grounding students in the tools and techniques that are used to describe and understand population concepts Arguing that an understanding of population is essential to prepare for the future, Newbold provides undergraduates with a thorough grasp of the field

Key Features:

End-of-chapter Focus boxes weave in substantive discussions of interesting current issues, and Methods, Measures, and Tools boxes illustrate how population geography questions are tackled

Learning objectives at the start of each chapter establish key concepts for learning and end of chapter study questions ensure concepts are retained

End of book Glossary of Terms and Population Website Resources offer additional avenues for student learning

New to this Edition:

Impacts of COVID-19 on mortality, fertility, and mobility patterns

Expansion of non-US examples to highlight key concepts

Recent trends and policy updates

Economic Geography

Capitalism, Globalization, and Landscapes

Barney Warf, University of Kansas

This core text on economic geography from acclaimed scholar Barney Warf provides students an accessible, balanced, and concise overview of why location matters in business and economics

Offering numerous U S based examples, Economic Geography drives home concepts while being engaging and relevant for students Warf explores all aspects of the economy, from developmetn and globalization, agriculture and manufacturing, to e-commerce and retail Each chapter ends with a set of defined glossary terms, study questions, and suggested readings, to encourage further student engagement The full color art program boasts over 100 figures, illustrating examples for better learning retention Students will leave with an understanding that capitalism as we understand it today is not inevitable, but rather resulting from historical and contextual factors

OPEN ACCESS

Global Platform Governance

Regulating Big Tech beyond the Trans-Atlantic

Edited by Nanjala Nyabola, Taylor Owen, McGill University, Canada & Heidi Tworek, University of British Columbia, Canada

This is a field-defining open access playbook for identifying and responding to the global regulatory challenges created by large digital platforms

Here Nanjala Nyabola, Taylor Owen, and Heidi Tworek gather leading scholars and practitioners from around the world to deliberate key issues emerging from digital platforms across four topics: content, data, competition and infrastructure From hate speech to disinformation, from algorithms to AI, from monopolistic tech giants to disruptive start-ups, and from 5G to cloud computing to the internet of things, this book offers exhaustive coverage of issues related to platform governance Along the way, it pushes scholarly, practitioner, and policymaker communities to address the global nature of this challenge and to take seriously diverse global approaches to owning and regulating platforms

The eBook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by University of British Columbia, Canada, and McGill University, Canada

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

240 Pages

HB 9781350545236

£75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350545229 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350545250 £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350545243 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Just Sustainabilities

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

296 Pages

PB 9781350332591

• £21 99 / $29 95

HB 9781350332553

• £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350332577

• £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350332560 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

296 Pages

PB 9781350542372 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350542365 £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350542396 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350542389 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Democracy’s Subjections

Colonial Modernity and the Gendered Subject of Violence

Lyn Ossome

In this ground-breaking study, Lyn Ossome offers an authoritative, interdisciplinary theory of how postcolonial capitalist democracies reproduce the gendered forms of violence essential to colonial rule.

Focussing on postcolonial African states, and using an interdisciplinary methodology that combines insights from political studies, feminist political economy, historical studies, and literary studies, Ossome shows how postcolonial, capitalist democracies in Africa, like their colonial antecedents, use various identity-markers to determine whose rights and bodies are violable, to what extent, and whether and how the violated have a right to resist Ossome buttresses her critique through evidence gathered from colonial archives in Kenya, Zimbabwe, and South Africa, as well as through critical comparisons of three artistic responses to gender-based violence and rape in South Africa and India, all of which shows how her insights might apply across the postcolonial Global South

Designing the Just Transition

Design-Politics, Labor, and the Battle for Post-Carbon Futures

Damian White, The Rhode Island School of Design, USA & Nicholas Pevzner, University of Pennsylvania, USA

Environmental politics is clearly at an impasse, increasingly foreclosed by a fragmenting elite consensus on climate change, an escalating populist backlash on the right, and a pervasive sense of climate doom on the left This book considers what new openings might be offered by a labor-centered transition focused on our creative agency and our collective capacities to design new worlds

Whilst political mobilizations and smart policy are vital for making progress on decarbonization, Designing the Just Transition suggests that a more environmentally and socially just future will also have to be materialized and built, coded and created, imagined, desired, and enacted by many hands, many skills and many forms of visible and invisible design labor The mainstream design industry is not to be trusted Nevertheless, this book brings political ecology and environmental-labor studies into dialogue with critical design praxis, activism, and scholarship It critically appraises traditions of worker-centered design, ecological and regional planning, sustainable and climate-smart architecture, and ‘design when everyone designs ’

Rather than embracing a scolding green politics of limits or techno-utopian propaganda, Designing the Just Transition points

Covid-19 Restrictions in the Global South Accelerating Inequalities, Worsening Human Rights

Edited by Aleida Borges, Toby Green & Sundararaman Thiagarajan

This groundbreaking, interdisciplinary collection is one of the first scholarly books in the world to address the impacts of Covid-19 restrictions on the Global South

Bringing together health and social scientists from around the world--including many leading figures from Global-South countries such as Angola, Bolivia, Colombia, India, Kenya, and Nigeria--the book shows how, in low- and middle-income countries in particular, Covid responses often exacerbate problems and inequalities around education, gender, socioeconomics, and politics and political economics They negatively and disproportionately affect routine medical treatments; vaccination programmes; access to maternity and neo-natal care; child learning and socialization; women's caring responsibilities; gender-based socioeconomic differences; and rates of domestic violence, all while accelerating existing trends towards political authoritarianism and damaging democratic processes

In offering in-depth perspectives on all these problems, this book ultimately challenges practitioners to include Southern perspectives in future emergency response-planning, and it develops both global and multidisciplinary paradigms to guide them in their efforts

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

216 Pages

PB 9781350592148

£28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350592100 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350592124

£76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350592117 • £76 50 / $103 50 Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

280 Pages

PB 9781350587359

HB 9781350587311

• US September 2026

• £28 99 / $39 95

• £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350587335

ePub 9781350587328

Bloomsbury Academic

• £0 00 / $0 00

£0 00 / $0 00

Precolonial Communities in Postcolonial Africa

The Resilience of Indigenous Groups in Contemporary Politics

Edited by Allan D Cooper & Emmanuel O Oritsejafor

This collection takes on one of the most important and vexing issues in African development - the role played by African states in under-development on the continent - and shows how empowering resilient precolonial communities offers under-explored routes forward.

Rather than comparing African states to states elsewhere, this book takes a unique bottom-up approach and compares how major ethnic communities within Africa have developed over time under various state systems It begins with an investigation into major precolonial societies and the way in which they were affected by the slave trade and colonialism It then offers individual case studies from the length and breadth of the continent, and in so doing, provides a near-comprehensive account of historical African community and state formation, including coverage of under-researched peoples such as the central African Fang, as well as of the Kongo, Benin, Akan, Wolof, Kikuyu, Shona, Oromo, and Zulu communities Each case study analyzes how postcolonial African states have functioned as self-interested political entities often times at the expense of the economic and political development of its Indigenous communities, who are forced into a pluralist state systems that set them in economic and political competition with each other

OPEN ACCESS

Media Accountability and Corruption in Africa Contestations and Controversies

Edited by Ufuoma Akpojivi & Tendai Chari

Gathering scholarly voices and case studies from 10 sub-Saharan African countries, Media Accountability and Corruption in Africa is an open access look at how media influences governance, accountability, and public perceptions of corruption on the continent

The book offers an outline of the media's role in corruption in sub-Saharan Africa, then guides readers along as it examines specific countries and issues in depth via four thematic sub-sections: these explore media representations of corruption; media corruption and accountability; social media and corruption; and media capture and journalistic safety Both editors and all contributors are based in sub-Saharan Africa, and their real-world, lived experiences of the contexts they write about enable new and critical insights into how media sometimes aids corruption and sometimes helps to expose and fight it For its fresh theoretical interventions and detailed examples, this collection is valuable resource for scholars, practitioners, and policymakers interested in development, media accountability, and political transparency in Africa

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

328 Pages

HB 9781350444416 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350444454 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350444430 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350444423 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Personalization and Digital Social Markets

Disrupting the Capitalist Economy

Tahir M Nisar, University of Southampton, UK

Tahir Nisar presents a cogent, compelling account of recent developments and disruptions within the digital economy, and particularly within the industrial and service sectors Through an original, overarching framework rooted in the concept of personalization and its antecedents, Nisar identifies radically new forms of relationships, both economic and social, among firms and customers These new relationships are driving major changes in commercial and industrial firms’ policies and practices, and in turn, in the entire market economy E-commerce trading, user-generated content, virtual communities, co-creation, influencer movements, FinTech, and sharing economies have strengthened the hands of consumers and have encouraged developments in cognitive technologies such as AI automation, which in turn create new ways of working and disruptions to traditional capital-labour relations Ultimately, what emerges from this study is a picture of how digital technologies unleash forces of change that are creating new forms of social and economic sharing arrangements and new forms of social organization

For its empirical depth and and theoretical rigor, this book is essential reading for researchers and students interested in emerging, alternative forms of economics, business, and management, and particularly those interested in the digital economy and the state and future of capitalist markets

Contemporary Debates

UK March 2026 • US March 2026

280 Pages

HB 9781440869419 • £55 00 / $75 00

PB 9798216461104 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440869426 • £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9798216079729 • £19 79 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Energy Resources

Examining the Facts

Jerry A McBeath

An authoritative, comprehensive overview of economic, political, and environmental drivers of America's energy picture, from trends in the production and consumption of fossil fuels and renewables to the state of the national energy grid

Energy Resources: Examining the Facts is part of a series that uses evidence-based documentation to examine the veracity of claims and beliefs about high-profile issues in American culture and politics Each book in the Contemporary Debates series is intended to puncture rather than perpetuate myths that diminish our understanding of important policies and positions; to provide needed context for misleading statements and claims; and to confirm the factual accuracy of other assertions

This installment in the series provides a comprehensive overview of all energy resources used in the United States, including fossil fuels (oil, gas, coal), nuclear power, hydropower, other major renewables (solar and wind), and even smaller energy sources, such as wood products (biomass), ethanol, plant-based fluids/gases, and geothermal, that have meaningful potential for future growth The framework of laws and regulations in which energy resources are developed, produced, and overseen is described, as are the ways in which economic development powered by different energy resources is impacting people and ecosystems in the United States and around the world

www.bloomsbury.com/Hart-30-years

COLLECTIONS

Hart Studies in Commercial and Financial Law

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

288 Pages

PB 9781509977499 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509977451 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509977468 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509977475 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

Whistleblowing in the EU Banking and Financial Sector Theory and Practice

Dimitrios Kafteranis, Coventry University, UK

This book provides guidance to the laws of whistleblowing in the EU banking and financial sector

Covering all the relevant EU legislation, including the Directive on the protection of whistleblowers, the book provides insights from 3 EU member states - France, Luxembourg, and Ireland - alongside the relevant international, Council of Europe, and US laws Following the adoption of the Directive on whistleblowing, the book offers the necessary understanding of the legal landscape, relevant case-law analysis, and examples stemming from EU and US jurisdictions

The book offers a reasoned and comparative review of the genesis and legal rules of whistleblowing in the EU banking and financial sector; it will enable readers to understand how whistleblowing started in this sector, the specific rules under EU law, and how these are transposed to selected member states Readers will thus be able to navigate whistleblowing legislation and be informed about their rights and duties

Providing clarity and expert analysis in a complex area, the book is a must read for researchers, government officials, and practitioners

COLLECTIONS

Hart Studies in Commercial and Financial Law

UK July 2026 US July 2026

344 Pages

HB 9781509976751

£100 00 / $135 00

PB 9781509976799 • £49 99 / $67 95

ePDF 9781509976775 £90 00 / $121 50

ePub 9781509976768 • £90 00 / $121 50

Hart Publishing

Digital Assets in Enforcement and Insolvency

Securing Creditor Access and Protecting Customer Interests in the Crypto World Edited by Christian Koller, University of Vienna, Austria & Matthias Lehmann, University of Vienna, Austria

This book offers the first comprehensive analysis of the national and international legal issues surrounding digital assets in enforcement and insolvency.

Its primary aim is to ensure that the economic value of digital assets can be fully realised by creditors and other stakeholders through the legal processes and remedies available to them, and that holders of digital assets receive adequate protection These legal issues are considered in diverse commercial and technical contexts, ranging from native cryptocurrencies to token, whether held directly or with custodians and other intermediaries The book offers analysis on different levels: Firstly, it scrutinises the existing legal frameworks for enforcement and insolvency in various countries and evaluates the extent to which they can accommodate digital forms of value; secondly, it compares the approaches taken in different jurisdictions and addresses the cross-border issues of jurisdiction and conflict of laws issues that may arise; and thirdly, it focuses on international texts, such as the UNIDROIT Principles on Digital Assets and Private Law, as well as the Global Code of Digital Enforcement, and suggested avenues for further harmonisation and unification of the law

The book provides much-needed responses to the increasing significance of digital assets in modern insolvency and enforcement proceedings It takes a unique global approach to a wide range of legal perspectives, drawing upon the contributors’ experience as leading practitioners, representatives of international organisations, and academics, in common law and civil law jurisdictions around the world The book identifies the most pressing areas for law reform, and proposes solutions that are both legally robust as well as fit for practical purpose

COLLECTIONS

Hart Studies in Comparative Public Law

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

240 Pages

PB 9781509987245

• £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509987283 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509987269 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509987276 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

The Rule of Law in Context

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

216 Pages

HB 9781509969296

• £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781509969319 • £42 99 / $58 95

ePDF 9781509969272 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781509969289 • £76 50 / $103 50

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

The Rule of Law in Context

UK July 2026

• US July 2026

Federal Impartiality

Navigating Divisive Rights in the EU and the US

Mohamed Moussa, University of Cambridge, UK

From the role of abortion in US presidential elections to debates about the competence creep of EU fundamental rights, the question arises: should the power to decide these matters rest with a central/federal union, or be left to individual states? This book addresses this crucial federal boundary question from both theoretical and comparative perspectives It explores how the proper allocation of decision-making power in federal systems can enhance impartiality and reduce polarisation

The book both develops and critiques the influential constitutional theory of James Madison, architect of the US Constitution and modern federalism By tracing Madison’s intellectual debt to David Hume and to common law rules on bias, it identifies gaps in his account of impartiality It also shows how a revised Madisonian framework remains relevant to contemporary struggles in both the US and the EU over managing discord through federal structures

The book’s comparative dimension explores three categories of rights, each reflecting particular forms of social disagreement: (i) minority rights, which often trigger group bias and spark division between majorities and minorities;(ii) ideologically divisive rights, such as abortion; and (iii) cases where group and ideological bias overlap, such as those pitting religious freedoms against ideologically contested measures, including bans on ritual slaughter or religious apparel in public employment

NEW IN PB

The Rule of Law in Germany

Bringing the Rechtsstaat into the 21st Century

Dana Burchardt, WZB Berlin Social Science Center, Germany & Hannah Birkenkötter, Instituto Tecnológico Autónomo de México (ITAM), Mexico City, Mexico

The rule of law, or Rechtsstaatsprinzip, is one of Germany’s oldest constitutional principles and forms part of Germany’s constitutional self-understanding This book critically examines to what extent this key constitutional principle has translated into a reality for all The book provides a comprehensive insight into rule of law experiences and discourses in Germany It explores Germany’s long rule of law tradition and highlights where the German state has fallen short of its rule of law promise, using historical and contemporary examples It also shows that Germany s rule of law experience is tightly interwoven with European and international rule of law debates By integrating historical, socio-legal and doctrinal perspectives, the book provides a nuanced account of a foundational principle in German constitutional thought

Dedicated chapters explore the history and doctrine of the rule of law, challenges to the rule of law in today’s Germany, the rule of law experience in the former German Democratic Republic and in the context of reunification, the relationship of the German rule of law practice with the rule of law on the European and international level, and the rule of law in times of crisis This includes challenges to the rule of law through anti-terrorism measures, as well as the more recent COVID-19 pandemic and the so-called migration crisis, but also how the rule of law has been discursively (mis-)used in those situations In concluding, the book highlights digitalisation as a challenge to the future of the rule of law in Germany

The Rule of Law in Singapore Legal Communitarianism, Paternal Democracy and the Developmentalist State Li-ann Thio, National University of Singapore

This book examines the operation of the rule of law in the non-liberal democracy of Singapore. The rule of law in Singapore has been both lauded for anchoring efficient and effective government and lambasted for being procedural and statist 21st-century Singapore has experienced modest political liberalisation, manifesting a paternal democracy where the governor-governed relationship is evolving, from a ‘father knows best’ paternalistic mindset to a more consultative approach to governance, where dialogue rather than diktat is the norm in a post-deferential era

264 Pages

HB 9781509951390

• £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781509951437 • £44 99 / $60 95

ePDF 9781509951413 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509951406 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

The Singapore case study helps pluralise the rule of law as a universal principle which moderates power, and may be variously implemented The book examines the reception of the rule of law within the Singapore legal order, and how it interacts with constitutional principles like the separation of powers and democracy in the design of constitutional institutions and forging of structural and rights-oriented judicial review It considers how the rule of law, contoured by legal communitarianism, sustains a managed democracy in relation to legislation governing internal security, public assemblies, religious harmony and online falsehoods It questions whether the chilling of political speech by strict laws on political defamation and contempt of court has been significantly defrosted by important developments which seek ordered liberty through a more calibrated form of review

COLLECTIONS

Hart Studies on Judging and the Courts

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

304 Pages

HB 9781509971107

• £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781509971145

• £42 99 / $58 95

ePDF 9781509971121 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781509971114 • £76 50 / $103 50

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

Hart Studies in Security and Justice

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

336 Pages

HB 9781509971947 • £100 00 / $135 00

PB 9781509971930 • £49 99 / $67 95

ePDF 9781509971961 • £90 00 / $121 50

ePub 9781509971954 • £90 00 / $121 50

Hart Publishing

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

200 Pages

HB 9781509965755 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781509965793 £42 99 / $58 95

ePDF 9781509965779 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781509965762 • £76 50 / $103 50

Hart Publishing

Judicial Individuality on the UK Supreme Court

Lewis Graham, University of Manchester, UK

This book presents an empirical analysis of the UK Supreme Court’s output over its first ten years, with a specific focus on each individual judge’s contribution to each case

Drawing on insights from a bespoke dataset of judgments, this work discerns trends and tendencies across each judge’s voting patterns and the reasoning they adopt when disposing of cases It not only highlights areas of divergence, but also shows how each of the judges tended to vote in different contexts, including which were more likely to overturn appeals from lower courts, side with certain parties such as the state or underdogs, and find liability in various areas (tort, contract, criminal, EU, immigration and tax law, with a special focus on human rights cases) Another section illustrates the differences between the judges when it comes to judicial reasoning, such as their approach to precedent and preferred methods of statutory interpretation

This work shows that different judges exercise their power in different ways Some are more comfortable with pushing boundaries whilst others are more restrained Some grant the state a lot of leeway whilst others apply heavy scrutiny Some are, as Lord Denning suggested, ‘bold spirits’ whilst others are ‘timorous souls’ It shows, at least when it comes to the Supreme Court, that it matters who our judges are

National Security Constitutionalism in the Commonwealth Five Eyes States

Paul F Scott, University of Glasgow

This book examines the constitutional treatment of national security in the UK, Canada, Australia and New Zealand.

These four states share their Commonwealth heritage and are members, alongside the USA, of the Five Eyes intelligencesharing alliance The book takes a comparative approach to the institutions through which, and tools with which, these four states seek to protect their national security against the threats of both terrorism and hostile state activity and how they have evolved over time It identifies and examines the various specialised institutions, inside and outside of legislatures, which have grown up to oversee the exercise of public power for national security purposes while maintaining the required secrecy It argues that the extent of the borrowing and sharing between these jurisdictions in the domain of national security, now and in the past, permits us to talk about a Commonwealth model of national security constitutionalism

Parliament, the Constitution, and Property in the United Kingdom

Tom Allen, Durham University, UK

This book considers whether Parliament recognises a constitutional right to property

Parliament is supreme: in theory, there is nothing to stop it from passing laws to confiscate property Nevertheless, MPs often argue that a proposed law would be unconstitutional What does this mean in a system without a written constitution? What counts as a sound argument about constitutional rights? And what influence do constitutional arguments have on the legislative process?

The book takes a close look at these questions It reviews legislation and debates from the Middle Ages through to more recent legislation, and covers a wide range of topics, such as land reform, nationalisation, taxation, regulatory laws and retrospection It also looks at the most recent debates and considers the relevance of constitutional thinking to election manifestos of the main political parties

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

400 Pages

HB 9781509970056

£110 00 / $150 00

PB 9781509970094 • £54 99 / $74 95

ePDF 9781509970070 £99 00 / $135 00

ePub 9781509970063 • £99 00 / $135 00

Hart Publishing

The Making and Re-Making of Public Law

Edited by Eoin Carolan, University College, Dublin, Ireland, Jason NE Varuhas, University of Melbourne, Australia & Sarah Fulham-McQuillan, University College, Dublin, Republic of Ireland

This volume originates from the fourth Public Law Conference, held in Dublin in 2022

Leading scholars and judges from across the common law world presented papers on the making (and re-making) of public law across country studies, historical studies and studies of contemporary and future issues

The book has three broad categories of contribution: country studies which consider the evolution of public law within a particular jurisdictional context; historical studies, which shed light on the foundations of public law; and studies of contemporary and future issues, namely populism, COVID-19, protection of Indigenous peoples, and the public – private divide

COLLECTIONS 5TH EDITION

Constitutional Systems of the World

UK May 2026 • US April 2026

312 Pages

HB 9781509996902 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781509996865 • £27 99 / $37 95

ePDF 9781509996889 • £25 19 / $34 15

ePub 9781509996872 • £25 19 / $34 15

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

Constitutional Systems of the World

UK October 2026 • US September 2026

304 Pages

PB 9781509961979 • £29 99 / $40 95

HB 9781509947256 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781509947270 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781509947263 • £76 50 / $103 50

Hart Publishing

The Constitution of the United Kingdom A Contextual Analysis

Peter Leyland, SOAS, University of London, UK

“[The] written style is admirably clear, conversational and free from jargon … It will be of immense interest to anybody with a general interest in UK law, politics and history ” Times Higher Education

This engaging, authoritative text has, since its very first edition, maintained its position as the market-leading introduction to the constitution of the United Kingdom Adopting a thematic approach, it discusses questions of history, sources and conventions, the role of the Crown, Parliament and the electoral system, government and the executive, the judiciary, and the territorial distribution of power In addition, it offers analysis of the evolution of the UK's historic non-codified constitution, its strengths and perceived weaknesses, and of reform initiatives The new edition systematically examines the impact of the recent developments, including how COVID changed how government operated, the revolving door of Prime Ministers, the election of the Labour government, and the accession of King Charles III

Though introductory in approach, it does not shy away from the complexity of the constitutional landscape in the United Kingdom It provides a contextual overview of the principles, doctrines and institutions that underpin the elusive constitution, allowing students of law and politics, both from the UK and abroad, to develop an informed view of how it actually works

The Constitutional System of Nepal A Contextual Analysis

Mara Malagodi, University of Warwick, UK

The book presents an evolutionary view of Nepal’s constitutional system, grounded in the country’s historicopolitical context

In particular, the analysis focuses on three aspects First, the book investigates Nepal’s processes of state formation and nation-building, centred on the institution of the Shah monarchy, Hinduism, and the Nepali language vis-à-vis Nepal’s high degree of socio-cultural diversity Second, it explores the difficulties in democratising Nepal’s constitutional arrangements and entrenching the doctrine of popular sovereignty This is reflected in the tensions between hereditary political power (the Shah monarchy and the Rana Prime Ministers) and representative political forces (political parties) Constitutionally, these tensions have resulted in the marginalisation of the legislature vis-à-vis the executive throughout the country’s history, notwithstanding the fact that Nepal has always featured a parliamentary form of government

Lastly, the frequent changes in Nepal’s fundamental law also reflect the profound influences of various foreign institutional models (in particular that of a ‘modified’ Westminster model) and their specific re-negotiation in the Nepali context, regardless of the fact that Nepal was never colonised

COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION

UK February 2026 US February 2026

208 Pages

HB 9781509992560 £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781509992522 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781509992546 £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781509992539 • £22 49 / $31 45

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

256 Pages

PB 9781509992768 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509992720 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509992744 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509992737 £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

256 Pages

PB 9781509989041 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509989003 £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9781509989027 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781509989010 • £85 50 / $117 00

Hart Publishing

The Rule of Law Under Fire Will it Survive?

Raymond Wacks, University of Hong Kong (Emeritus)

Does the upsurge in populism, authoritarianism, and nationalism threaten the future of the rule of law? In this highly topical book, Raymond Wacks explores the philosophical roots of the concept, and its modern, often controversial, interpretation

He explores numerous ideological, economic, legal, and institutional attacks on the rule of law They range from the exercise of judicial and administrative discretion, and parliamentary sovereignty to the growth of globalisation, the ‘war on terror ’ , and the increasing power of Big Tech and especially artificial intelligence The author identifies which threats pose genuine risks to the rule of law, and suggests how they might be confronted to ensure that democratic freedom is successfully fortified and conserved

Artificial Intelligence in Contract Formation

Algorithmic Contracting and Doctrinal Challenges in English Law

María

L Mena-Durán, Universidad CEU Cardenal Herrera, Spain

This book explores how artificial intelligence is reshaping the foundations of contract formation under English contract law

As AI systems take on critical roles in forming agreements, traditional legal principles rooted in human decision-making are being challenged The book introduces the concept of the “meeting of the algorithms” as a modern alternative to the conventional “meeting of the minds,” emphasizing how AI-driven contracts differ from human-based ones Focusing on algorithmic contracting where both parties operate AI systems particularly those based on machine learning the book challenges the adequacy of traditional legal doctrines and terminology It provides a structured analysis of the legal, conceptual, and doctrinal challenges raised by contracts formed without human intervention at the point of agreement

Artificial Intelligence in Contract Formation will appeal to researchers of contract law, technology law, and private law theory, as well as legal practitioners interested in AI governance and legal innovation It contributes to ongoing debates on AI and law, and offers a roadmap for integrating algorithmic transactions into the mainstream of contract doctrine

Contract Law and the Unexpected

Edited

by Paul

S Davies,

University College London, UK &

Magda Raczynska,

University College London, UK

The question explored in this book is how contracts can manage uncertainties.

Commercial parties face uncertainties on a regular basis Market fluctuations, new laws and regulations, pandemics, rapid technology advancements, and geopolitical tensions are all examples of events whose nature cannot be easily foreseen or captured by the contractual parties’ expectations

One possible way of addressing the uncertainty generated by such risks and events is through reliance on established contractual doctrines, such as variation or frustration Under English law, these doctrines are traditionally limited Another, and typically preferable, method is for contract drafters to include clauses that modify, suspend, or terminate the obligations or liabilities of one (or both) of the parties, or clauses that at least open up the options for renegotiation Examples include material adverse change (or effect) clauses, hardship clauses, performance clauses, termination or suspension clauses, remedies clauses, and variation clauses

The book advances the understanding of how the law deals with the unexpected and is an essential read for academics, students, and practitioners, including contract drafters, legal advisors, and litigation lawyers

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

352 Pages

PB 9781509984268 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509984220 £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9781509984244 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781509984237 • £85 50 / $117 00

Hart Publishing

Asia-Pacific Contract Law, Volume 1

The Digital World in Context

Edited by Ying Khai Liew,

University of Melbourne, Australia & Lusina Ho, University of Hong Kong

This collection of essays assesses how contract laws throughout the AsiaPacific region are facing challenges and transforming in response to the digital world.

Certainly, the Asia-Pacific is a truly diverse region, but this book establishes the common grounds across jurisdictions, in terms of contract laws and the challenges posed by the digital world Looking at contract law more generallyformation, terms and mitigating factors - in jurisdictions such as Australia, Malaysia, Japan, and Bangladesh, it offers rigorous doctrinal analysis of the laws in the region Recognised experts share key insights which will influence the future of private law in the area

Hart Studies in Private Law

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

448 Pages

PB 9781509984169 • £64 99 / $89 95

HB 9781509984121 • £130 00 / $175 00

ePDF 9781509984145 • £117 00 / $157 50

ePub 9781509984138 • £117 00 / $157 50

Hart Publishing

Contractual Indemnities

Wayne Courtney, University of Singapore

This much welcomed new edition examines all recent developments in the field of contractual indemnities

The first edition of this landmark text provided a coherent theory of the promise of indemnity while also addressing important practical issues, such as the construction of contractual indemnities This new edition retains its hallmark dual perspective: setting out the foundational general principles and exploring specific forms of indemnity

This edition explores illegality post Patel v Mirza; extends the discussion of implied indemnities; examines the impact of Woods v Capita Insurances Services Ltd; and looks at performance bonds, guarantees and indemnities The book states English law but it draws upon a considerable amount of material from other common law jurisdictions, including Australia, Canada, New Zealand and Singapore It will appeal to readers from those countries

COLLECTIONS

Hart Studies in Private Law

UK May 2026 US May 2026

248 Pages

PB 9781509981472 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509981434 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509981458 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509981441 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

Non-Compensatory Damages in English Law A Reinterpretation

Vaclav Janecek, University of Bristol, UK

This book gives the first detailed analysis of non-compensatory damages (‘NCDs’) as a category in English tort and contract law

The book argues that most NCD awards are defined as those justified by damage to public interests and that they are in contrast to compensatory awards The author argues that NCDs should be treated as a distinct class of awards It shows how such a collective approach could be implemented in practice, without compromising the core tenets of the doctrines governing the award of NCDs Offering both a unique theoretical framework and an emphasis on practical application, this will be of interest to both scholars and practitioners of English private law

COLLECTIONS

Hart Studies in Private Law

UK September 2026 US September 2026

368 Pages

PB 9781509989959 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509989911 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509989935 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509989928 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

Restitution for a Failure of Condition

Timothy Pilkington, Thorndon Chambers, New Zealand

This book examines the justification for restitutionary awards for a failure of condition and considers when, given this justification, such awards should be made

It argues that such awards give effect to, but do not enforce, an agreement between the parties In recent years, this question has been the focus of more scrutiny and scepticism on the part of private law scholars Adding to this scepticism, this study promotes a new ‘agreement theory’ of failure of condition, which offers a much less controversial way of understanding the role of restitution in such failures

Innovative and thought-provoking, this is a significant new way of considering awards for failure of condition

Hart Studies in Private Law

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

304 Pages

PB 9781509994205 • £49 99 / $67 95

HB 9781509994120 • £100 00 / $135 00

ePDF 9781509994144 • £90 00 / $121 50

ePub 9781509994137 • £90 00 / $121 50

Hart Publishing

The Concepts of Unjust Enrichment

Allan Beever

Unlike other areas of the private law, the law of unjust enrichment stands or falls with the theory upon which it is based This theory, fashioned primarily by Peter Birks and continued by many other scholars is known as the ‘dominant model’ The model employs a number of crucial concepts such as enrichment, benefit, value, and injustice Unfortunately, the model has no coherent understanding of these things Instead, it equivocates over the meanings of these concepts and at times adopts strange and even absurd understandings of them It has to do this, because the model does not work The dominant model is a failure After revealing this, the book goes on to demonstrate how a more constrained and humble law of unjust enrichment might emerge from the wreckage of the dominant model As scholarly doubts around the dominant model increase, this thought-provoking revision of unjust enrichment is both welcome and needed

COLLECTIONS

Hart Studies in Private Law

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

296 Pages

HB 9781509969326 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781509969364 • £44 99 / $60 95

ePDF 9781509969340 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509969333 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

Life and Death in Private Law

Edited by Kate Falconer, University College Cork, Ireland, Kit Barker, University of Queensland, Australia & Andrew Fell, University of Queensland, Australia

Private law regulates life; this is self-evident, but how does it regulate death? This edited collection explores this question

Life and death are the beginning and end of the legal person: the instigator and terminator of rights, interests and obligations They are also the nominal separator of particular fields of law (medical law from succession law, for example) As such they act as fault lines that can test the limit of private law principles and norms This book explores what life and death tell us about private law and what private law can tell us about the meaning and value of life and death

COLLECTIONS

Hart Studies in Private Law

UK July 2026 US July 2026

352 Pages

HB 9781509971152 • £100 00 / $135 00

PB 9781509971190 £49 99 / $67 95

ePDF 9781509971176 • £90 00 / $121 50

ePub 9781509971169 • £90 00 / $121 50

Hart Publishing

Understanding Private Law Essays in Honour of Stephen A Smith

Edited by Evan Fox-Decent, McGill University, Canada, John C P Goldberg, Harvard Law School, USA & Lionel Smith, University of Oxford, UK

This book engages with some of Stephen A Smith’s most significant arguments, illustrating that he was a towering figure in the field of private law, with little of the field not impacted by his scholarship

The contributors explore Professor Smith’s most controversial thinking on private law Interrogating questions of contract law, remedies, unjust enrichment, comparative law, and the legal theory underlying these fields, this is an important publication in the field

COLLECTIONS

Hart Studies in Private Law

UK July 2026 US July 2026

200 Pages

HB 9781509966394 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781509966431 £41 99 / $57 95

ePDF 9781509966417 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781509966400 • £76 50 / $103 50

Hart Publishing

Unjust Enrichment and Countervailing Obligations

KV Krishnaprasad, One Essex Court, UK

This book explores the relationship between the English law of unjust enrichment and legal obligations arising from other branches of the law

It examines the question, primarily, by considering how English courts resolve conflicts between restitution claims and countervailing legal entitlements This is much needed given recent cases such as IEG v Zurich Insurance and Avonwick Holdings Ltd v Azitio Holdings Ltd clearly showing the differing positions taken by English courts on the question

By applying insights from the theory of unjust enrichment to Anglo-Australian case law, this study gives a welcome cogent explanation of a complex question

COLLECTIONS

Hart Studies in European Criminal Law

UK August 2026 • US July 2026

304 Pages

PB 9781509982912 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509982776 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509982790 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509982783 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

Hart Studies in European Criminal Law

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

296 Pages

HB 9781509974153 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781509974191 • £44 99 / $60 95

ePDF 9781509974177 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509974160 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

360 Pages

HB 9781509973477 • £100 00 / $135 00

PB 9781509973514 £49 99 / $67 95

ePDF 9781509973491 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781509973484 • £0 00 / $0 00

Hart Publishing

EU Anti-Money Laundering, Digital Currencies and Privacy

Andreas Karapatakis, University of Liverpool, UK

Through an examination of the underlying technology driving digital currencies, this book offers a comprehensive understanding of the mechanisms governing their operation, clarifying complex legal concepts and confronting the pressing issue of anonymity inherent in digital currency transactions The book focuses on two categories of digital currencies: cryptocurrencies (eg, bitcoin) and in-game currencies (the currencies used in the closed virtual environment of a game) Despite their differences in governance – cryptocurrencies being decentralised and in-game currencies being centralised – they share significant similarities in terms of anonymity, which presents a notable issue within the anti-money laundering (AML) framework

Against the backdrop of both the international AML standards developed by the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) and the European Union AML regime, the book examines the AML compliance stage of the private sector and, specifically, the collection and retention of data relating to digital currency users It analyses the new AML Regulation, alongside the 5th AML Directive, the Market in Crypto-Assets (MiCA) Regulation and the ‘Travel Rule’ Regulation, to construct a complete picture of the obligations imposed on virtual asset service providers and to assess whether the new framework disproportionately interferes with the right to privacy and data protection of the end user In doing so, the book offers the first legal assessment of the proportionality of private-sector AML obligations in the field of digital currencies based on the argument that, in this context, EU AML law is increasingly transforming into a surveillance regime

NEW IN PB

Proportionality of Criminal Penalties in EU Law

Edited by Lorenzo Grossio, University of Turin, Italy, Stefano Montaldo, University of Turin, Italy & Valsamis Mitsilegas, University of Liverpool, UK

This book develops a systematic analysis of the principle of proportionality of penalties in EU law

Until now, the principle has been mainly assessed from a criminological point of view By departing from existing literature, the book advances an original EU law perspective on proportionality of penalties, which underlies the analysis of its theorisation, place and influence on domestic criminal systems Building upon this approach, scholarly contributions in the book systematically delve into the various implications of the principle in EU law, while paying particular attention to its profound interaction with criminal law concepts

Rights in Criminal Law

Studies on a New Paradigm in Criminal Law and Procedure

Edited by Philipp-Alexander Hirsch, Max- Planck-Institute, Germany & Elias Moser, Karl-Franzens University of Graz, Austria

This open access collection of 17 original essays is the first volume to provide an in-depth exploration of the potential of a rights-based approach to criminal law The collection presents a comprehensive treatment of the role of rights in criminal law, ranging from a conceptual analysis and questions of justified criminalisation, to specific legal implications for substantive criminal law and criminal procedure

The book addresses questions that are related to individual entitlements protected by criminal law, including: Who currently holds and who should hold a right not to be wronged by others? Is it a violation of individual rights, rather than the infliction of harm, that constitutes a reason for criminalisation? Does the idea of criminal law as regulating interpersonal legal relations contradict its public character?

Furthermore, the collection provides a theoretical framework for the study of consent and sexual offences, investigates the background of ideas of restorative justice, and explores both the victim’s and the offender ’s rights in prosecution and trial

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com

UK October 2026 US October 2026

928 Pages

HB 9781849464628

£180 00 / $245 00

ePub 9781048000733 • £162 00 / $217 75

Hart Publishing

Nuclear Law

Stephen Tromans, 39 Essex Chambers

Since the second edition of Nuclear Law, there have been many far-reaching developments nationally and in the UK This third edition contains important new material on issues such as: Fukushima and its implications for the nuclear industry and nuclear safety; the new regime for nuclear liability and insurance; developments in nuclear site licensing; nuclear law in a post-Brexit Britain; the advance of new builds in the UK and the connected legal issues; the ever-more troublesome issue of nuclear security and ongoing developments in waste management The book also looks ahead to the development of new reactor types and to the proposed far-reaching changes in nuclear and planning law to facilitate this

As with previous editions, this book provides an account of the law which is not only clear and practical, but is placed in its historical, scientific, political and commercial context The author has worked in the field of nuclear law since the early 1990s and brings both academic and practical experience to bear on this multi-faceted topic

The book will be useful both for lawyers in the UK, whether in private practice, in-house, government or regulatory, and for those outside the UK seeking a British perspective on the international law and policy

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

368 Pages

PB 9781509994700 • £49 99 / $67 95

HB 9781509994663

• £100 00 / $135 00

ePDF 9781509994687

• £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781509994670 £0 00 / $0 00

Hart Publishing

OPEN ACCESS

Earth System Law

Governing Planetary Transformations in the Anthropocene

Edited by Louis J Kotzé, Wageningen University and Research, the Netherlands

Written by leading experts, this open access book provides the first comprehensive and critical exploration of Earth system law

Environmental law, as it stands, does not meet the challenge of governing the many complex planetary transformations of the Anthropocene Earth system law marks a new legal paradigm replacing the fragmented, human-centred, state-based approach with an integrated, Earth-centred approach to planetary governance, purpose-built for our turbulent epoch

The book offers innovative proposals for legal principles, actors, institutions, and ethics designed to safeguard the stability and integrity of Earth’s life-support systems It also delivers the first full stocktake of the Earth system law framework and its scholarship, coupled with a forward-looking research and implementation agenda

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Bloomsbury Open Collections Library Collective

COLLECTIONS

Global Energy Law and Policy

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

224 Pages

HB 9781509983223 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781509983261 • £44 99 / $60 95

ePDF 9781509983247 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509983230 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

International Investment Law and the Energy Transition

Edited by Rahmi Kopar, Ankara Yildirim Beyazit University, Turkey & Volker Roeben, Durham University, UK

The global energy sector is in flux, transitioning from reliance on fossil fuels to clean energy sources at an unprecedented pace This book explores the complex interplay between this transition and international investment law.

The book navigates the tension between attracting crucial and expensive investments in clean energy and protecting a state’s right to regulate its energy sector for environmental and other reasons It analyses how international treaties and investment arbitration tribunals are evolving to address these challenges, examining how the scope of investment protection is being redefined and the delicate balance between stability and regulatory flexibility is being recalibrated The book delves into this complex landscape, exploring how established legal frameworks, especially international investment law, grapple with the unique characteristics of renewable energy, critical minerals, and rapidly evolving technologies

While offering a roadmap for the current energy transition, the book also identifies unanswered questions It paves the way for further discussion on critical mineral supply chains and the future of international investment law in a transformed energy landscape

UK August 2026 US August 2026

768 Pages

HB 9781509996957 £180 00 / $245 00

PB 9781509996919 • £59 99 / $79 95

ePDF 9781509996933 £53 99 / $71 95

ePub 9781509996926 • £53 99 / $71 95

Hart Publishing

The Law of the European Union

Daniel Sarmiento, University Complutense of Madrid, Spain

How should EU law be taught in the present day, with the European Union’s post Brexit reality, a continental conflict in Ukraine, and a new digital market?

The answer is provided by this important new textbook With a unified analytical voice, it provides a comprehensive overview of European Union law It expertly explains the EU’s constitutional foundations, institutional framework, and substantive policies, with a welcome simplicity of tone, without sacrificing analytical rigour Where other books can place too much emphasis on the constitutional elements, it places similar weight on the economic dimensions of the EU, particularly its new digital market The author ’s standing as both a scholar and practising lawyer infuses the book with a practical tone, taking the subject out of the abstract and into the everyday, allowing for students’ full engagement Its approach and tone will map particularly well on continental courses, where the next generation of EU lawyers are emerging from This is a landmark publication in the field of EU law teaching

UK November 2025 • US November 2025

352 Pages

HB 9781509981885 • £180 00 / $245 00

Beck/Hart/Nomos

European Data Protection Law in Practice

Edited by Philip Laue, Judith Nink & Sascha Kremer

This book provides invaluable guidelines on general data protection requirements applicable to all member states in the European Union

It also illustrates where the GDPR framework does allow for deviations at the national level Combining comprehension and clarity, examples are integrated throughout the text, particularly from Germany, France and Italy This book is required reading for information professionals, in-house counsel and lawyers practising in the field of data protection

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US July 2026

352 Pages

PB 9781509982066 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509982028 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509982042 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509982035 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

Critical Theory and European Union Law

The Question of Postnational Emancipation

Edited by Päivi Johanna Neuvonen, University of Helsinki, Finland & Paul Linden-Retek, University at Buffalo School of Law, USA

This collection examines what ‘critical theory’ as a distinct intellectual tradition in social, political, and legal thought contributes to the study of EU law and to the future of the European project

Covering a broad range of substantive fields of EU law and the history of legal integration, including constitutional law, the design of monetary union and economic law, fiscal integration and taxation, labour law, fundamental rights and antidiscrimination law, gender equality, migration law and policy, data protection, and the Common Foreign and Security Policy (CFSP), the volume illustrates how a more rigorous engagement with critical theory helps to navigate the post-crisis European legal landscape The contributors bring fresh, thoughtful, and innovative perspectives to EU law and theory, diagnosing the deep-seated challenges facing contemporary EU law and reimagining the emancipatory possibilities still available for it

Swedish Studies in European Law

UK September 2026 • 288 Pages

PB 9781509987535 • £49 99 / $67 95

ePDF 9781509987467 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781509987450 • £0 00 / $0 00

Hart Publishing

Swedish Studies in European Law

•

UK September 2026

432 Pages

PB 9781509993413 • £44 99 / $60 95

ePDF 9781509993390 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781509993383 • £0 00 / $0 00

Hart Publishing

OPEN ACCESS

Sanctions in the EU Legal Order

Edited by Jacob Öberg, University of Southern Denmark, Ester Herlin-Karnell, University of Gothenburg, Sweden & Maria Bergström, Uppsala University, Sweden

This open access book looks at the increasingly topical question of sanctions in European Union law, and their recent roles in the Union’s external relations and the area of EU criminal law.

Sanctions in EU law is a multifaceted topic as it is a cross-cutting area which engrains and influences very distinctive EU law policies and disciplines This book adopts a very broad definition and approach to sanctions, examining the use of sanctions in distinctive internal EU policy fields and also within the external context The collection covers EU economic sanctions, the sanctions regime on Russia, their role in criminal law, and how administrative sanctions work within the Union

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Swedish Studies Network

OPEN ACCESS

The EU as a Transformative Legal and Economic Order

Essays in Memory of Ulf Bernitz

Edited by Antonina Bakardjieva Engelbrekt, Stockholm University, Sweden, Björn Lundqvist, Stockholm University, Sweden & Jaan Paju, Stockholm University, Sweden

This open access edited collection takes an ambitious look at the nature and impact of the European Union.

Drawing on expert analysis, it offers a dual perspective, giving equal weight to the legal nature of the Union and its economic role Both lawyers and political scientists will find this an invaluable assessment of the EU and its power to bring about change

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Swedish Studies Network

COLLECTIONS

Modern Studies in European Law

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

288 Pages

PB 9781509995905

• £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509995943 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509995929 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509995936 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

Modern Studies in European Law

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

192 Pages

HB 9781509967711 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781509967759 • £44 99 / $60 95

ePDF 9781509967735 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509967728 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

256 Pages

PB 9781509996780 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509996742 £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9781509996766 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781509996759 • £85 50 / $117 00

Hart Publishing

The Principle of Participatory Democracy in the European Union

Gloria Golmohammadi, Stockholm University, Sweden

This book offers the first complete legal doctrinal map of the principle of participatory democracy enshrined in the EU Treaties

It traces the principle’s origins, its theoretical underpinnings and identifies key legal rights and obligations which follow from it Against the backdrop of representative democracy in crises, the book unpacks the Treaty promise of citizens participating in the democratic life of the Union including its law and rule-making Case studies, related to participation in EU law-making, are assessed to determine whether institutional practices adhere to or conflict with the identified legal obligations

The book explores relevant judicial review and redress mechanisms which exist to give effect to the principle of participatory democracy, as well as recent relevant jurisprudence of the CJEU Drawing on political theory and empirical methods, while centring the analysis on legal interpretation and methods, suggestions are offered to advance the realisation of the principle of participatory democracy By consolidating and conceptualising the previously contested content of the Treaty’s principle of participatory democracy and coupling this doctrinal clarity with an empirically informed blueprint for applying and enforcing the principle, the volume recasts participatory democracy as a concrete, justiciable norm of EU law

NEW IN PB

EU Diplomacy in Multilateral

Fora

Edited by Christine Kaddous, University of Geneva, Switzerland & Frank Hoffmeister, EEAS, Belgium

This magisterial volume draws on the expertise of leading scholars, practitioners and policy makers to chart the EU’s participation in six key international organisations: the UN, the WTO, the ILO, the WHO, the ITU and the FAO

Each is explored from a unique dual perspective: firstly from that of the EU, and secondly from that of the organisation itself This collection offers a truly innovative approach to ensure a better understanding of the EU's role as a global diplomatic power

Compromised Consent

A Feminist Justification for Sex Purchase Ban Laws

Ivana Bacik, Dublin Bay South, Ireland

This book offers a fresh feminist perspective on prostitution. It challenges the ‘sex work’ perspective, drawing on experience from rape law and #MeToo campaigns in Ireland and elsewhere to develop a new legal concept of ‘compromised consent’ This concept justifies the introduction of Nordic Model laws banning the purchase of sex It recognises that an individual consent to sell sex is necessarily compromised by structural exploitation within the vastly profitable global sex industry

While ‘sex work’ proponents increasingly dominate academic discourse on prostitution, this book asserts that they have coopted the language of feminism to mask the immense power and patriarchal control exerted by the industry Their view of ‘consent’ is based on a dangerous premise They cannot say that those who sell sex do so out of mutual desire; rather consent is portrayed as an expression of individual choice, thus ignoring the intersectional gendered collective context within which commercial sex transactions take place worldwide By contrast, this book argues that presumptions of ‘consent’ in prostitution directly undermine the legal principles of affirmative consent and contemporary law reforms hard-won by feminist activists on rape and gender-based violence A view of consent as ‘compromised’ within the sex trade derives from socialist theorising, as well as from legal re-conceptualisations of consent in other settings It also reflects the reality of conditions within the sex industry

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

336 Pages

PB 9781509986682 £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509986644 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509986668 £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509986651 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

Classism

Discrimination the Law Ignores

Alex Benn

This book is the first in-depth analysis of classism and the law

Why doesn’t the law protect class? Why do people often ignore classism as a form of discrimination? Why does legal scholarship sideline class and classism?

Arguing that class and classism have been ignored in much legal analysis, this book presents a new framework for approaching classism as a form of discrimination Its examination of a much-overlooked topic combines theoretical argument with detailed analysis of the law While accepting the dangers of using the law to protect against classism, this book suggests that reform in this area is long overdue

This is a thoughtful, nuanced and important work on a crucial question

COLLECTIONS

Studies in International Trade and Investment Law

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

272 Pages

PB 9781509991396 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509991358 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509991372 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781509991365 • £0 00 / $0 00

Hart Publishing

Studies in International Trade and Investment Law

UK July 2026

• US July 2026

248 Pages

HB 9781509970155 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9781509970193 • £44 99 / $60 95

ePDF 9781509970179 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781509970162 • £0 00 / $0 00

Hart Publishing

OPEN ACCESS

Geographical Indications in International Trade

Towards Sustainable Development in the Caribbean

Yentyl Williams, UWI Mona, Jamaica

Geographical Indications (GIs), widely used in the European context, are being promoted as vehicles for local development: but do they truly serve the interests of the Global South? Can they foster meaningful change in former colonial societies?

This open access book interrogates these questions through a critical legal lens grounded in Third World Approaches to International Law (TWAIL), to assess whether GIs codified in international trade agreements like the EU-CARIFORUM Economic Partnership Agreement can support ‘development from within’ for the small island developing states of the Caribbean Providing a fresh perspective on the colonial roots, current utility, and future potential of GI laws, the book engages with Caribbean realities and includes global case studies from Demerara rum in Guyana, Ethiopian coffee, Indian Darjeeling tea, Colombian coffee, Mexican Tequila, and Barbados Rum In a world shaped by international trade rules, GIs and Sustainable Development offer a powerful lens into how the law of origin-linked products like Champagne, Tequila, and Jamaican Rum can shape futures for postcolonial states

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by UKRI

Economic Cooperation in the Shadow of Contested Sovereignty

Chien-Huei Wu, Academia Sinica, Taiwan, Ching-Fu Lin, National Tsing Hua University, Taiwan & Han-Wei Liu, Monash University, Australia

This open access book is the first of its kind to address a question of both theoretical and practical significance: how do countries or entities approach economic cooperation in the face of vexing political concerns and overlapping sovereignty claims?

Built upon three contemporary case studies on North-South Korea, China-Taiwan, and North-South Cyprus – representative pairs of ‘divided nations’, broadly defined – the book explores from both an empirical and a conceptual perspective the underlying factors, approaches and patterns that influence the economic relationship between the two sides

The book examines complex dynamics and identifies critical factors across the case studies, making a timely contribution to debates surrounding sovereignty, democracy and legitimacy in the context of international economic laws given the shifting geopolitical landscape It further informs countries that do not share the same features of divided nations but nonetheless experience diplomatic crises or military conflicts, which render their economic cooperation sensitive and strenuous

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by the Academia Sinica Thematic Program

UK

432 Pages

HB 9781509989904

£160 00 / $220 00

PB 9781509989898 • £49 99 / $67 95

ePDF 9781509989874 £44 99 / $61 15

ePub 9781509989881 • £44 99 / $61 15

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

336 Pages

HB 9781509993666 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781509993628 • £25 99 / $35 95

ePDF 9781509993642 • £23 39 / $32 35

ePub 9781509993635 £23 39 / $32 35

Audio 9781350629820 • £18 00 / $23 00

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

240 Pages

PB 9781509983711 • £41 99 / $57 95

HB 9781509983674 £85 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509983698 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781509983681 • £0 00 / $0 00

Hart Publishing

Law,

Policy, and the Internet

Edited by Lilian Edwards, Newcastle University, UK, Catalina Goanta, Utrecht University, the Netherlands & Lachlan Urquhart, University of Edinburgh, UK

This innovative textbook edited by international experts in technology law and policy provides a comprehensive and accessible guide into the fast-evolving landscape of technology law and policy in the UK and the EU

The recent wave of regulatory reforms adopted by UK and EU regulators increases the complexity of Internet law as it had developed in the past decades Recognising the ever-growing importance of artificial intelligence in today’s public discourse, the textbook extends beyond traditional legal sectoral frameworks, and explores the intersection of law, technology, and public policy to describe and critically reflect on current and emerging issues in the modern information society

This exploration follows thematic areas of interest, such as adtech, privacy by design, predictive policing, and social media, while also providing accessible historical overviews of how policy has developed in specific fields including platform liability, copyright, or data protection, and case studies on key topics

The companion website provides multimedia resources to delve deeper into specific topics; introductory materials for readers that are unfamiliar with the EU legal system; and teaching resources

Artificial Intelligence, NeuroData, and Society

Law at the Edge of Cognition

Mark Leiser, Mark Leiser, Independent Consultant, UK; formerly of Vrije Universiteit-Amsterdam, the Netherlands

This book explores how AI systems trained on neurodata are redrawing the boundaries of dignity, autonomy, and legal personhood It reveals the emerging reality of NeuroAI: a world where machine-learning models anticipate our thoughts before we have even formed them As neurotechnologies evolve, AI systems move beyond interpreting brain signals in labs and headsets to harvesting neurodata (whether extracted through direct interfaces, inferred from everyday behaviour, or reverse-engineered via predictive modelling) from users who never consented or even knew they were being monitored, transforming the subconscious into a commodified dataset

Drawing on case studies from criminal trials, law enforcement, and consumer technologies, the book reveals how Big Tech and platform operators increasingly treat neurodata as a resource for monetisation Across the EU and the USA, emerging AI and data-protection regimes, including the EU AI Act and GDPR, as well as the US Fourth Amendment and HIPAA frameworks, offer incomplete or inconsistent safeguards against NeuroAI trained on neurodata to model and predict thoughts, emotions, or intentions, leaving cognitive inference primarily in a legal grey zone In a future where thoughts can be inferred, monetised, and weaponised without ever accessing the brain directly, this book shows us where the law must catch up before our minds, our rights, and our freedoms are turned into the next frontier of exploitation

OPEN ACCESS

Mediterranean Digital Societies Law and Technology

Edited

by Alessandro

Mantelero,

Polytechnic University of Turin, Italy

This open access book provides a Mediterranean perspective on digital societies, focusing on core issues such as cultural heritage, tourism, smart city development, migration, humanitarian action management, maritime security, health data sharing, and the Mediterranean data space

The Mediterranean Sea is not just a geographical place; it is a crossroads of cultures, economies, and political trends which are now intertwined with data-driven technologies This book takes a multidisciplinary approach to Mediterranean digital societies by analysing the legal, societal, and technical dimensions of the Mediterranean digital environment, with contributions by scholars and experts in this area It is a key resource for scholars who want to better understand these under-explored topics and do so from a Mediterranean, rather than an EU-centric perspective It also supports policy makers designing their digital strategies both sectoral and general in the Mediterranean region, and considering the impact of data-driven technologies on society and their geo-political dimension

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

384 Pages

PB 9781509984435

US September 2026

£44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509984398 • £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9781509984411 £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781509984404 • £0 00 / $0 00

Hart Publishing

OPEN ACCESS

The Future of Justice

AI, Big Data, the Environment and the Courts

Edited by Sundaresh Menon, Supreme Court of Singapore & Anselmo Reyes, Doshisha University, Japan

This open access book explores how courts and judges from common and civil law jurisdictions should address the following challenges that affect all of humanity – the ever-rapid development of AI and big data, the dangers of disinformation and misinformation, and the irreversible harmful effects of climate change.

The book is divided into 4 parts Part I examines the impact of AI on judiciaries, in areas such as machine-generated evidence, access to justice and the ethical implications of AI Part II delves into the topic of data protection and privacy in the era of big data and AI, focusing on the legal and regulatory issues relating to the processing of data Part III addresses truth decay and the courts' role in ascertaining facts in an uncertain world Part IV explores climate change litigation in various domestic courts around the world and the approaches and techniques that have been taken to address this dynamic and challenging area of the law

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com

COLLECTIONS 2ND EDITION

UK February 2026 • US February 2026

800 Pages

HB 9781509987955

Nomos/Hart

• £250 00 / $340 00

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

EU Digital Law

Article-by-Article Commentary

Edited by Reiner Schulze, University of Münster, Germany & Dirk Staudenmayer, University of Münster, Germany

This new edition explains how contract and consumer law have been changed by EU legal acts with regard to legal practice in core areas of private law

It includes the most recent, already directly applicable, EU law that will significantly influence the platform economy, such as private law-relevant provisions of the Digital Market Act (DMA), private law-relevant provisions of the Digital Services Act (DSA), and the Online Intermediation Services Regulation

It goes on to comment on the European legal requirements for the German Civil Code on sales law, the sale of digital products and on electronic commerce (Sales of Goods Directive; Digital Content Directive; Consumer Rights Directive; ECommerce Directive)

The contributors, experts from across the EU, provide detailed explanations of the background and purpose of the provisions in a uniform structure and provide concrete ways of applying them

256 Pages

PB 9781509985319 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509985272 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509985296

• £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509985289 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

Liberty of Conscience Justification and Limits

Guy Baldwin, University of Manchester, UK

This book sets out a novel account of the conceptual foundations of liberty of conscience based on John Rawls’s concept of moral personality

Liberty of conscience (often called religious freedom) is a notoriously broad right As understood in many legal systems, it can extend to virtually any action or inaction, ranging from dietary choices to objections to military service, and potentially provide protection against the application of a state’s laws in respect of that action or inaction To understand the proper limits of this right, it is necessary to inquire into its conceptual foundations

The book shows that protection of liberty of conscience is warranted because of its importance to the exercise and development of the two moral powers of individuals that comprise their moral personality: the power to judge right and justice, and the power to form and pursue a conception of the good However, some possible limitations for the right relating to the rights of others and the common interest flow from this rationale Utilising this theoretical account, the book analyses two case studies at the limits of religious freedom in the law of the UK and USA: pandemic lockdown restrictions on religious gatherings, and non-discrimination laws in their application to same-sex couples

UK June 2026 US June 2026

84 Pages

PB 9781509973699

£14 99 / $19 95

ePDF 9781509973712

• £13 49 / $17 95

ePub 9781509973705 £13 49 / $17 95

Hart Publishing

OSCOLA

The Oxford University Standard for Citation of Legal Authorities

Edited by James Goudkamp, University of Oxford, UK & Donal Nolan, University of Oxford, UK

The Oxford University Standard for the Citation of Legal Authorities (OSCOLA) is the essential guide to legal citation.

There are two golden rules for the citation of legal authorities One is consistency The other is consideration for the reader Legal writing is more persuasive when the author refers to legal materials in a clear, consistent and familiar way When it is easy to identify and to find the author ’s sources, it becomes easier for the reader to follow the argument OSCOLA is designed to help the author to achieve consistency and to make life easier for the reader

The fifth edition of OSCOLA has been comprehensively revised and updated and now incorporates guidance on legal citation in the field of public international law It also provides guidance concerning new sources such as output from generative AI

COLLECTIONS

Law and Practical Reason

UK June 2026 • US July 2026

208 Pages

PB 9781509968893 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509968855 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509968879 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509968886 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

400 Pages

HB 9781509965809 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9781509965847 £49 99 / $67 95

ePDF 9781509965823 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781509965816 • £85 50 / $117 00

Hart Publishing

Reasons, Respect, and the Law Jurisprudence as Practical Philosophy

Daniel Peixoto Murata, Mackenzie Presbyterian University, Brazil

This is a book about law and its impact on our practical reasoning

Drawing on the work of Bernard Williams, the book argues that our practical engagements with the law are complex and often obscure It begins with a novel view on practical reason that is called open-minded reasons internalism This is a view that emphasises how certain considerations can bear on action for concrete agents, and in doing so it is an explanatory account of reasons and actions The account is receptive to the considerations that makes much of peoples’ lives: the motivations and dispositions they have, the notions of character and identity, and respect

The book explains that this account helps in making sense of much of the richness seen in real life in how concrete agents engage with the law It provides the tools to explain when and why an agent identifies herself totally with the law, as Inspector Javert did in Les Misérables, but it can also explain the attitude of respect that many law-abiding citizens have, and even the merely prudential considerations of OW Holmes’ famous ‘bad man’ What emerges from this book is a view on law and practical reason that takes seriously the phenomenology of action

Kelsen’s Legacy

Legal Normativity, International Law and Democracy

Edited by Jorge Emilio Núñez, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK, Gonzalo Villa- Rosas, University of Vienna, Austria & Jorge Luis Fabra-Zamora, State University of New York, USA

This volume offers a comprehensive examination of Hans Kelsen’s legal and political philosophy, focusing on four central themes

The first part analyses Kelsen’s theory of norms, including its periodisation and concepts of validity and coercion The second part explores his perspectives on international law, addressing its structural analysis, primitive law characterisation, and teleology The third part examines Kelsen’s theory of democracy, its relationship with the pure theory of law, collective will, and democratisation of the administration The final part discusses Kelsen’s influence on the Vienna School of Legal Theory and its impact on case law and jurisprudence beyond Europe This collection is essential for scholars and practitioners seeking to understand Kelsen’s legacy

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

272 Pages

PB 9781509988709 £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509988662 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509988686 £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781509988693 • £0 00 / $0 00

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

Studies in Private International Law

- Asia

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

240 Pages

HB 9781509969777

• £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781509969814 • £42 99 / $58 95

ePDF 9781509969791 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781509969784 • £0 00 / $0 00

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

480 Pages

PB 9781509992171 • £49 99 / $67 95

HB 9781509992218 £100 00 / $135 00

ePDF 9781509992195 • £90 00 / $121 50

ePub 9781509992201 • £90 00 / $121 50

Hart Publishing

OPEN ACCESS

The Law, Society, and Politics of Entertainment in Britain Regulation or Self-Censorship?

Jennifer Young, University of Groningen, the Netherlands

This open access book examines the rules shaping British political entertainment It focuses on broadcasting restrictions born from the quaintly named rules on taste and decency, and impartiality, assessing the potential damage to democracy when rules are misinterpreted In examining the historical and legal context, it traces how regulatory frameworks have evolved and impacted on the creative industries Through interviews with industry professionals including comedians, writers, and executive producers, the book challenges the idea that regulation dictates editorial choices and creates a cancel culture It reveals how broadcast practitioners decide the ethical and legal limits of offensive humour, and how the misinterpretation of the impartiality requirement can undermine satire’s role Performers and writers discuss how selfcensorship, and social pressures influence what we see and hear in the media

Much of British political satire has been "smoothed out” due to fears of offending audiences This has left the audience unchallenged, uninformed, and politically disengaged The book argues for a policy change to broadcast regulation The impartiality requirement should be dropped for satire, and broadcasters should be more robust in defending their output

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by UKRI

OPEN ACCESS

NEW IN PB

Overriding Mandatory Rules in International Commercial Disputes

Korean and Comparative Law

Min Kyung KIM, Daejeon District Court, Republic of Korea

This open access book analyses how to identify and treat overriding mandatory rules in international commercial litigation and arbitration from a Korean and comparative law perspective

The book examines the jurisprudence of the European Court of Justice under the Rome Convention and the Rome I Regulation, Swiss IPRG, and German and English law to help interpret and propose an amendment to the Korean Act on Private International Law The book also establishes tests to identify the overriding mandatory character and then empirically applies them to assess various provisions in 10 different Acts in Korea Furthermore, the book provides a ‘balancing interest test’ for third-country mandatory rules and suggests a new provision that harmonises the conflicting interests of the parties, the forum country, the third country and interests of international harmony of decisions

Winner of the 16th Simdang Academic Prize 2023 Judge Dr Min Kyung Kim is the second-youngest recipient of this prestigious award and it is the first time that the prize has been awarded for a PhD thesis

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com

Assistants in International Dispute Settlement Navigating Legitimacy

Gabrielle Marceau, University of Geneva, Switzerland & Maria George, Geneva Graduate Institute, Switzerland

This book analyses the role of actors that critically aid adjudicators at different stages of the dispute resolution process across 20 international dispute resolution bodies

Collectively referred to as 'dispute assistants' in the book, these actors are known by different names such as legal officers, référendaires, secretariat staff, registry staff, etc The book uses doctrinal research, supplemented through interviews with relevant actors in each dispute resolution body, and delivers a holistic view of their practice It provides a comparative study on the functions of dispute assistants at every stage of the dispute resolution process, revealing the widespread and critical nature of their work It addresses the legitimacy concerns raised about the alleged influence dispute assistants may exercise over adjudicators as well as in the decision-making process These concerns are traced across sources such as judicial/quasi-judicial decisions; statements or criticisms raised by States parties, academics, or practitioners; and concerns that arose in conversations with judges, dispute assistants, and other relevant actors By employing a comparative lens, the book moves from concerns that are specific to individual dispute resolution bodies towards general concerns By tapping into the wealth of comparative practices across dispute resolution bodies to navigate these legitimacy concerns, this book reframes the narrative that dispute assistants threaten the legitimacy of international dispute resolution, and proposes solutions to show how their expertise can be leveraged to strengthen the legitimacy of outcomes

COLLECTIONS

Studies in International Law

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

336 Pages

PB 9781509993567 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509993550 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509993536 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509993529 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

Studies in International Law

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

352 Pages

HB 9781509968220 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781509968268 • £44 99 / $60 95

ePDF 9781509968244 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509968237 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

COLLECTIONS

Studies in International Law

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

Avoidance in International Dispute Settlement Jurisdiction, Admissibility, and Justiciability

Manuel Casas Martinez, Twenty Essex, UK

This book offers a bold new perspective on how international adjudication operates

While international courts claim to decide all disputes over which they have jurisdiction, this book argues that sometimes they strategically choose not to Through detailed case studies and a close analysis of international procedural law, it reveals that courts decide most disputes most of the time - but not all

By unpacking how courts use doctrines of jurisdiction and admissibility to avoid or narrow down certain issues, the book exposes the covert techniques of judicial avoidance It shows how the flexibility of international procedural law allows judges to manage politically sensitive disputes without openly acknowledging that they are relying on avoidance doctrines

This book offers a nuanced and realistic account of international adjudication, one that recognises how legal principle is often weighed against political and practical realities

Individuals in International Humanitarian Law A Historical Analysis

Sarina Landefeld, University of Leicester, UK

This book offers a new, more critical perspective on the regulation and protection of individuals under international humanitarian law

Providing a historical account of the changing conceptualisation of individuals since 1864, the study draws on social constructivism This approach casts light on the struggle of making sense of, and agreeing on, the position of individuals in armed conflicts during the law-making process, often hidden by international humanitarian law’s conventional narratives This intriguing study grapples with a difficult and disputed area of the law of armed conflict, making a singular and significant contribution which will be welcomed by all scholars in the field

304 Pages

PB 9781509994113 • £44 99 / $60 95

HB 9781509994076 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9781509994090 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509994083 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

Solidarity in International Disaster Response Law

Thomas Mulder, UNSW Sydney, Australia

This is the first book to comprehensively explore the role of solidarity in international disaster response law (IDRL), offering a timely and transformative vision for this regime governing cooperation in disaster response

As disasters intensify due to climate change, solidarity is increasingly invoked by states and others as a principle guiding disaster response Yet its role remains underexplored and underutilised, risking solidarity to function as a mere rhetorical device This book responds to that gap, offering a comprehensive examination of the meaning, legal status and implications of solidarity in IDRL It demonstrates solidarity can reorient IDRL from a sovereignty-centred regime characterised by state autonomy and voluntarism to one focused on the protection of disaster-affected persons through differentiated international cooperation and assistance

The book further explores how solidarity could reshape specific legal and practical issues that challenge international disaster response By analysing these issues through the lens of solidarity, the book offers novel perspectives that can break new ground in finding concrete solutions for persistent challenges within the regime This analysis comes at a pivotal moment In 2024, the United Nations initiated negotiations for a multilateral convention for international disaster response, signalling growing recognition of the need for a universal treaty in this area

Contemporary Debates

UK March 2026 • US March 2026

224 Pages

HB 9781440878053 • £55 00 / $75 00

PB 9798216461142 • £21 99 / $29 95

ePDF 9781440878060 • £19 79 / $26 95

ePub 9798216184553 • £19 79 / $26 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Political Control of America's Courts

Examining the Facts

Helena Silverstein, Lafayette College, USA

This volume explores the many ways in which politics shapes the allegedly nonpartisan judicial system in America, ranging from how judges are selected to the bench to how they rule when they get there

Each title in the Contemporary Debates series examines the veracity of controversial claims or beliefs surrounding a major political/cultural issue in the United States Each book gives readers a clear and unbiased understanding of current highinterest issues by informing them about falsehoods, half-truths, and misconceptions and confirming the factual validity of other assertions that have gained traction in America's cultural and political discourse

This volume in the series provides a deeply researched and even-handed account of the relationship between America's judicial branch which is supposed to view law through a nonpartisan lens and the sometimes poisonous partisanship that is such a notorious factor in the nation's other two branches of government Is political combat over judicial nominations worse than ever before? What impact is the politicization of the courts having on public faith in the legitimacy of the courts and our wider political system? Was former Supreme Court justice Sandra Day right when she asserted that "judicial independence is a bedrock principle of our court system, and we are losing it"? This work will provide insights into all these questions and more

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

328 Pages

HB 9781440880292 • £80 00 / $110 00

PB 9798765118740 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781440880308 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9798216184386 • £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Teen Legal Rights

David L Hudson Jr , Belmont University College of Law, USA

Teen legal rights are perpetually changing in American society, whether in the classroom, at work, or within family and community settings Fully revised and updated to reflect important changes in the legal status and rights of young people from all walks of life, the fourth edition of Teen Legal Rights is an accessible and indispensable resource to help teenagers navigate and understand the extent and limitations of their rights and liberties

Employing a simple FAQ format organized into nearly two dozen topical chapters (including new chapters devoted to such subjects as immigration and trans youth), First Amendment scholar David L Hudson Jr provides an authoritative analysis of the judicial system as it pertains to teens and their interests, explaining important court decisions, legal arguments, and legislative changes to help teens better understand how their rights are evolving as they move deeper into the 2020s

COLLECTIONS

UK

Social Security Handbook 2026

Overview of Social Security Programs

Bloomsbury Academic

This publication is not approved, endorsed, or authorized by the Social Security Administration The information contained in this publication can be found free of charge at www ssa gov

The Social Security Handbook: Overview of Social Security Programs provides information about Social Security programs and services, and identifies rights and obligations under the Social Security laws This completely updated Handbook, organized by section number, is a readable, easy-to-understand reference for comprehending complex Social Security programs and services and contains information on several topics relevant to Social Security policies The Handbook is designed to help users understand the gray areas of the Social Security Act, and to provide critical information about rights and obligations under Social Security laws

The Handbook outlines how to:

Protect your benefits and avoid benefit loss; Monitor government agencies and get information about policy changes that will affect your benefits; Make the most of hospital and Medicare coverage; Determine the amount of benefits that are subject to federal income taxes; Check Social Security earnings and benefits; and Get up-to-date news about future Social Security programs and services Social

Social Security Handbook

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

840 Pages

PB 9798216441007 • £80 00 / $110 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

376 Pages

HB 9781509978915 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9781509978953 £44 99 / $60 95

ePDF 9781509978939 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781509978922 • £85 50 / $117 00

Hart Publishing

Social Security Handbook 2026

Overview of Social Security Programs

Bloomsbury Academic

This publication is not approved, endorsed, or authorized by the Social Security Administration The information contained in this publication can be found free of charge at www ssa gov

The Social Security Handbook: Overview of Social Security Programs provides information about Social Security programs and services, and identifies rights and obligations under the Social Security laws This completely updated Handbook, organized by section number, is a readable, easy-to-understand reference for comprehending complex Social Security programs and services and contains information on several topics relevant to Social Security policies The Handbook is designed to help users understand the gray areas of the Social Security Act, and to provide critical information about rights and obligations under Social Security laws

The Handbook outlines how to:

Protect your benefits and avoid benefit loss; Monitor government agencies and get information about policy changes that will affect your benefits; Make the most of hospital and Medicare coverage; Determine the amount of benefits that are subject to federal income taxes; Check Social Security earnings and benefits; and Get up-to-date news about future Social Security programs and services

Pseudolaw and Sovereign Citizens

Edited by Harry Hobbs, University of New South Wales, Australia, Stephen Young, University of Otago, New Zealand & Joe McIntyre, University of South Australia

Can you avoid any law you do not consent to? Can you avoid paying taxes by declaring yourself sovereign? Do courts operate under admiralty or maritime law? No But welcome to the strange world of pseudolaw

This is the first-ever edited volume solely dedicated to examining pseudolaw and its most prominent adherents, sovereign citizens Drawing on the expertise of judges, criminologists, legal theorists and political sociologists, this collection offers insights into the global growth and alarming adaptability of pseudolaw People who make these claims rob themselves of meaningful legal opportunities and impose great costs to themselves, the administration of justice, and the community Pseudolaw is also linked to violent extremism and indicative of growing social insecurity

Part I offers ways to analyse and differentiate pseudolaw from other forms of conspiracy ideation and fringe legal interpretation Part II examines the rise of sovereign citizens and the global spread of pseudolaw Part III explores contemporary issues arising from pseudolaw, including the rise of far-right extremism, lay-persons in judicial proceedings, fake claims of indigeneity, and fraudulent ‘get out of jail’ schemes It concludes by considering how we can respond to this phenomenon

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

232 Pages

HB 9781509968077 • £90 00 / $120 00

PB 9781509968114 • £44 99 / $60 95

ePDF 9781509968091 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9781509968084 • £81 00 / $108 00

Hart Publishing

Fairness in International Taxation

Edited by Ira K Lindsay, University of Surrey, UK & Benita Mathew, University of Surrey, UK

This book explores the thorny normative issues raised by the changing landscape of international tax policy

Proposals for taxation of the digital economy and the OECD/G20 BEPS framework promise fundamental changes in the international tax system The book features perspectives from legal scholars, political theorists, and political philosophers on international corporate and individual taxation Contributors advance new theories of international tax justice, develop theoretically informed reform proposals and critique influential approaches to international tax reform Key themes include justice in bilateral and multilateral international tax agreements, the taxation of cross-border workers, fair division of tax revenue from multinational corporations, and the fairness of the international tax policy-making process

This book provides new perspectives on leading international tax policy debates, analyses the intersection between international distributive justice and contemporary tax policy, and proposes innovative ways to meet the demands of tax justice in a global context

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 06 Homeland Security

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

460 Pages

PB 9798892057493 • £25 00 / $39 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 06 Domestic Security, January 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the Code of Federal Regulations (CFRs) are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas.

Title 6 contains the codified Federal laws and regulations that are in effect as of the date of the publication pertaining to homeland security, privacy and civil liberties

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14 Aeronautics and Space

UK April 2026 US April 2026

1040 Pages

PB 9798892057875 • £51 00 / $74 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14 Aeronautics and Space 110-199, Revised as of January 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

Title 14 presents regulations governing the activities of the Department of Transportation and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration in the areas of aeronautics and space, including: aircraft, airmen, airspace, air traffic, certification of air carriers and operations, and airports

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14 Aeronautics and Space

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

970 Pages

PB 9798892057851 £52 00 / $74 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14 Aeronautics and Space 1-59, Revised as of January 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

Title 14 presents regulations governing the activities of the Department of Transportation and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration in the areas of aeronautics and space, including: aircraft, airmen, airspace, air traffic, certification of air carriers and operations, and airports

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 13 Business Credit and Assistance

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

984 Pages

PB 9798892057844 • £50 00 / $74 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 13 Business Credit and Assistance, Revised as of January 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

Title 13 presents regulations governing the activities of the Small Business Administration and the Department of Commerce in the areas of business credit, finance, and economic development

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14 Aeronautics and Space

UK April 2026 US April 2026

366 Pages

PB 9798892057899 • £30 00 / $39 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14 Aeronautics and Space 1200-End, Revised as of January 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

Title 14 presents regulations governing the activities of the Department of Transportation and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration in the areas of aeronautics and space, including: aircraft, airmen, airspace, air traffic, certification of air carriers and operations, and airports

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14 Aeronautics and Space

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

1006 Pages

PB 9798892057882 £43 00 / $74 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 14 Aeronautics and Space 200-1199, Revised as of January 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

Title 14 presents regulations governing the activities of the Department of Transportation and the National Aeronautics and Space Administration in the areas of aeronautics and space, including: aircraft, airmen, airspace, air traffic, certification of air carriers and operations, and airports

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 15 Commerce and Foreign Trade

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

652 Pages

PB 9798892057929 • £40 00 / $59 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 15 Commerce and Foreign Trade 800-End, Revised as of January 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

Title 15 Presents regulations governing the Department of Commerce and other agencies involved with commerce and foreign trade, and includes rules for: National Security Industrial Base, Export Administration, National Weather Service, Environmental Data Service, Oil Pollution Act, Foreign Trade Agreements, and telecommunications and information

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 16 Commercial Practices

UK May 2026 US May 2026

1054 Pages

PB 9798892057943 • £51 00 / $74 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 16 Commercial Practices

1000-End, Revised as of January 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

Title 16 presents regulations governing commercial practices and covers product-specific bans, standards, and requirements; policy on imported products, importers, and foreign manufacturers; export of non-complying, misbranded, or banned products; and commission notification of foreign government

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 17 Commodity and Securities Exchanges

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

892 Pages

PB 9798892057981 £52 00 / $74 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 17 Commercial Sec Exch 240, Revised as of April 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

Title 17 presents regulations governing commodities and securities exchanges

It includes the rules of Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Department of the Treasury

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 16 Commercial Practices

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

880 Pages

PB 9798892057936 • £49 00 / $74 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 16 Commercial Practices 0-999, Revised as of January 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

Title 16 presents regulations governing commercial practices and covers product-specific bans, standards, and requirements; policy on imported products, importers, and foreign manufacturers; export of non-complying, misbranded, or banned products; and commission notification of foreign government

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 17 Commodity and Securities Exchanges

UK May 2026 US May 2026

1016 Pages

PB 9798892057974 • £49 99 / $67 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 17 Commercial Sec Exch 200 - 239, Revised as of April, 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

Title 17 presents regulations governing commodities and securities exchanges It includes the rules of Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Department of the Treasury

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 17 Commodity and Securities Exchanges

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

778 Pages

PB 9798892057998 £49 99 / $67 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 17 Commercial Sec Exch 241 - End, Revised as of April 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

Title 17 presents regulations governing commodities and securities exchanges It includes the rules of Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Department of the Treasury

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 17 Commodity and Securities Exchanges

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

614 Pages

PB 9798892057967 • £37 00 / $59 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 17 Commercial Sec Exch 41-199, Revised as of April 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the CFRs are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

Title 17 presents regulations governing commodities and securities exchanges It includes the rules of Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Department of the Treasury

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 20 Employee

Benefits

UK April 2026 US April 2026

688 Pages

PB 9798892058063 • £43 00 / $59 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 20 Employees' Benefits 1 - 399, Revised as of April 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

Title 20 presents regulations promulgated by the Department of Labor, Railroad Retirement Board, and the Social Security Administration to govern employees' benefits These include workers' compensation programs, employment and training, and veterans' services Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 20 Employee

Benefits

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

778 Pages

PB 9798892058094 £35 00 / $74 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 20 Employees' Benefits

657 - END, Revised as of April 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

Title 20 presents regulations promulgated by the Department of Labor, Railroad Retirement Board, and the Social Security Administration to govern employees' benefits These include workers' compensation programs, employment and training, and veterans' services Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 17 Commodity and Securities Exchanges

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

1024 Pages

PB 9798892057950 • £50 00 / $65 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 17 Commodity and Securities Exchanges 1-40, Revised April 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

Title 17 presents regulations governing commodities and securities exchanges It includes the rules of Commodity Futures Trading Commission, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Department of the Treasury

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 20 Employee

Benefits

UK April 2026 US April 2026

706 Pages

PB 9798892058087 • £42 00 / $59 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 20 Employees' Benefits 500 - 656, Revised as of April 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

Title 20 presents regulations promulgated by the Department of Labor, Railroad Retirement Board, and the Social Security Administration to govern employees' benefits These include workers' compensation programs, employment and training, and veterans' services Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food and Drugs

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

780 Pages

PB 9798892058117 £42 00 / $74 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food Drugs 100 - 169, Revised as of April 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

Title 21 presents regulations promulgated by the Food and Drug Administration, the Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Office of the National Drug Control Agency in the area of food and drugs These regulations encompass food and drugs for human and animal use, biologics, cosmetics, medical devices, radiological health, and controlled substances Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food and Drugs

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

656 Pages

PB 9798892058124 • £43 00 / $59 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food Drugs 170 - 199, Revised as of April 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

Title 21 presents regulations promulgated by the Food and Drug Administration, the Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Office of the National Drug Control Agency in the area of food and drugs These regulations encompass food and drugs for human and animal use, biologics, cosmetics, medical devices, radiological health, and controlled substances Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 24 Housing and Urban Development

UK April 2026 US April 2026

952 Pages PB 9798892058254 • £53 00 / $74 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 24 Housing Urban Dev 700-1699, Revised as of April 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

Title 24 presents regulations governing housing and urban development as set forth by the Department of Housing and Urban Development and the Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation Topics covered include: fair housing; mortgage and loan insurance programs; and slum clearance and urban renewal Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 50 Wildlife and Fisheries

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

530 Pages

PB 9781636716831 £26 99 / $59 95

ePDF 9798892052689 • £27 14 / $33 30

ePub 9798892051699 • £27 14 / $33 30

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 50 Wildlife and Fisheries

17.95(b), Revised as of October 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

Title 50 presents regulations governing the taking, possession, transportation, sale, purchase, barter, exportation and importation of wildlife and plants; wildlife refuges; wildlife research; fisheries conservation areas; fish and wildlife restoration; marine mammals; whaling; fisheries; tuna fisheries; and international fishing Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by October Publication follows within six months

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food and Drugs

UK May 2026 • US May 2026

308 Pages

PB 9798892058131 • £14 99 / $39 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 21 Food Drugs 200 - 299, Revised as of April 1, 2025

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

Title 21 presents regulations promulgated by the Food and Drug Administration, the Drug Enforcement Administration, and the Office of the National Drug Control Agency in the area of food and drugs These regulations encompass food and drugs for human and animal use, biologics, cosmetics, medical devices, radiological health, and controlled substances Additions and revisions to this section of the code are posted annually by April Publication follows within six months

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 37 Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights

UK April 2026 US April 2026

1108 Pages

PB 9798216393399 • £38 99 / $57 95

Bloomsbury Academic

Code of Federal Regulations, Title 37 Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights, Revised as of July 1, 2024

Office of the Federal Register (U S )

A compilation of federal regulations, the Code of Federal Regulations (CFRs) are an authoritative source of government information representing broad subject areas

BOR

Library and Information Science

Text Series

UK September 2026

384 Pages

HB 9798216198024

PB 9798216198017

• US September 2026

• £95 00 / $130 00

• £54 99 / $74 95

ePDF 9798216198048

• £49 49 / $67 45

ePub 9798216198031 • £49 49 / $67 45

Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited

Library and Information Science

Text Series

Academic Libraries

An Introduction

Edited by Nora J Bird, University of North Carolina-Greensboro, USA & Michael A Crumpton, University of North CarolinaGreensboro, USA

A new text for academic librarianship courses written for today’s complex library environment

Academic libraries are the heart of academic communities and embrace their university or colleges’ missions in complex, diverse, and dynamic circumstances This text captures the essence of that complexity, demonstrates academic libraries’ value, and provides a comprehensive resource for students and professional librarians

The text’s eight parts give LIS students a thorough overview of how academic libraries work:

The Academic Environment; Administration; Library Spaces; Scholarly Communication and Resources; Research, Outreach, and Instruction; Technology; Promoting the Library; Other Trends and Perspectives

Written by contributors experienced in both teaching academic librarianship and working in academic libraries, this text is reflective of changes within higher education, the library profession, and the expectations of stakeholders Chapters include case studies and discussion questions written by the book’s editors

4TH EDITION

Children's Literature in Action

A Librarian's Guide

BOR

Marianne Martens, Kent State University, USA & Sylvia M Vardell, Texas Woman’s University, USA

The fully revised and updated fourth edition of Children’s Literature in Action offers a concise but comprehensive introduction to the body of literature for children (ages 0–12) for pre-service librarians and educators who work in the school or public library setting

This well-regarded text by Sylvia M Vardell and new co-author Marianne Martens follows a genre-based approach, providing an overview of genres, featured authors and titles, most important awards, selection criteria, and practical applications for each major genre in the field Each chapter includes:

Practitioner perspectives; Exemplary titles; Sample reviews; Major award winners; Historical perspectives; Instructional standards; Relevant assignments; Related professional resources

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

432 Pages • 20 photos

HB 9798216186182 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9798216186175 • £49 99 / $67 95

ePDF 9798216186205 • £44 99 / $61 15

ePub 9798216186212 • £44 99 / $61 15

Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited

Library and Information Science

Text Series

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

304 Pages • no artwork

HB 9798216170037 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9798216169956 • £49 99 / $67 95

ePDF 9798216183938 • £44 99 / $61 15

ePub 9798216183921 • £44 99 / $61 15

Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited

The fourth edition adds new material on the growing body of middle grade literature, graphic novels and manga for young readers, new mixed-genre categories, cross-curricular connections, trends in nonfiction, and the latest digital materials and tools It includes expanded content on diverse and inclusive literature and international perspectives

Young Adult Literature in Action A Librarian's Guide

Rose Brock, am Houston State University, USA

The fourth edition of Young Adult Literature in Action retains its popular genre organization to teach library and information science students and professional librarians how to select quality books for young adults

Showcasing the best and most up-to-date young adult literature, this well-regarded textbook provides a survey of YA lit for undergraduate and graduate students seeking licensures and degrees leading to careers working with young adults in school and public libraries Valuable resources include updated “Librarians in Action” sections for each chapter as well as new:

Collaborative activities; featured books; Special topics and programs; Selected awards and celebrations; Historical connections; Recommended resources; Issues for discussion; Assignment suggestions

Emphasis is placed on the role of book formats and the relevance of librarians serving both younger and older teen populations Middle-grade recommendations and authors are featured in each chapter, and book recommendation lists include middle-grade titles Information on new media applications such as audiobooks and social media and an increased focus on graphic novels and manga make this edition the most comprehensive young adult literature textbook available

Digital Citizenship, Technology, and Libraries

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

208 Pages

HB 9798216396260

• £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9798216195412

• £32 99 / $44 95

ePDF 9798216195436

• £29 69 / $40 45

ePub 9798216195429 • £29 69 / $40 45

Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

224 Pages

HB 9798216196297 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9798216196280 • £49 99 / $67 95

ePDF 9798216196310 • £44 99 / $61 15

ePub 9798216196303 £44 99 / $61 15

Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited

Inclusive Digital Citizenship Ideas and Implementation

Kirsten Wilson, The Bulldog Educator Consulting, LLC, USA & Carrie Rogers, Digital Respons-Ability, USA

Research, detailed strategies, and case studies encourage inclusivity in digital citizenship and the ethical and responsible use of technology in libraries.

Inclusive digital citizenship goes beyond mere access to technology it requires a nuanced understanding of how technology can either empower or hinder various communities Divided into two parts, this book offers both ideas and implementation The first half contains frameworks and an overview of systems, research, and theories The second half offers specific, practical case studies and actionable steps

Rogers and Wilson provide tools to support students, families, and community members in becoming responsible digital citizens Their groundbreaking framework addresses inclusivity across digital access, literacy, design, and community engagement It equips librarians and educators with actionable tools like gap analyses, professional learning strategies, and collaborative models to bridge the digital divide Foundational concepts are balanced with practical implementation, metacognitive activities, and visual aids This book will empower you to foster equity-driven systems and digital citizenship in diverse contexts

BOR

Practical Digital Asset Management

A Guide for Students and Practitioners

Lisa Grimm, Dublin, Ireland & E Keathley, Atlanta, Georgia, USA

A definitive introduction to digital asset management and its role in the content ecosystem: what, why, how-to, and best practices

This text is an important resource for students and for professionals who need to learn about Digital Asset Management (DAM) systems for their workplace Authors Grimm and Keathley lay out what a DAM is, the major types of systems on the market, and how to implement and work with a DAM DAM’s role has become central to broader content ecosystems, and knowing how to manage integrations and more complex business rules and architecture has become fundamental to DAM work Additionally, the hype around generative AI has meant an increase, rather than a decrease, in the amount of knowledge DAM managers need in their day-to-day roles: the data cleanup required to successfully drive AI projects in DAM is a foundational step that this book helps readers understand

Students hoping to work with DAM will appreciate updated information on changes in the field, including insights on the progress of adoption of this technology by corporations and cultural institutions Common issues in DAM launch and adoption are discussed, with practical case studies presenting solution options for different work environments

NEW IN PB

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

200 Pages

HB 9798216185482 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9781440877643 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781440877650 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9798216170723 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited

Stories on Skin

A Librarian's Guide to Tattoos as Personal Archives Terry Baxter, Multnomah County Archives, Oregon, USA & Libby Coyner-Tsosie, University of Massachusetts Amherst, USA

Helps expand archival studies into impermanent media like body art, suggesting that archiving must be considered a form of storytelling

Tattoos are not merely decorative; they contain deep meaning for individuals and communities They document their wearers’ personal histories and position in families or society, and they engage with a communal understanding of symbols

This unique book makes the case that archivists who want to preserve as full a human story as possible must recognize the rich documentation provided by tattoos It also argues, in a broader sense, that traditional archives are not representative of the ways human beings transmit information through time and that they must be augmented by other types of storytelling to provide a more complete record of our species Authors Baxter and Coyner touch on timely topics such as historical narratives, storytelling, cultural traditions, the body as a text, social control, and memorialization by considering tattoos as a personal and community archive Discussing tattoos as a storytelling tool, the authors also challenge how history is kept and who gets included Stories on Skin is committed to the rights of communities to tell their stories in their own way and to the power that right brings

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 US July 2026

240 Pages

PB 9798216194958 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798216194910 • £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9798216194934 £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9798216194927 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited

Immigration-Themed Youth Literature

Perspectives for K–12 Educators

Edited by Danielle E Sachdeva, University of North Georgia, USA

As the US immigrant population rises, this book guides librarians, K–12 teachers, and higher education faculty toward new ways of exploring immigration-themed children’s literature in the classroom and library

The United States is a nation of immigrants, and the millions of US immigrant youth deserve books that represent and reflect their experiences Culturally responsive teachers and librarians can serve these young people and facilitate their sense of belonging by providing immigration-themed literature in classrooms and libraries Meanwhile, US-born children can expand their understanding of immigration by learning from the diverse array of immigrant experiences represented in contemporary books

Chapters written by youth literature experts from schools and universities across the United States support K–12 teachers, school and public librarians, graduate students, and higher education faculty by identifying high-quality contemporary immigration-themed literature; investigating what readers can learn from this literature and integrating this literature into instruction Immigration-Themed Youth Literature fills the gap in resources on contemporary immigration-themed literature and is a valuable tool for advancing educators’ and librarians’ professional learning

COLLECTIONS

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

172 Pages • 20 bw illus

PB 9798216196181 • £29 99 / $40 00

HB 9798216196143 • £70 00 / $95 00

ePDF 9798216196167 • £63 00 / $85 50

ePub 9798216196150 £63 00 / $85 50

Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited

Breaking Barriers

A Librarian’s Story of Changing Times

Robert Wedgeworth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA

Robert Wedgeworth offers an insightful look at a career that helped shape modern librarianship.

In this compelling first-hand account, Robert Wedgeworth traces his remarkable journey from growing up in racially intolerant times to becoming executive director of the American Library Association (ALA) and helping shape the national and international library landscape

With candid insights, including the untold story of what exactly happened at Columbia University, Wedgeworth offers an insider ’s view of pivotal moments in the histories of influential organizations such as the ALA and the International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions (IFLA) His reflections offer fascinating insight and thoughtful perspective on the transformation of library leadership and institutions

COLLECTIONS

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

288 Pages 30 bw illus

HB 9798881801380 • £25 99 / $35 95

ePDF 9798216276364 £23 39 / $32 35

ePub 9798881801397 • £23 39 / $32 35

Bloomsbury Academic

Inside the World’s Haunted Libraries

Courtney M Block, Indiana University Southeast

Experience firsthand encounters with the paranormal in libraries from around the world!

Have you ever noticed that libraries emanate a certain energy? If you’ve ever been alone in a library, chances are you’ve noticed a not-quite-empty feeling This isn’t surprising From the constant flow of people, the echoing voices from authors on the shelves, and archives full of artifacts and records, libraries are inherently haunting spaces There is no other place in society quite like the library, in fact, and their liminal nature might just serve as a beacon to the strange It’s no wonder that people experience anomalous phenomena in libraries around the world

In this work, librarian and paranormal researcher Courtney M Block collects these encounters and presents the personal paranormal experiences of library workers from around the world Inside, you’ll find firsthand reports from libraries in Canada, Australia, England, India, the United States, and many more! Featuring tales of strange figures seen through the stacks, barcode scanners sending messages, and beloved patrons who might still be visiting their favorite libraries in the afterlife, this book celebrates libraries and the ghosts within them

HB 9798216195764 £65 00 / $90 00

PB 9798216195771 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9798216195795 £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9798216195788 • £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited

The AI Toolkit for Librarians

Mike McQueen, Missouri School for the Blind

How do you integrate AI into the library in an accessible and equitable way? This book shows you how!

The AI Toolkit for Librarians offers a clear and encouraging way to make sense of today’s fast-moving world of artificial intelligence Written for academic, public, and K–12 settings, it helps readers understand how AI fits into everyday library work while staying grounded in the values of access, equity, and learning The book explores AI’s biggest opportunities and challenges, breaks down essential concepts in everyday language, and shows how AI can strengthen reading, writing, research, instruction, and programming

The book concludes with the Bridge Framework for AI Readiness, a simple model that helps libraries move from experimenting with AI to adopting it in thoughtful, ethical, and sustainable ways UK

Each chapter includes practical strategies, Quick Tips, discussion questions, and interviews with 25 respected leaders representing a variety of library settings and roles Throughout the book, real-life examples and personal experiences help make these ideas practical and relatable The AI storytelling chapter includes a ready-to-use AI Playground Event, a 90minute workshop that invites learners of any age or skill level to explore AI through a fun, hands-on approach

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

256 Pages • 4 bw illus

HB 9798881801755 • £70 00 / $95 00

PB 9798881801762 • £33 99 / $46 95

ePDF 9798216453918 • £30 59 / $42 25

ePub 9798881801779 £30 59 / $42 25

Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited

Librarianship Beyond the Textbook

A Practical Guide for Real-World Challenges

Edited by Nay Keppler, Baltimore County Public Library

Some situations cannot be taught in library school With a DEI focus, this book helps library leaders, both formal and informal, with those unexpected challenges

Librarianship Beyond the Textbook is different from others on the market in that it addresses topics that aren’t automatically or often associated with librarianship - topics that are otherwise overlooked, but are nonetheless inevitable, capturing those “Finally, some help with this!” moments - moments of both recognition and assistance The goal of the book is to not only allow the reader to feel heard, but to address evergreen and overlooked topics

Each chapter features leaders in the library field and beyond sharing their knowledge, advice, and lessons learned Explore topics like library maintenance, career development, self-care, finance and budgeting, safety and security, and more from a friendly and easy-to-digest perspective Whether you're in a position of formal library management or just looking for tools to improve your confidence in the field, this book will provide support where you need it most!

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

176 Pages

HB 9798216443865 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9798216195450 £36 99 / $49 95

ePDF 9798216195474 • £33 29 / $44 95

ePub 9798216195467 • £33 29 / $44 95

Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited

Enhance Your Library, Enhance Your Well-Being How to Fight Burnout and Reclaim Library Joy

Monica J Barrette, LibraryPass, USA

Learn, step-by-step, how to avoid or navigate burnout and reclaim the joy of the library profession while making a deep impact in your service community

In the face of burnout caused by book bans, program challenges, and waning resources, how can library workers sustain their own mental well-being and enjoyment of the profession, while continuing to offer top-notch programs and services to their community?

Reframing your outlook on librarianship and community service is the key to reclaiming “library joy ” This book educates library workers at all levels on how to identify their own passions and a community need, then put it all together to build a bridge between interest and impact Professional fulfillment is part of this journey, making this advice beneficial to both experienced and novice library workers This hands-on workbook includes library program worksheets and evaluation quizzes for library staff use, all developed to support the reclamation of library joy

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US August 2026

200 Pages

HB 9798216196075 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9798216196082 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9798216196051 • £26 09 / $35 95

ePub 9798216196099 • £26 09 / $35 95

Bloomsbury Libraries Unlimited

The Library Leader's Guide to Employee Coaching Building a Performance Culture One Meeting at a Time Steve Albrecht, Dr Steve consulting

Can library leaders improve their employees’ work performance using structured coaching meetings, instead of discipline? Yes This book tells you how

Trained, empowered, and employee-focused coaches can provide a prescription for change in their libraries – using their experience, guidance, mentoring, and support – to address a complex organizational problem: how to get the very best from the gathered employees (at all levels) for that work day

Employees can be both taught and led, using coaching interventions that serve to redirect misguided, unproductive, timewasting, or even unethical or inappropriate behaviors Using real-life examples from libraries, government, and the private sector, The Library Leader's Guide to Employee Coaching teaches its readers to work for organizational and employee change by starting with rapport-building conversations; relating relevant stories; using Performance Improvement Plans and/or Behavior Improvement Plans; discussing consequences as needed; and providing no small amounts of hope, praise, and patience

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 US July 2026

296 Pages • 31 bw illus

PB 9781350462953 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350462915 • £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9781350462922 £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781350462939 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Names and Naming in the Social Sciences and Humanities

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

168 Pages • 15 tables

PB 9798216447016 • £21 99 / $29 95

HB 9781666975864 • £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9798216258636 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781978764187 • £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

188 Pages 10 bw illus

HB 9781350281578 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9781350281615 £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350281585 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350281592 • £0 00 / $0 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Ecological Discourse Analysis

Concept, Approaches and Analytical Tools

Wei He, Beijing Foreign Studies University, China, Ruijie Zhang, University of Science and Technology Beijing, China & Ran Gao, Shandong University of Finance and Economics, China

This book presents the concerns, concepts and methodologies of Ecological Discourse Analysis (EDA) based on the shared positions and practices of previous undertakings of discourse analysis EDA is regarded as an emerging paradigm in discourse studies which undertakes ecologically motivated study of discourses that influences ecological relations

The authors propose a multifaceted ecosophy that incorporates Chinese ethical and philosophical traditions and ecological principles The ecosophy of 'Diversity and Harmony, Interaction and Co-existence' describes the features of ecological dynamics, providing a basis for the evaluation of the ecological meaning represented in discourses This ecosophy contributes to such efforts with its origin in Chinese philosophies, therefore offering new opportunities for East-West dialogues on ecological values

An ecogrammar built on Systemic Functional Linguistics is provided as the analytical tool and is applied in the analysis of textbooks, news reports and advertisements The book also examines the provision of EDA for other fields of study, inspiring research possibilities that are beneficial for an ecological future and inspiring interdisciplinary and multi-methodological studies to be integrated with EDA

Names, Naming, Diversity, and Identity in Youth Literature

Edited by I M Nick

Recent years have seen a significant increase in works of fiction that champion and celebrate diversity and inclusion for young readers At the same time, the world has witnessed a radical backlash against youth literature that positively explores issues of individual difference and group belonging This multi-authored volume explores this growing tension and features chapters that critically examine how youth literature use names and naming to present child, adolescent, teen, and tween readers to the world’s ethnic, cultural, linguistic, neurological, religious, diversity The contributors to this work represent themselves a kaleidoscope of cultural and linguistic backgrounds while sharing a common academic background in literature and onomastics Although the primary geographic focus of the chapters selected for this publication is Anglo-American a supplementary call for chapter proposals has explicitly solicited additional proposals that have a broader, international, range

The editor is an internationally recognized expert in investigation of names and naming She is the past president of the American Name Society, one of the world’s oldest and largest scholarly societies devoted to onomastic research

The University and the Algorithmic Gaze

Lesley Gourlay, IOE, UCL's Faculty of Education and Society, University College London, UK

This open access book takes an innovative and critical look at the ways in which digital data and algorithms are changing the face of higher education in multiple ways

It examines their impact at both the macro scale of universities and systems worldwide, but also at the more subtle level of effects on academics and students In doing so, it focuses on the day-to-day life of the university, examining how the digital is changing the way that we communicate, learn, and create new knowledge

As well as exploring the role of ‘big data’ and learning analytics, the book also focuses on areas of academic life not normally considered to be part of datafication, such as the physical structures of surveillance on campus and the ways in which systems of ‘quality in research can morph into regimes of surveillance and algorithmic discipline

Taking an interdisciplinary perspective, the volume interweaves insights from Surveillance Studies, Science and Technology Studies and Postphenomenology Its wide-ranging analysis generates fresh, critical new insights into the nature of communication, semiosis, textual practices, subjectivities and knowledge practices at this dynamic and fast-moving juncture in the history and development of higher education worldwide

The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4 0 licence on bloomsburycollections com Open access was funded by University College London, UK

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

288 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350411821 £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9781350411869 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350411838 £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781350411845 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Teaching and Assessment in Global Aviation English

Edited by Eric Friginal, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong, Malila Prado, BNU-HKBU United International College, China & Jennifer Roberts, Embry- Riddle Aeronautical University, USA

Combining the expertise of renowned academics and aviation experts, this edited collection draws together the latest research into language in the aviation industry, with a focus on teaching and assessment

Exploring the different practices and challenges within the current teaching and assessment of aviation English, the volume provides highly valuable research-based recommendations for building successful curricula that advance training and learning It investigates the challenges and future direction of the International Civil Aviation Organization Language Proficiency Requirements; the training of aviation language teachers; the benefits of a programmatic approach; phraseology training and computer assisted language learning; the use of radiotelephony role play; the use of corpus linguistics; and the assessment of pilots’ listening comprehension Advocating for best practice, this book is a significant contribution to continued development and improvement within the teaching and assessment of aviation English worldwide

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Studies in Systemic Functional Linguistics

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

236 Pages • 23 bw illus

HB 9781350461079 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9781350461734 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350461086 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781350461093 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Language of Sex Education With Respect to Consent

Georgia Carr, Australian National University, Australia

This book offers a deep dive into sex education pedagogy in the Australian context, taking a close look at the language used to teach the key topics of consent and respect It examines questions students ask, how teachers accommodate different beliefs in their classrooms, and how students learn about more values-based topics including consent, respectful relationships, and gender and sexuality diversity It also considers what teaching and assessment looks like over the course of a school term and what makes a ‘successful’ student In short it answers the question – how is sex education actually taught?

The Language of Sex Education provides the first book-length treatment of the language of sex education, offering a detailed account of pedagogy from the perspective of Systemic Functional Linguistics The study is situated in the Australian context, though has broader relevance to places such as New Zealand, North America, and the United Kingdom whose sex education is historically and culturally comparable to that of Australia

The book provides descriptions of the key topics of consent and respect, illustrating how teachers impart technical knowledge and how they support students to adopt and challenge the nuanced values needed when engaging with sex education It does this through new descriptions of key linguistic resources of technicality and iconization that synthesize the central knowledge and values of the field

COLLECTIONS BOR

Bloomsbury Advances in Translation

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

320 Pages • 52 mono illus

PB 9781350526198 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350526150 • £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9781350526167 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781350526174 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Multimodality and the Arts

Creative and Performative Processes as Intersemiotic Translation

Edited by Angela Tiziana Tarantini, Utrecht University, the Netherlands, Irene Fiordilino, Scirocco Dance Theatre Company, UK & Joanna Chojnicka, University of Groningen, the Netherlands

Researchers, translators, practitioners and artists join voices in this volume to explore the profound relationship between multimodality and translation Looking at the subject from a wide range of perspectives, this book questions the possibility of redefining art practices and artworks as forms and processes of intersemiotic translation

Exploring the connection between multimodality, translation and the arts, the authors uncover the many overlooked practices of translation which are already inherent in artistic research and in the production of multimodal artworks and texts

The book is divided into four distinct yet interrelated sections Part One explores multimodality as a key notion to reconceptualise translation in the arts, encompassing poetry, site-specific performance, and creative cuisine Part Two is dedicated to translation, music and sound, while in Part Three, the connection between dance, embodied practices, and translation is investigated and presented through non-conventional essays which are themselves multimodal texts Finally, Part Four contains the transcripts of conversations between artists and scholars in which artists explore, explain and unravel the relationship between their creative process and the process of translation, offering unique practical and experiential insights into the subject The strong focus on the performative arts gives the book an interdisciplinary perspective at the interface of language and art

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 US July 2026

192 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350448636 £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9781350448667 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350448643 £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781350448650 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Ainu of Japan Resisting the Suppression of Languages An All Obliterated Tongue

Susan Samata, Independent Researcher, UK

This volume shows that, by moving away from code models that foster restrictive perceptions of language as learned words and rules, and towards an ecolinguistics capable of integrating with concepts of embodied cognition, it is possible to recognise a broad range of connections with a language from which an individual or community has become estranged

Using the Ainu of Japan as an example and comparator, this book reviews historical and contemporary suppression of languages as a means of, or as a bi-product of, the suppression of their speakers Preservation of the Ainu language, which had no written form, has been central to official culture promotion programs, but the language has steadily declined in use

Susan Samata examines the historical, social and ecolinguistic contexts of Ainu She also considers how aspects of ecolinguistic theory may be mapped onto museum practices, television and cinema, popular literature, and the promotion of tourism These are then compared to the sociolinguistic situations of a selection of other languages and cultures in China, North America and Scandinavia By highlighting points of similarity and dissimilarity, Samata demonstrates the factors that operate in the suppression of people and their languages and suggests ways in which the perspective described may support resistance to suppression and assimilation, not least in language teaching areas

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Handbooks

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

512 Pages • 100 bw illus

HB 9781350272514

• £150 00 / $200 00

PB 9781350273078 • £42 99 / $58 95

ePDF 9781350272521 • £135 00 / $180 00

ePub 9781350272538 • £135 00 / $180 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Advances in Critical Discourse Studies

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

256 Pages • 10 bw illus

HB 9781350442870 • £95 00 / $130 00

PB 9781350442917 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350442887 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781350442894 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Bloomsbury Handbook of Linguistic Landscapes

Edited by Robert Blackwood, University of Liverpool, UK, Stefania Tufi, University of Liverpool, UK & Will Amos

Shortlisted for the BAAL Book Prize 2025

Presenting a detailed examination of the origins, evolutions, and state-of-the-art of linguistic landscape research, The Bloomsbury Handbook of Linguistic Landscapes is a comprehensive guide to the burgeoning field of linguistic landscapes and the study of meaning and interpretation in public spaces and settings

Providing a thorough synopsis of the theories, methodologies, and objects of study which inflect linguistic landscape research across the world, this book is the ideal companion for both new and experienced readers interested in the processes of communication in public spaces across diverse settings and from a broad range of perspectives Through a wide selection of case studies and original research, the handbook highlights the global reach of linguistic landscape theories and practices Scrutinising an array of qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methodological approaches for analysing a wide spectrum of meaning-making phenomena, it investigates semiosis in contexts ranging from graffiti and street signs to tattoos and literature, visible across a variety of sites, including city centres, rural settings, schools, protest marches, museums, war-torn landscapes, and the internet

The Discursive Construction of Migrant Identities

Edited by Charlotte Taylor, University of Sussex, UK, Simon Goodman, De Montfort University, UK & Stuart Dunmore, University of Edinburgh, UK

This edited volume explores how migrant identities are created and constructed in discourse both by migrants themselves and by others.

The contributors reveal how migrant identities are discursively constructed by those with lived experiences of mobility and those who view themselves as part of the ‘host’ population This dual focus responds to a lack of previous research examining migration representation from both perspectives Readers will discover how the discursive constructions of migrant identities in different domains relate to one another

The case studies include a broad range of text types from film, government documents and narrative accounts to newspapers and Twitter They also cover a wide range of contexts including Argentina, Australia, Italy, Romania, and UK, making this is a more comprehensive account of the framing of migration than has been previously accomplished The chapters all follow the same structure to help the reader learn how to investigate migration discourses using qualitative and quantitative (critical) discourse analytic approaches

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 US August 2026

280 Pages • 13 bw illus

HB 9781350580008 £20 00 / $27 00

ePDF 9781350580022 • £18 00 / $24 30

ePub 9781350580015 £18 00 / $24 30

Bloomsbury Academic

Vonnegut’s War

The Making of Slaughterhouse-Five Susan Farrell, College of Charleston, USA

Banned, burned, and censored, Kurt Vonnegut’s 1969 novel Slaughterhouse-Five is widely regarded as one of the greatest (and most controversial) novels of the twentieth century Fusing vivid biography with popular history and close textual analysis, Vonnegut's War tells the fascinating story of the making of a modern classic and the writer that created it

New archival discoveries and recently released oral histories give us the fullest account yet published of Vonnegut's real-life prisoner-of-war experiences at Stalag IV-B and Dresden, which heavily influenced Slaughterhouse-Five A recently discovered trove of letters introduces us to his first wife, Jane Cox Vonnegut, and her influence on his writing Along the way, we also encounter UFOs and aliens, grapple with the shadow cast by the Vietnam war, and unearth the stranger-than-fiction tale of David Irving’s The Destruction of Dresden, the historical reference behind Vonnegut's writing about the Dresden firebombing This book sheds light on one of America’s most beloved writers and explores how cultural forces helped to shape a modern masterpiece of storytelling

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

456 Pages • 15 bw illus

HB 9781350446014 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350446007 • £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350446021 • £22 49 / $31 45

ePub 9781350446038 £22 49 / $31 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Black Feminist Theories Transnational Approaches

Edited by Bibi Bakare-Yusuf, Cassava Republic Press, Carole Boyce Davies, Cornell University, New York, Janell Hobson, University at Albany, State University of New York, USA , Angelique V Nixon, The University of the West Indies, St Augustine, Trinidad and Tobago, Christen A Smith, University of Texas at Austin, USA & Carole Boyce Davies, Cornell University, New York

An innovative contribution to the field of Black Feminist Studies, this landmark collection brings together the most influential historical and contemporary thinkers in Black feminist theories across transnational contexts Featuring ground-breaking new work alongside canonical essays from key thinkers, this book adopts a truly global approach to its subject In doing so, it looks beyond North America to showcase a diverse range of continents and perspectives The collection includes not only standard academic essays, but also vital statements, interviews, manifestoes, and creative work, which transmit and embody Black feminist thought

The book is broken up into five carefully curated sections: Black Feminist Foundations; Statements and Manifestos; Cultures and Aesthetics; Bodies, Genders, and Sexualities; Black Feminist Futures

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

176 Pages

HB 9798216367222 • £60 00 / $80 00

PB 9798216367239 £17 99 / $24 95

ePDF 9798216367253 • £16 19 / $22 45

ePub 9798216367246 • £16 19 / $22 45

Bloomsbury Academic

Reclamations

Essays on Neglected Novels and Endangered Ideas

Julia Prewitt Brown, Independent Scholar, USA

These provocative essays offer a bold vision of the benefits of reading that challenges contemporary trends, reintroducing neglected works of fiction and memoir

For readers curious to learn about both novels that have been neglected and ideas that are becoming endangered –because they challenge contemporary tastes and values – Reclamations provides fresh readings of a curated selection of books from the 19th, 20th, and 21st centuries Reading a wide range of authors, such as Jane Austen, Oscar Wilde, D H Lawrence, James Baldwin, Philip Roth, Kamala Shamsie and Celeste Ng, Julia Prewitt Brown brings together her years of teaching experience and razor-sharp commentary to open up new ways of looking at the past and present, interrogating how people today see the world and literature’s place in it

Rather than a chronological progression, these nine essays aim to guide readers through a series of questions concerning contemporary tastes, morality, character building, and philosophical thought in literature The neglected novels and ideas highlighted in Reclamations deserve attention today not only because of their distinctiveness, but also because the fact of their neglect helps us understand the cultural present

COLLECTIONS

Psychoanalytic Horizons

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

240 Pages 1 bw illus

HB 9798216197799 • £60 00 / $90 00

PB 9798216197782 • £19 99 / $26 95

ePDF 9798216197812 • £17 99 / $24 25

ePub 9798216197805 • £17 99 / $24 25

Bloomsbury Academic

Seriality

Media and the Psychic Form of Everyday Life

Ryan Engley, Pomona College, USA

This material and theoretical history of seriality shows it to be the dominant form of culture since its inception within 19th-century print culture, as both a media structure and a psychic one

The serial is everywhere Commonly identified by the segmented release structure of an ongoing narrative – from installments of Victorian novels to TV episodes to comic books – seriality names the spread of installment-based storytelling across a range of media However, Ryan Engley argues that seriality is not only a narrative structure but also a psychic structure Seriality – in its dependence on gaps, delay, and constraint – names the fundamental trauma of contemporary life: that there exists an intrinsic relation between self and other, a relation that is often difficult to see and difficult to bear

Through formal readings of media texts alongside Freudian and Lacanian psychoanalysis, the dialectical method of G W F Hegel, and Jean-Paul Sartre’s existentialism, Seriality: Media and the Psychic Form of Everyday Life shifts the focus of seriality studies In so doing, Engley presents a rebuttal to the common refrain that our lives, like contemporary media, have become endlessly fragmented Rather, Engley finds, we have become radically – serially – connected

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

224 Pages

PB 9798216367321 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798216367338 • £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216367369 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798216367345 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Experience of Fiction Literature, Language, Interpretation

Thomas Jurkiewicz, The University of Sydney, Australia

Argues that our experience of becoming engrossed in the fictional world of a novel is connected to the fundamental condition of human being: our capacity for language in all its broadest shapes.

Unlocking the subtle riches of Gadamer ’s philosophical hermeneutics and working across phenomenology, analytic philosophy, and literary criticism, The Experience of Fiction argues that our capacity for language is the bedrock of fiction and of our experience of its worlds

Charting the worlds of Joseph Conrad’s Heart of Darkness and Virginia Woolf’s To the Lighthouse, Thomas Jurkiewicz explores the pressures and opportunities that the impulse for coherence places on interpretive experience, arguing that it is finally left to each individual to commit themselves to the actual world

The Experience of Fiction injects new verve into the burgeoning conversation between literary scholars and philosophers of art and language, bringing hermeneutic philosophy decisively to bear on literary studies It clears a way between critics invested in critique and those looking for new modes of thinking, appreciating, and taking works of literary fiction seriously, by showcasing how an attitude of openness to experience lays bare both our capacity to reach out towards alterity and to dominate it

COLLECTIONS

UK July 2026 US July 2026

248 Pages

HB 9798765122761

£90 00 / $120 00

PB 9798765122754 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9798765122785 £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798765122778 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Literary Transactions in South Africa

A Politics of Interpretation

Michael Chapman, Durban University of Technology, South Africa

A representative overview of some of the most pressing concerns in contemporary literary criticism in South Africa, demonstrating literary form's shaping power in the interpretation of politically contentious content Rather than pressing literature into the service of a political cause or programme, this study's purpose – its politics of interpretation – is to open literature to the potential of human experience in both the personal and the public life The society of focus – South Africa – is a society of political contestation Instead of prioritizing the what of contestation, however, Michael Chapman explores contestation through the how of the literary work

In sharp transactions between an intransitivity of form and a compulsion to communicate, the book elucidates an ethics of aesthetics in J M Coetzee and Nadine Gordimer, and the best of modernism and the worst of modernism in Roy Campbell’s poetry It also asks: Can Themba’s ‘style’ of the shebeens in the 1950s be re-visited in a contemporary context of genderbased abuse? Why or how are Ellen Kuzwayo and Mtutuzeli Matshoba, writing in the ‘struggle’ years of the 1970s, simultaneously less than artists and more than artists? Has the interpretative frame of the ‘postcolonial’ best served fiction after apartheid? What language of interpretation best releases the voices of contemporary women’s poetry: a poetry which in its play on identities and identifications looks both inwards to its locality and outwards to the globe?

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US August 2026

264 Pages • 3 bw illus

PB 9781350536470 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781350536432 • £85 00 / $115 00

ePDF 9781350536449 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350536456 £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Beyond Modernism

Noncanonicity and Early-Twentieth-Century British Literature

Edited by Andrew Frayn, Edinburgh Napier University, UK & Katie Jones, Swansea University, UK

Underlining (and undermining) the notion of literary merit, this book focuses on noncanonical works and asks: what happens when we look away from modernism?

Seeking an alternative history of British literature from 1890 to 1945, this book reflects on the processes by which canonicity happens by studying less familiar authors, othered by genre, gender and form This book deliberately looks away from the British modernist canon of the late nineteenth and early twentieth century, bringing into sharp relief the problematic nature of discussions about literary merit

Engaging with topics such as politics, nation and identity in bestsellers, work straddling art and literature, the complex relationships between conservatism and progressive movements such as suffragism, and the importance of popular science writing, in authors such as Stella Benson, Dorothy Edwards, Violet Hunt and Hugh Walpole, it brings to bear valuable new perspectives on the cultural history of this period

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026 • US July 2026

304 Pages 3 bw figures

PB 9781501392795 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781501392757 £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9781501392764 • £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781501392771 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Apathy in Scandinavian Literature

The Paradoxical Power of Disengagement

Jens Lohfert Jørgensen, Aalborg University

A thought-provoking and timely analysis of the historical and conceptual development of the notion of apathy in Scandinavian literature from the Renaissance to the present day Literature is an extensive archive of emotions, providing a privileged source for the study of them Jens Lohfert Jørgensen uses this archive to analyze the development of apathy in Scandinavian literature, including in-depth discussion of the variety of forms it takes in contemporary texts, such as the paradoxical form of 'engaged disengagement' Although apathy is understood in unambiguously negative terms in the 21st century – as an absence of will power, emotion and engagement – ancient thinkers such as Epictetus and Seneca, advancing the Stoic theory of the passions, described apatheia as being actively and positively in command of one’s emotions, in contrast to being manipulated by them Situating analyses of apathy in the theoretical landscapes of affect studies and the history of emotions, Jørgensen reads apathy in relation to Scandinavian literary texts This includes those concerned with passion, reason and decadence, as well as social concerns such as the welfare state and the very pressing issue of the climate crisis

Apathy in Scandinavian Literature looks at three periods in particular – the renaissance and enlightenment; decadence; and the contemporary period – to illuminate shifting contingencies in our understanding of apathy By identifying five distinct forms of the apathy, it nuances our understanding of an often-overlooked emotion that nevertheless has deep philosophical and psychological roots in Western culture

COLLECTIONS

Studies in Metamodernism: Theory and Criticism across the Disciplines

UK June 2026 • US June 2026

208 Pages

PB 9798216276296 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798216276265 • £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9798216276289 • £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9798216276272 • £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Glocal Metamodernisms

European Fiction after Postmodernism

Edited by Dennis Kersten, Paula Romero Polo & Usha Wilbers

This volume explores how the contemporary European novel reflects the tensions between local and global conceptualizations of Metamodernism

Each chapter explicitly addresses metamodern novels’ “glocality” in relation to international Metamodernism theory from a variety of perspectives including Dutch, English, Finnish, French, Italian, Spanish and Ukrainian By bringing together insights into the manifestations of Metamodernism in such a variety of cultural contexts, this volume furthers our understanding of the concept of Metamodernism and contextualizes the enduring influence of the legacies of Modernism and Postmodernism in European literature

COLLECTIONS NEW IN PB

UK September 2026

256 Pages

HB 9798765122112

PB 9798765122129

• US September 2026

• £90 00 / $120 00

• £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9798765122143 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798765122136 £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Proust's Snobs, Inverts, and Jews

Performing and Subverting Identity in La Recherche

Adeline Soldin, Dickinson College, USA

An intersectional investigation of identity formation in Marcel Proust’s magnum opus

As metonyms for broader categories such as class, sexuality, and ethnicity, the three most discussed identity groups in Proust’s À la Recherche du Temps Perdu – snobs, inverts, and Jews – prove to be deeply intertwined and perplexing representations Attentive to these interwoven complexities, Proust's Snobs, Inverts, and Jews examines the novelist’s exploitation of classification systems as a means to subvert the notion of a fixed identity

To illustrate Proust’s challenges to a social order that restricts our perceptions of identity, Adeline Soldin addresses the inconsistencies and friction surrounding the portrayal of these key figures in his seven-volume novel Many scholars have recognized that the narrator ’s formative journey in La Recherche leads to disillusionment and increased mockery of his fellow characters Soldin contends, however, that Proust does not merely deride characters’ behavior, but rather interrogates their diverse motivations and tendencies, thereby exposing the performative nature of identity

Proust's Snobs, Inverts, and Jews draws on Judith Butler's theories of performativity to illustrate Proust’s precocious portrayal of identity in La Recherche as an elusive, unattainable idea that characters pursue yet consistently fail to establish Ultimately, the enigmatic and anonymous narrator models fluidity and promotes fantasy and imagination to compensate for the limitations imposed on individuals by social and linguistic conventions

COLLECTIONS

Bloomsbury Studies in Global Women’s Writing

UK July 2026 • US July 2026

192 Pages

HB 9781350429109 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781350429147 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePDF 9781350429116 • £76 50 / $103 50

ePub 9781350429123 • £76 50 / $103 50

Bloomsbury Academic

Body Politics in Contemporary Irish Women’s Fiction

The Literary Legacy of Mother Ireland

Ellen Scheible, Bridgewater State University, USA

Exploring twentieth- and twenty-first century texts that wrestle with the Irish domestic interior as a sexualized and commodified space, this book provides readings of the power and authority of the feminized body in Ireland

Scheible dissects the ways that ‘the woman-as-symbol’ remains consistent in Irish literary representations of national experience in Irish fiction and shows how this problematizes the role of women in Ireland by underscoring the oppression of sexuality and gender that characterized Irish culture during the twentieth century

Examining works by Elizabeth Bowen, Pamela Hinkson, Emma Donoghue, Tana French, Sally Rooney and James Joyce, this book demonstrates that the definition of Irish nationhood in our contemporary experience of capitalism and biopolitics is dependent on the intertwining and paradoxical tropes of a traditional, yet equally sexual, feminine identity which has been quelled by violence and reproduction

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 US September 2026

256 Pages • 10 tables

PB 9781666926897 £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666926873 • £80 00 / $110 00

ePDF 9798216258292 £72 00 / $99 00

ePub 9781978765740 • £72 00 / $99 00

Bloomsbury Academic

Metaphors of Illness in Chinese North American Literature

The Body Speaks

Fang Tang

By exploring various representations of illness and disability in Chinese American literature, Fang Tang argues that narratives of ailments transcend the boundaries of medical therapy to become essential metaphors that help reconstruct identity formations for Chinese Americans.

Moving beyond medical interpretations, Tang demonstrates how conditions such as madness, infertility, amnesia, anorexia, insomnia, leprosy, and epidemic disease serve as symbolic expressions of displacement, marginalization, and resilience in the Chinese North American experience With a focus on key works published between 1970 and 2020 by writers including Maxine Hong Kingston, Amy Tan, Yan Geling, Ma Ling, Zhang Ling, and others, this book uncovers how illness metaphors illuminate the intersections of race, gender, and culture in diasporic life By weaving literary analysis with insights from cultural studies, trauma theory, and postcolonial thought, Metaphors of Illness and Disability in Chinese American Literature argues that illness metaphors provide unique access to the struggles and strategies of Chinese North American communities

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

• US September 2026

208 Pages

PB 9798765163573 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798765163566 • £75 00 / $100 00

ePDF 9798765163559 • £67 50 / $90 00

ePub 9798765163580 £67 50 / $90 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Making of Thoreau's Excursions

Disturbance Ecologies in Antebellum U S Travel Writing

Jake McGinnis, Graceland University, USA

Explores Thoreau’s excursions as a method of travel writing, showing a literary process grounded in the emergent instability of the Anthropocene

In the final years of his life, Henry David Thoreau outlined a unique method of writing about lived experience which touched at the fundamental nature of human life on a changing planet The Making of Thoreau's Excursions examines the development of this literary method, the excursion, which veers away from more mainstream United States travel writing toward an ecological worldview and emerges as a dominant form in later American environmental writing

For some 19th-century travelers, experiences beyond home presented a disturbance to more settled ways of understanding the planet Jake McGinnis shows how authors, such as Thoreau, Margaret Fuller, Ojibwe minister George Copway, and George William Curtis, attended to these disruptions In the excursion, the actual conditions of complex natural-cultural systems come to directly shape the ways in which a story is told Nonfiction narrative offered a site of experimentation and adaptation, a place in which literature could respond to ecological ruptures ranging from deforestation and increased agricultural production to the disruption of Indigenous ways of living in the world These patterns of disturbance and adaptation, or disturbance ecologies, suggest a new form of resilience in which literary texts engage with and draw from the dynamic earthly conditions in which they are enmeshed

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026 • US September 2026

240 Pages 8 b/w images

PB 9798216444169 • £28 99 / $39 95

HB 9798216444152 £90 00 / $120 00

ePDF 9798216444121 • £81 00 / $108 00

ePub 9798216444138 • £81 00 / $108 00

Bloomsbury Academic

The Red Christ

The Dangerous Memory of Christianity in Modern U S Literatures of Social Protest

Anthony Dawahare

Offers a (re)consideration of the impact of radical conceptions of Christ on modern U.S. literature, its critique of inegalitarian social relations, and its visions for a just society

The Red Christ argues that some of the most popular left social protest literature published in the U S between 1890 and 1940 was inseparable from "Social Christianity," a historically important movement deeply concerned with issues of social justice As this study shows, various images and iterations of the "red" Christ, including the trope of Jesus the carpenter, were used to critique unjust power structures, through representations of self-sacrifice, rebirth, and hope, as well as compassion for the socialist figure This Red Christ is traceable to late 19th-century U S literature and shapes the protest literatures of the Harlem Renaissance and the Proletarian Literary Movement of the 1930s

Anthony Dawahare reads a broad range of writers – including Albion Tourgée, Charles Monroe Sheldon, Upton Sinclair, W E B Du Bois, Richard Wright, and Dorothy Day – to demonstrate that this radical tradition of Christianity is woven into the fabric of U S literature The influence of Social Christianity on U S writers did not expire with the movement’s demise during World War I, and post-war writers who were by no means Christian appropriated the radical message, vision, and tropes of Social Christianity, as other radical Christian writers, like Dorothy Day, emerged from the secular left

COLLECTIONS

UK September 2026

316 Pages

PB 9781666931037

US September 2026

£28 99 / $39 95

HB 9781666931013 • £95 00 / $130 00

ePDF 9798216260097 £85 50 / $117 00

ePub 9781978764606 • £85 50 / $117 00

Bloomsbury Academic

COLLECTIONS

Social Imaginaries

UK April 2026 • US April 2026

252 Pages

HB 9781538178676 • £85 00 / $115 00

PB 9781538178690 • £28 99 / $39 95

ePub 9781538178683 • £76 50 / $103 50

Rowman & Littlefield

COLLECTIONS

UK August 2026

• US August 2026

304 Pages 38 bw illus

HB 9781350406926 • £75 00 / $100 00

PB 9781350406919 £24 99 / $34 95

ePDF 9781350406933 • £0 00 / $0 00

ePub 9781350406940 • £0 00 / $0 00